1
Entered into force by the Ministry Decree dated 12/02/2018, No: 12159
DIRECTIVE FOR EDUCATION, TRAINING AND EXAMINATION OF
SEAFARERS AND MARINE PILOTS
CHAPTER ONE
Objective, Basis, Scope and Definitions
Objective
ARTICLE 1- (1) This Directive was drawn up in order to identify the minimum
requirements for the education, training and examination of seafarers and marine pilots, to
determine the quality standards of public and private institutions authorized for maritime
education, training and examination, and to determine the basic principals for inspections of
these standards as well as the terms of authorization for the educational institutions in Seafarers
Education and Training Information System.
Basis ARTICLE 2- (1) This Directive was prepared on basis of the requirements of
“Regulation for Seafarers and Marine Pilots”, published in the Official Gazette No. 30328,
dated 10/2/2018.
Scope
ARTICLE 3- (1) This Directive encloses the requirements of curriculum for the
education and training of seafarers, education/training materials, quality standards, internal and
external audits and reporting requirements, determination of compatibility of seafarer trainers
that give vocational courses to meet the requirements of International Convention on Standards
of Training, Certification and Watch keeping for Seafarers (STCW – 78) as amended,
requirements for authorization of all education and training institutions in the Seafarer Training
Information System, basics of sea training and workshop skills development trainings of the
cadets, entry conditions for seafarers’ certification exams, exam topics and grading, and
education, practical training and examination requirements of Marine Pilots.
Definitions
ARTICLE 4- (1) The following terms mentioned herein shall have the respective
meanings given below:
a) Ministry: Ministry of Transport and Infrastructure
b) Maritime Trainer: Professionals other than lecturers and teachers who work for the
maritime education and training institutions to deliver vocational courses and practical training
according to their qualifications described in this directive,
c) Teaching aids and tools: Tools used in the courses and practical training to support
delivery of the units in the curriculum
ç) Maritime Education and Training (MET) Institutions: Common and formal MET
providers under MEB (Ministry of National Education), YOK (Higher Education council) and
MSB (Ministry of National Defence),
d) GAEBS: Computer software named ‘’Seafarers Training Information System’’
managed by the Ministry for monitoring and recording all data and activities of authorized
educational institutions and students and trainees attending the courses in these institutions,
e) Seafarer: Master, officers, assistant officers and trainees, seaman and ratings and
service staff of a ship
f) Seafarers Commission (GK): As described in the directive; the commission established
for seafarers’ examinations and certifications
2
g) Seafarers Centre: Executive office of Seafarers Commission that is established in
Istanbul by the Ministry
ğ) Seafarers Certificate of Proficiency: Certificates given to seafarers other than
Certificate of Competency (COC) in compliance with the convention articles II/4, III/4, VII/2,
II/5, III/5, III/7, VII/2, V/1-1, V/1-2, V/1, V/2, VI/3, VI/4, VI/5 and VI/6 to demonstrate the
seafarer meets training, competency and sea service requirements of the convention
h) Certificate of Competency: Document delivered in accordance with articles II, III, IV
or VII of the convention to demonstrate the seafarer authorized for all tasks at the responsibility
level of the certificate which is designed by the Ministry either as part of Seaman Book or as a
separate document including personal data of the seafarer
ı) Director: Director General of Maritime and Inland Waters Regulation of the Ministry
i) IMO: International Maritime Organization
j) Administration: Directorate General of Maritime and Inland Waters Regulation of the
Ministry
k) Quality Handbook: Handbook including the quality policy for the fundamentals of
Quality Management System, organization structure, authorities and responsibilities, current
activities, inspection and management review procedures, instructions and checklists
l) Quality Policy: Objectives of MET Institutions regarding their activities defined in
accordance with the convention and policy guidelines to reach these objectives
m) Quality Management System: The system prepared in accordance with regulation I/8,
code-A I/8, and code B I/8 of the STCW 78 Convention
n) Marine Pilotage Service Area: Sea area defined by the Administration
o) Marine Pilot: Person holding Marine Pilot Certificate of Competency defined in the
Directive
ö) Pilotage Organization: Organization authorized by the Administration for pilotage and
towing services within the Marine Pilotage Service Area
p) Commission: Maritime Training Monitoring and Evaluation Commission (DEIDK) as
stated in Article 36, paragraph 1 of the Regulation
r) Committee: Monitoring and Evaluation committee established by the protocols
between the Ministry, YÖK and MEB in the scope of Article 36, paragraph 3 of the Regulation
s) Course: Common courses given to individuals by MET Institutions other than their
own students in the formal education and training system
ş) Harbour Master: Port Authorities under Ministry
t) MEB: Ministry of National Education
u) MEBBİS: Ministry of National Education Communication and Information System
ü) Curriculum: All courses and practical applications covered by an education and
training program,
v) Teacher: The teachers defined in the Regulations laid down by the Ministry of National
Education
y) Lecturer: The academic members, lecturers, associate lecturers and education
assistants working for higher education organizations as defined by the Higher Education Law
z) Academic Year: The twelve-month education and training period consisting of two
semesters (half year/ terms)
aa) ÖSYM: Assessment, Selection and Placement Directorate of Higher Education
Council
bb) Convention: STCW 78 International Convention for Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping
cc) Experienced Trainers and Experts: The trainers defined in the Regulations laid down
by the Ministry of National Education
çç) Semester: The academic period that covers at least 25 class hours a week for at least
fourteen weeks to take place not more than twice a year
dd) YDS: Foreign Language Level Test conducted by ÖSYM
3
ee) Authorized MET Institution: Common and formal education and training institutions
affiliated to MEB, YÖK, Ministry of Defence or other institutions that are authorized for the
seafarers competency trainings for certification purposes.
ff) YOK: Higher Education Council
gg) Regulation: “Regulation for Seafarers and Marine Pilots”, published in the Official
Gazette No. 30328 dated 10/2/2018
CHAPTER TWO
Minimum Training Requirements for Seafarers
PART ONE
Minimum Requirements for Certificates of Competency and Certificates of Proficiency
General Minimum Requirements Article 5- (1) The principles mentioned in this article are the minimum requirements
regarding education and training required for certificates of competency and certificates of
proficiency for the seafarers in the scope of Directive. In line with these requirements, the
educational institutions under MEB implements the curricula designed in accordance with the
requirements of this Directive approved by MEB Board of Education and Discipline and
faculties, higher education schools and vocational schools providing maritime education under
YOK implements the curricula prepared on the basis of their own legislation. When required,
the Ministry may have these curricula planned in the form of seminars.
(2) The administration, in line with the Part II of this Directive or for the training
requirements arise after the publication of this Directive, can make amendments and
arrangements in accordance with the format for minimum requirements attached to this
Directive.
(3) The compliance of the educational institutions to this Article is ensured by means of
the commissions/committees determined by the Directive. The educational institutions whose
compatibility is approved by the Administration are registered in GAEBS within the scope of
this Directive.
(4) The entire supervision, monitoring and assessment activities performed during the
registration and following periods would not eliminate the need to comply with the principles
that these institutions are subject to on the basis of their special legislation.
(5) MET institutions other than those defined in the Article 4 (1)(ç) of this Directive are
to be authorized by the Administration for the delivery of Certificates of Competency to their
trainees.
(6) The Administration may permit seafarers to complete their training through distance
learning and e-learning in accordance with the guidelines for distance learning and e-learning
described in the Part B-I/6 of the Convention.
Curriculum
Article 6 -(1) Radio Operator Training described in the Radio Operator Training and
Examination Regulation published in the Official Gazette No: 25482, dated 4/6/2004, must be
given to students/trainees both in duration and content of the curriculum during the respective
competency education/training for the GMDSS General Radio Operator Certificate which is a
prerequisite for a Certificate of Competency within the scope of the Regulation.
(2) Compulsory proficiency training for the Certificates of Proficiency, which is a
prerequisite for a Certificate of Competency within the scope of the Regulation, must be given
both in duration and content of the curriculum during the respective competency
education/training as described in this Directive.
4
(3) In accordance with this Article, Authorized Education and Training Institutions must
deliver GMDSS General Radio Operator training according to Radio Operator Training and
Examination Regulation Curriculum, and seafarers proficiency training according to
curriculum attached to this Directive by adding the content and duration to the respective
competency training.
(4) Education and Training Institutions must comply with the physical environment, and
education tools and aids requirements for the authorization of delivery of GMDSS General
Radio Operator training and seafarers proficiency training according to Radio Operator
Training and Examination Regulation and this Directive, which is required for the general
authorization for the delivery of any certificate of competency training.
(5) Minimum training requirements for the renewal of seafarer’s certificates are described
in Annex-35 in accordance with the Article 49-(2)(b)(ıı) of the Regulation. Those who cannot
fulfil the requirements of the Article 49-(2)(a)/(b)(ı,ııı or ıv) or (c) may undertake these training.
PART TWO
Competency Training Requirements for Deck Department
Training Requirements for Seafarers and Able Seafarers Article 7- (1) The requirements pertaining to “Seafarers’ Training” and “Able Seafarers’
Training” are given in ANNEX-1.
Requirements for Deck Restricted Operational Level Training Article 8- (1) The minimum requirements of Deck Restricted Operational Level Training
are given in ANNEX-2. The Deck Restricted Operational Level Training contains the
Restricted Watchkeeping Officer Training.
Requirements for Complementary Training for promotion from Restricted Master Competency to Watchkeeping Officer for vessels of 500-2999 GT
Article 9- (1) The minimum requirements for Complementary Training for promotion
from Restricted Master Competency to Watchkeeping Officer for vessels of 500-2999 GT are
given in ANNEX-3.
Requirements for Deck Operation Level Training
Article 10- The minimum requirements for the deck operation level training are stated in
ANNEX-4. It contains the programs for the Deck Operational Level Training for Watch
Officers and unlimited watch officers.
Requirements for Deck Management Level Training Article 11- The minimum requirements for the deck management level training are stated
in ANNEX-5. Deck Management Level Training includes the Training Programs for Chief
Officer and Master, and Unlimited Chief Officer and Unlimited Master.
PART THREE
Competency Training Requirements for Engine Department
Oiler, Able Engine Rating, and Electro-Technical Rating Training Requirements Article 12- The minimum requirements pertaining to “Oiler Training”, “Able Engineer
Rating Training” and “Electro-Technical Rating Training” that are necessary for Oiler
Qualification, Able Engineer Rating Qualification and Electro-Technical Rating Qualification
are stated in ANNEX-6.
5
Restricted Operational Level Training Requirements Article 13- The minimum requirements pertaining to the curriculum for Engine
Restricted Operational Level Training are stated in ANNEX-7. Engine Restricted Operational
Level Training includes the Restricted Engine Officer Training programs.
Minimum requirements for “Complementary Training’’ for promotion from Restricted Chief Engineer Competency to Chief Engineer Competency on ships between 750-2999 KW
Article 14- Minimum requirements for “Engine Officer Complementary Training”, for
promotion from Restricted Chief Engineer Competency to Engine Officer Competency are
stated in ANNEX-8.
Training requirements for Engine Operational Level Training Article 15- Minimum requirements for Engine Operational Level Training are stated in
ANNEX-9. Engine Operational Level Training includes Engine Officer and Unlimited
Watchkeeping Officer/Engineer training programs.
Training requirements for Engine Management Level Trainings Article 16- Minimum requirements for Engine Management Level Training are stated in
ANNEX-10. Engine Management Level Trainings includes the Second Engineer, Chief
Engineer, Unlimited Second Engineer and Unlimited Chief Engineer training programs.
PART FOUR
Competency Training Requirements for Assistant Officers and Yacht Masters
Electro-Technical Officer Training Requirements Article 17- (1) Minimum requirements pertaining to Electro-Technical Officer Training
are given in Annex-11.
Yacht Master Training Requirements Article 18- (1) Minimum requirements for Yacht Master (149 GT), Yacht Master (499
GT) and Yacht Master (Unlimited) Training are given in ANNEX-12.
PART FIVE
Fisherman Class Seafarers’ Trainings
Maritime Safety Training for Fishing Vessel Deck Department Ratings
Article 19- (1) Minimum requirements for Maritime Safety Training that is a prerequisite
to become a deck rating on a Fishing Vessel are given in Annex-13.
Fishing Vessel Skipper Training Article 20- (1) Minimum compulsory training requirements for Fishing Vessel Skippers
are given in Annex-14.
Oceangoing Fishing Vessel Skipper Article 21- (1) Minimum compulsory training requirements for Oceangoing Fishing
Vessel Skippers are given in in Annex-15.
PART SIX
Requirements for the Basic Training of Seafarers
Requirements for the Maritime Safety Certification Training Article 22- (1) The minimum training requirements for Personal Survival Techniques at
Sea, Basic First Aid, Fire Prevention and Firefighting, Personnel Safety and Social
6
Responsibility, Proficiency in Survival Craft and Rescue Boats that are collectively named as
“Maritime Safety Training” as indicated in the Regulation as a prerequisite to become a seafarer
are given in ANNEX- 16.
Requirements for the Ship Security Training Article 23- (1) The minimum requirements for the Ship Security Officer Training,
Security Familiarization Training, Security Awareness Training and Designated Security
Duties Training are given in ANNEX-17.
PART SEVEN
Requirements of Training of Seafarers on Special Topics
Requirements for Navigational Safety Training Article 24- (1) The minimum requirements pertaining to the compulsory training
required for the Certificate of Competency in accordance with the Regulation; Radar
Observation and Plotting Certificate, Automatic Radar Plotting Aids (ARPA), Electronic
Engine Room Resource Management (ERM) and High Voltage (above 1000 V) are given in
Annex-18.
(2) These training are to be provided within the respective curriculum of each competency
described in the Convention. Certificates of Proficiency are not required for those completing
respective competency training.
Requirements for First-Aid and Medical Care Training
Article 25- (1) The minimum training requirements for masters and officers who are to
be granted “First-Aid Certificate” and “Medical Care Certificate” by the Administration are
given in Annex-19.
Requirements for Seafarers Working on Tankers Article 26- (1) The minimum training requirements for the certificates to be issued by the
Administration on; “Basic Cargo Operations on Oil and Chemical Tankers”, “Advanced Cargo
Operations on Oil Tankers”, “Advanced Cargo Operations on Chemical Tankers”, “Basic
Cargo Operations on Liquefied Gas Tankers”, and “Advanced Cargo Operations on Liquefied
Gas Tankers” are given in Annex-20.
Requirements for Advanced Fire Fighting Training Article 27- (1) Minimum requirements regarding the training of the seafarers for
“Certificate of Advanced Fire Fighting” that is issued by the Administration is given in Annex-
21.
Requirements for Fast Rescue Boats Training Article 28- (1) Minimum requirements regarding the training of the seafarers for
“Certificate of Fast Rescue Boats” that is issued by the Administration is given in Annex-22.
Requirements of Training for Seafarers Employed on Cruise Ships Article 29- (1) Minimum requirements regarding the training of the seafarers for
“Certificate for Cruise Ships” that is issued by the Administration is given Annex-23.
Requirements for the Training of Vessel’s Chef
Article 30- (1) Minimum Requirements for the Training of Vessel’s Chef are given in
Annex-24.
7
PART EIGHT Mandatory Training Requirement for Former Naval Forces Command Staff
Requirements for Navigation and Shiphandling Course Article 31- (1) The minimum requirements for “Navigation and Ship Handling Course”
that is compulsory for the certificate of competency for former Naval Forces Command or Coast
Guard Command members except those who were graduated from navigation branch of Naval
Petty Officer Vocational Higher School deck program or Naval Petty Officer School deck
Department, are given in Annex-25.
Requirements for Marine Engineering Course
Article 32- (1) The minimum requirements for “Marine Engineering Course” that is
compulsory for the certificate of competency for former Naval Forces Command or Coast
Guard Command members except those who were graduated from engine or motor branch of
Naval Petty Officer Vocational Higher School marine engineering program or Naval Petty
Officer School engine or motor department, are given in Annex-26.
Requirements for Deck Management Level Complementary Training for Officers Article 33- (1) The minimum requirements for “Deck Management Level
Complementary Training’’ that is compulsory for the certificate of competency for former
Naval Forces Command or Coast Guard Command Officers for the missing units in A-II/2
curriculum of the Convention”, are given in Annex-27.
Requirements for Deck Management Level Complementary Training for Petty Officers Article 34- (1) The minimum requirements for “Deck Management Level
Complementary Training’’ that is compulsory for the certificate of competency for former
Naval Forces Command or Coast Guard Command Petty Officers for the missing units in A-
II/2 curriculum of the Convention”, are given in Annex-28.
Requirements for Engine Management Level Complementary Training for Officers Article 35- (1) The minimum requirements for “Engine Management Level
Complementary Training’’ that is compulsory for the certificate of competency for former
Naval Forces Command or Coast Guard Command Officers for the missing units in A-III/2
curriculum of the Convention”, are given in Annex-29.
Requirements for Engine Management Level Complementary Training for Petty Officers Article 36- (1) The minimum requirements for “Engine Management Level
Complementary Training’’ that is compulsory for the certificate of competency for former
Naval Forces Command or Coast Guard Command Petty Officers for the missing units in A-
III/2 curriculum of the Convention”, are given in Annex-30.
PART NINE
Competencies for Duties Requiring Special Training and Practice
Masters of Local Passenger Liner Boats
Article 37- (1) Seafarers who are going to work as a master onboard any local passenger
liner boat operating between the piers in the Turkish Straits, İzmit and İzmir Bays having 100
and above passenger capacity must fulfil the below training, practical training and sea service
requirements in accordance with their certificates of competency
a) Seafarers who has at least one year sea service in these lines are exempted from the
training and practical training mentioned in subparagraph (b)
8
b) Seafarers who are qualified for these lines have to take a two day seminar on ‘’Local
Traffic Guide’’ in a training institute authorized by the Administration to be followed by at least
one month practical training for unlimited masters and at least three months practical training
for others
c) Upon completion of the practical training, seafarers are to be certified by the Master’s
evaluation report and a letter from the owner or management company for the successful
completion of the practical training.
(2) Seafarers who fulfil the requirements of this article are delivered a document by the
port authorities stating ‘’Valid in Local Traffic’’ by indicating the relevant sea area. This
document will be valid within the expiry date of certificate of competency for local traffic.
Masters and Chief Engineers of Light Passenger Ships/Ferries and High Speed
Light Passenger Ships/Ferries
Article 38- (1) Masters and Chief Engineers of Light Passenger Ferries and High Speed
Passenger Ferries,
a) In order to work onboard Light Passenger Ship, ‘’ AUTHORIZED FOR LIGHT
PASSENGER SHIP’’ statement must be written in the Certificate of Competency based on
‘’Light Passenger Ship Certificate of Proficiency’’ delivered by the company following ten day
practical training in the respective ships.
b) In order to work onboard High Speed Light Passenger Ship, ‘’ AUTHORIZED FOR
HIGH SPEED LIGHT PASSENGER SHIP’’ statement must be written in the Certificate of
Competency based on ‘’High Speed Light Passenger Ship Certificate of Proficiency’’ delivered
by the company following six weeks practical training in the respective ships.
c) In order to work onboard Light Passenger Ferry, at least one year sea service as a
master or chief engineer onboard High Speed Light Passenger Ship, ten day practical training
onboard Light Passenger Ferries and ‘’ AUTHORIZED FOR LIGHT PASSENGER FERRY’’
statement written in the Certificate of Competency based on ‘’Light Passenger Ferry Certificate
of Proficiency’’ delivered by the company following ten day practical training in the respective
ships are required.
ç) In order to work onboard High Speed Light Passenger Ferry, at least one year sea
service as a master or chief engineer onboard High Speed Light Passenger Ship, ten day
practical training onboard High Speed Light Passenger Ferries and ‘’ AUTHORIZED FOR
HIGH SPEED LIGHT PASSENGER FERRY’’ statement written in the Certificate of
Competency based on ‘’High Speed Light Passenger Ferry Certificate of Proficiency’’
delivered by the company following ten day practical training in the respective ships are
required.
d) Former Naval Officers of Turkish Navy and Coast Guards Commands holding
unlimited master or chief engineer certificate of competency and having one year sea service
as a commanding officer or chief engineer onboard Fast Patrol Boats can be awarded
‘’AUTHORIZED FOR HIGH SPEED LIGHT PASSENGER SHIP’’ to be written on the
certificate of competency, based on their personal application and sea service document.
CHAPTER THREE
Numbers, Qualifications and Certification of Maritime Instructors
PART ONE
Appointment of Lecturers, Teachers and Maritime Trainers
Trainers to be appointed to the Educational Institutions affiliated to YOK Article 39- (1) Employment conditions of the lecturers working at MET Institutions
affiliated to YOK are specified in the Higher Education Law and their appointment is done by
respective Institutions. However, for deck and marine engineering vocational courses that must
be delivered by lecturers with maritime background in accordance with Article 42 of this
9
directive, the lecturers should posses valid ‘’Maritime Trainer Certificate’’ issued within the
scope of this Directive.
(2) It is the responsibility of the educational institutions to ensure that the trainers,
lecturers and teachers serving in faculties, higher schools and vocational higher schools who
hold certificates of competency for deck and engine, complete their sea-service on merchant
ships in the context of in-service training, as included in the programs in an academic year, in
order to adopt to the changes in international conventions and technological conditions.
Trainers to be appointed to the High Schools affiliated to MEB Article 40- (1) Employment conditions of the teachers working at High Schools under
MEB are specified in the Legislation of the Ministry of National Education, and their
appointment is done by respective Institutions. However, for deck and marine engineering
vocational courses that must be delivered by lecturers with maritime background in accordance
with Article 42 of this directive, the lecturers should posses valid ‘’Maritime Trainer
Certificate’’ issued within the scope of this Directive.
Trainers to be appointed to the Private Educational Institutions affiliated to MEB Article 41- (1) Employment conditions of the teachers working at Private Educational
Institutions under MEB are specified in the Legislation of the Ministry of National Education,
and their appointment is done by respective Institutions. However, for deck and marine
engineering vocational courses that must be delivered by lecturers with maritime background
in accordance with Article 42 of this directive, the lecturers should posses valid ‘’Maritime
Trainer Certificate’’ issued within the scope of this Directive.
PART TWO
Certification of Lecturers, Teachers and Maritime Trainers
Certification of Maritime Trainers
Article 42- (1) Trainers are divided into two groups as maritime trainers for vocational
courses and trainers for basic and supporting courses on other subjects. Trainers for vocational
courses who fulfil the following conditions are entitled to obtain the “Maritime Trainer
Certificate”. Trainer Certificates shall be issued by the Administration.
(2) When the number of the Maritime Trainers is not sufficient, the personnel in
possession of Maritime Trainer qualifications employed at the headquarters and local
organizations of the administration can be appointed as Trainers.
(3) Trainers wishing to acquire the Maritime Trainer Certificate must be qualified as
follows:
a) Licence degree from a faculty
b) Must meet one of the terms indicated below in order to give the deck department
courses stated in the Article No. 44 of this Directive,
1) Sea service as Chief Officer for at least two years with Unlimited Chief Officer
Competency
2) Employment at Ministry minimum for five years with Unlimited Chief Officer
Competency
3) Naval Academy graduate with minimum unlimited master competency or minimum
three years active teaching experience in the education and training institutions of the Naval
Forces Command and having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency
4) PhD candidate, PhD or higher academic degree having minimum Unlimited Officer of
the Watch competency
5) For maximum operational level training courses, to be assigned by MEB as Maritime
Trainer by having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency
10
6) Minimum 5 years of service at the MET Institutions under YOK and teaching
experience having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency
c) Unless otherwise stated, to meet of one of the below conditions to give engine
department courses stated in Article No. 44 of this Directive,
1) Sea service as Second Engineer for at least two years with Unlimited Second
Engineer Competency
2) Employment at Ministry minimum for five years with Unlimited Second Engineer
Competency
3) Naval Academy graduate with minimum unlimited chief engineer competency or
minimum three years active teaching experience in the education and training institutions of the
Naval Forces Command and having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency
4) PhD candidate, PhD or higher academic degree having minimum Unlimited Officer
of the Watch competency
5) For maximum operational level training courses, to be assigned by MEB as Maritime
Trainer by having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency
6) Minimum 5 years of service at the MET Institutions under YOK and teaching
experience having minimum Unlimited Officer of the Watch competency
ç) To have completed IMO Model Course 6.09 “Trainers’ Training” course program. This
course is arranged by the Administration. Those who have already completed the same training
program in countries deemed eligible by the Ministry, those who have received a formational
training to become teachers as approved by the MEB or those who have received formational
training from other education and training institution to become lecturer, instructor or trainer
that can be verified by the Teaching Techniques Certificate are to be exempted of this training
requirement.
(4) Those who are meeting above conditions are granted the “Maritime Trainer
Certificate” to be valid for a period of 5 years.
(5) Furthermore the trainers that will take part in the training of the seafarers on specific
subjects are to meet the following requirements;
a) Other than the English language teachers, at least 70 points from Foreign Language
Exam (YDS) or a grade equivalent to the same from an exam with national or international
validity in order to be able to teach “Maritime English”.
b) Trainers for simulator training, with the condition of having 3 years maritime teaching
experience at the authorized MET Institutions, are required to complete the IMO Model Course
6.10 “Simulator Trainers’ Training” course program at an educational institution authorized by
the Ministry or MEB in-service training approved by the Administration or to have completed
the same training program in other countries training centres approved by the Ministry or to
have participated in international programs arranged by IMO in this context.
c) In accordance with Article 22 of this directive, trainers for Personal Survival
Techniques at Sea, Fire Prevention and Firefighting, Personnel Safety and Social
Responsibility, Proficiency in Survival Craft and Rescue Boats, with the precondition of having
respective seafarer certificate, are required to complete the “Maritime Safety Trainers’
Training” course program at an educational institutions authorized by the Ministry according
to training program approved by the Ministry.
ç) In accordance with Article 24 of this directive, trainers for Special Topics are required
to have completed these courses have certificate in respective topics
d) Trainers for tanker training in accordance with Article 26 of this Directive are required
to hold certificate of competency for respective tankers and have at least two years sea service
onboard tankers.
(5) Those who are meeting above conditions are granted the “Maritime Trainer
Certificate” to be valid for a period of 5 years.
(6) The Maritime Trainer certificates given in the context of this directive will be renewed
for another 5 years for those having worked as Maritime Trainer, at least for one year during
11
the previous five years, at the MET Institutions approved by the Ministry or by attending in-
service training arranged by the Ministry.
(7) Experienced Trainers who are not higher education graduates but holding at least
deck or engine officer of the watch certificate, are given Maritime Trainer certificate for
restricted officer and rating training in their respective areas.
(8) Maritime Trainer certificate application is to be made to the Administration together
with evidencing documents for respective certificates required for trainers as stated in this
directive and CV file including one photograph, document fee receipt, personal data, present
task and institution if employed, graduation data, contact details.
(9) When required, the Administration may authorize MET Institutions for the delivery
of IMO Model Course 6.09 ‘’ Trainers Training Course’’. The administration decides for the
MET Institutions to be authorized and conditions required for the trainers of this course. Registration of the Trainers to GAEBS
Article 43- (1) The trainers that are certified on the basis of this Directive shall be
registered in GAEBS upon an application made to the Ministry by their education and training
institution as per the terms of application stated herein, accompanied by their employment
contract, MEB employment approvals and information regarding the courses to be provided by
the subject matter trainer (name of the course and the time period the trainer will be assigned
to that course).
(2) Education and Training Institutions have to inform the Administration on the same
date for the trainers those contracts have expired and not extended or annulled Provisions for Vocational Courses and Other Courses Article 44- (1) Deck Vocational Courses
a) Navigation,
b) Watchkeeping Standards,
c) Maritime Communication (GMDSS, GOC, ROC, REO)
ç) Seamanship
d) Shiphandling
e) Cargo Handling and Ship Stability
f) Maritime Safety and Ship Security Training
g) Simulator Assisted Vocational Courses (Cargo loading and unloading, ARPA-
Radar, Bridge ECDIS, etc.)
ğ) Maritime English
h) Marine Engines
i) Meteorology
(2) Marine Engineering vocational Courses
a) Introduction to Marine Engines
b) Ship Construction
c) Maritime English
ç) Electro technics
d) Hydraulic – Pneumatic
e) Automatic Control
f) Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
g) Maritime Safety and Ship Security Training
ğ) Marine Diesel Engine
h) Marine Diesel Engine Applications
ı) Marine Auxiliary Machinery and Systems
i) Diesel Engine Operation and Maintenance
j) Marine Engine Operation and Maintenance
k) Marine Auxiliary Engines
l) Engine Room Simulator
12
m) Survey Procedures
(3) Qualifications and the number of trainers for the courses other than the vocational
courses described in this directive are to be determined by MET Institutions in accordance with
their own regulations. Vocational Courses and other courses described in this directive are to
be delivered by the following lecturers in the scope of this directive;
a) Basic First Aid training in accordance with Article 22 of this directive is to be
delivered by the person who is certified in accordance with First Aid Regulation. Certification
conditions described in the Article 42 of this directive is not required for these trainers.
b) Training courses described in the Article 25 of this directive are to be delivered by
those holding Seafarer Medical Training Certificate (GASE) issued by the Ministry of Health,
Directorate General of Health Services for Borders and Coasts of Turkey or First Aid Trainer
Certificate. Certification conditions described in the Article 42 of this directive is not required
for these trainers.
c) Unless otherwise stated, vocational courses described in paragraphs one and two of
this article are to be given by the maritime trainers certified in accordance with this directive
ç) Deck vocational courses described in (1) (e), (h), and (ı) can be given by Naval
Architecture and Marine Engineering Engineers, (1) (h) and (ı) by Marine Engineers, (1) (i) by
Meteorology Engineers. Certification conditions described in the Article 42 (3) (b) of this
directive is not required for these trainers. Naval Academy Graduates described in Article 42
(3) (b) (3), are required to complete one year sea service as unlimited master to deliver the
training described in (1) (e) of this article
d) Marine Engineering vocational courses described in (2) (a), (b), (ç), (d), (e), (f), (ğ)
and (k) can be given by Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering Engineers or by Marine
Engineers, (2) (ç), (d) (e) and (f) by Mechanical Engineers or respective Technical Teachers
and (2) (ç), (d) and (e) by electric/electronic/mechatronic/control engineers. Certification
conditions described in the Article 42 (3) (c) of this directive is not required for these trainers.
Naval Academy Graduates described in Article 42 (3) (c), are required to complete one-year
sea service as unlimited chief engineer to deliver the training described in (2) (i), (j) and (l) of
this article.
PART THREE
Rules for Organizing the Number of Lecturers, Teachers, Maritime Trainers, Specialized and Experienced Trainers
Article 45- (1) All MET institutions must employ the required number of trainers with
qualifications described in the Articles 39, 40, 41, 42, 43 and 44 of this directive in compliance
with the rules of YOK or MEB.
(2) However, the number of trainers employed this way and registered to GAEBS, and
distributed to respective programs according to their authorized training qualifications
described in their Trainer Certificates, cannot be less than 3 for each program in the institutions
authorized for training of ratings and restricted competencies, less than 4 for each program in
the institutions authorized for training of operational level competencies and less than 6 for
each program in the institutions authorized for training of management level competencies.
(3) In order to give simulator assisted vocational course described in this directive, for
each branch, at least two trainer for operational and management level training and at least one
trainer for restricted level training should meet the qualifications described in Article 42 (4) (b).
Working Hours of Trainers ARTICLE 46- (1) In all institutions weekly working hours of trainers is regulated in
accordance with YOK or MEB regulations according to their affiliations. Trainers may work in
more than one institution but weekly workload may not exceed 40 hours.
13
(2) Private courses except formal training institutions are to provide a monthly report to
the Administration at the end of each month regarding the trainers employed, dates and hours
and courses delivered by these trainers,.
CHAPTER FOUR
Physical Conditions and Quality Standards of MET Institutions
PART ONE
Tools, Devices and Equipment Requirements for Training Facilities
General Rules for Organization ARTICLE 47- (1) The minimum requirements regarding tools, devices and equipment
to be used in education and training of the seafarers are given below. However, these
requirements can be re-arranged by the Administration on the basis of the developments in
MET technologies.
Training Facilities and Laboratories ARTICLE 48- (1) All MET institutions are required to have below facilities for training
authorization and GAEBS registration. However, the educational institutions that are not in
possession of these facilities will be required to sign a protocol with an educational institution
that has been approved by the Ministry as per the cooperation terms of Article 51 of this
Directive.
a) Fire Fighting Training Centre
b) Training Platform for Certificate of Proficiency in Survival Craft and Rescue Boats
c) Training pool for Survival at Sea Training or sea areas meeting the requirements
described in Annex-33
(2) MET Institutions should have laboratories and simulators in their own premises
together with the minimum tools and equipment for each training type described in the Annexes
of this Directive for respective training authorization.
(3) Facilities, laboratories and training centres with their equipment will be approved by
the Ministry according to below minimum requirements;
a) Requirements for Fire Fighting training centre is given in Annex-31
b) Life Saving Equipment (including fast rescue boats) Training Platform requirements
is given in Annex-32
c) Personal Survival at Sea Pool requirements are given in Annex- 33
ç) The minimum requirements for the approval of laboratories are given in Annex-34
1) The minimum requirements to be sought in the approval of the Laboratories are
indicated in Annex-34.
Classrooms ARTICLE 49- (1) The maximum enrolment quota and classroom capacities of the MET
Institutions are determined and documented in accordance with their own regulations.
However, the number of trainees in training programs to be registered with GAEBS, and
maximum number of enrolments, shall be limited with classroom capacities which shall not
exceed 34 persons and own program quota according to specifications of the training program.
General Provisions for Simulators ARTICLE 50- (1) All simulators in MET Institutions shall conform to the Rules I/12, A-
I/12 and B-I/12 of STCW Convention and must have certificate of conformity given by the
internationally approved class institutes. The approved simulators shall be registered with
14
GAEBS. Use of unapproved simulators shall not be accepted for the respective training courses.
The simulators requiring approval are as follows.
1) Bridge Simulator
2) Engine Room Simulator
3) Petroleum, Chemical and Liquefied Gas Tanker Cargo Handling Simulators
4) ECDIS Simulator
5) GMDSS Simulator
6) RADAR Simulator
7) ARPA Simulator
Cooperation among MET Institutions ARTICLE 51- (1) All MET institutions are required to meet the terms pertaining to the
tools, devices and equipment for respective training authorization indicated in this Directive.
However, the educational institutions that are not in possession of the subject matter tools and
devices can cooperate with another educational institution that has been authorized by the
Ministry for purposes of efficient use of the resources of the country. The documents pertaining
to the cooperation effort shall be sent to the Administration and the ones determined to be
compliant are registered with GAEBS. The cooperation effort must meet the following
conditions:
a) The cooperation shall be executed through a protocol to be signed between the parties.
b) The protocol may only be signed between the MET institutions authorized by the
Ministry or with public or private institutions having training facilities approved by the Ministry
for exclusive practical training. The scope of the cooperation must be clearly stated in the
protocol.
c) The scope of the cooperation shall be restricted to common use of workshop facilities
for workshop skill development, Live saving equipment (including fast rescue boats) training
platforms, Fire Fighting Training Centres and pools or sea areas for Survival at Sea Training
that are approved by the Ministry, to the extent possible. Protocol cannot be made for simulators
and laboratories
ç) The educational institutions in possession of the approved tools and devices may sign
protocols with maximum 3 other institutions. If there is a demand from more than three
intuitions, the number of the users is to be determined by the Administration according to
capacity of the facility. The capacity program approved by the Administration and allocation
program devised for the requesting institution shall be presented to the Administration. The
protocol is signed after approval.
d) The protocols can be signed between the institutions within the borders of the same
city or adjacent cities provided that a distance of 30 km is not exceeded. Protocols outside the
city border are subject to approval of the Administration.
e) Protocol shall be valid for not less than one year. When cancelled, respective
institutions shall inform the Administration on the cancellation date.
(2) Procedures for the trainings in accordance with protocol will be as follows;
a) Initiation will be done by institutions authorized within the scope of this directive and
institutions authorized in GAEBS for exclusive training, by an announcement on GAEBS for
practical training and collecting applications
b) Upon the approval of the announcement and application by the Harbour Master and
after completion of the training in accordance with the protocol and the practical part under
observation of the official assigned by the ministry, those who pass the exam are delivered
practical training participation certificate by the respective institution delivering the training.
c) Training certificate procedures will be done by the sending institution, which delivered
the theoretical part of the training, in accordance with examination and certification rules of the
Seafarers Courses Education and Training Directive.
15
ç) Procedures and principles for practical training is determined by the Administration.
d) During the practical training, host-training institution shall assign one personnel as the
responsible person of the training facility in order to enhance effectiveness of the training.
General Provisions for Tools-Devices, and Equipment.
ARTICLE 52- (1) The minimum requirements pertaining to the tools, devices and
equipment to be used for the education and training of seafarers are indicated in Annexes to this
Directive on the basis of the training concerned. The tools, devices, equipment, classrooms and
laboratories that MET institutions should have are required to be operational and approved by
the Ministry.
(2) The address changes and the new address of the MET institutions must be informed
to the Administration at least 1 month prior to such move. Institutions changing their addresses
will be required to have their tools, devices and equipment, requiring approval in accordance
with this Directive, re-approved for their new address.
PART TWO
Principles for Quality Standards
Quality Policy
ARTICLE 53- (1) MET Institutions should establish and implement a quality standards
system in accordance with Rule I/8 and Code A-I/8 of the Convention
(2) Quality policy defines aims and principles to reach these aims regarding the
activities of MET Institutions in line with the Convention.
Organization
ARTICLE 54- (1) All departments of Quality Management System together with the
quality coordinator/coordinators are part of an organization and shown on the organization
scheme. Authorities and responsibilities of the staff employed in the quality organization and
relations among them are to be defined in detail. Quality coordinator/coordinators works
directly under the top manager of the Institution. MET Institutions are to report, the names and
contact information and any respective change, to the Administration
Procedures
ARTICLE 55- (1) MET Institutions should develop procedures for their all activities.
Procedures should comply with all compulsory national and international rules. Additionally,
the advisory provisions are also to be taken into consideration. Principles to reach aims of the
quality policy are to be defined in detail.
(2) Procedures should define documentation, control, internal audit, corrective and
preventive measures for unconformities and management review principles together with
implementation details of the provided services. Addendums, changes and corrections to
quality management system enter into force upon the approval of the quality
coordinator/coordinators. One set of the annulled documents are marked as ‘’Expired’’ and
kept in the archive and while the other copies are destroyed.
Sources
ARTICLE 56- (1) In order to reach the aims of the quality management system, each
MET Institute should acquire and maintain necessary infrastructure, equipment, tools, devices
and human resources for their respective activities and establish records and procedures.
CHAPTER FIVE
Registration with Educational institutions, Health Requirements, Grading Criteria,
Sea Training and Graduation Requirements
16
PART ONE
Registration with Educational institutions, Health Requirements,
Grading Criteria, and Graduation Requirements
Registration
ARTICLE 57- (1) Each educational institution accepts students in conformance with the
principles indicated in the Regulation and the directives issued in relation to the Regulation.
The training courses organized for seafarers are carried out in compliance with the provisions
of Seafarer Training Courses Regulation and registered to GAEBS.
(2) Those who meet the Education, Sea service, health and age limit conditions of the
respective courses indicated in the Regulation by documents will be enrolled.
(3) The Daily attendance check of the trainees is conducted on the basis of the legislation
of the institution concerned and is recorded in GAEBS. Public Secondary Education Institutions
of the Ministry of National Education and formal education programs of faculties and Higher
Education Institutions reporting to YOK uses their own legislation for enrolment, course
completion, exams and graduation and respective data is recorded in GAEBS formal training
module. The seafarer training courses organized by these institutions are carried out in
compliance with the provisions of Seafarer Training Courses Regulation.
(4) MET institutions are required to register all respective data to GAEBS regarding
competency and proficiency certificate training and practical sea training of their students and
course attendants.
(5) Institutions entering any false data to GAEBS to mislead the Administration will be
subject to sanctions in accordance with Article 66 of the Directive
Health Condition ARTICLE 58- (1) MET institutions register the students that have ‘’physical fitness
report’’ in accordance with Health Directive and meeting physical strength and qualifications
for the training they provide. MET institutions shall designate their own standards in these
regards.
Passing Grades, Course Completion and Examinations ARTICLE 59- (1) The related legislation of the Ministry of National Education and/or
YOK is applied in determining the success of the student/trainee at formal and public education
institutions.
(2) The attendance, course completion, Examinations and principles of success pertaining
to the training programs oriented for the Seafarers are subject to the provisions of the Regulation
on Seafarer Training Courses. However, the Ministry may make arrangements for additional
exams other than the course completion exams.
(3) Procedures and principals for STCW Assessment exams are determined by the
Ministry.
PART TWO
Open Sea Training and Workshop Skills Development Training
Open Sea Training
Article 60- (1) Sea training is conducted by application of the curriculum pertaining to
the courses taken by the cadet/trainee on the vessel and recording of this training in an approved
sea training book (sea training portfolio). The institutions can either prepare the sea training
book that covers the subjects on the basis of the curriculum they apply or use the sea training
book approved by the Administration specific to the training provided. To be considered
successful in the training provided, the evaluation commissions of the MET institutions
determine whether the maritime training is provided in an environment suitable to the purpose,
for the time periods required, completeness and compliance of the documents to be obtained
17
from the ship and company that the training was conducted, training records are sufficient and
the knowledge of the student is adequate as per the assessments.
(2) MET Institutions have to record the sea training data in GAEBS cadets/trainee those
evaluated by the commission and found successful.
(3) Assembly of the commissions are informed to Harbour Master 15 days advance.
Harbour Master may send a its representative to the commission if deemed necessary.
Workshop Skills Development Training
ARTICLE 61- (1) Workshop training is to be conducted either at the own workshop
facilities of institution delivering the competency training or at the other public or private
workshop facilities approved by the institution. The minimum requirements for the workshops
are determined by the Administration. Workshops that are found meeting the minimum
requirements criteria and appropriate for practical training by the authorized training
institutions are regarded as approved by the Administration. Such an approval shall not remove
the responsibility of the Institution to the Administration and inspections of the Administration
(2) Workshop training is to be conducted in accordance the training book prepared by
institution that the cadet/trainee is attending or graduated and must include minimum welding,
hot and cold processing, moulding, machining, measuring, product assembly and construction,
workshop management and organization skills.
(3) MET Institutions sending cadets/trainees are responsible of that the training is
conducted within its duration and properly evaluated and these activities will be subject to
periodical inspection through commissions and committees.
(4) Each workshop training given within the curriculum of MET institutions will be
counted as one working day, which will be deducted from the 6 months workshop practical
training period. However, this cannot be more than 3 months. Each working day spent at
workshop and shipyard training of cadets/trainees will be deducted from the workshop skills
practical training. Type and duration of skill development training conducted shall be reported
by the sending institutions to Harbour Master with training evaluation form.
(5) For cadets/trainees that cannot take practical training for any reason in their institutions
or designated workshops, this training can be given and assessed by other authorized training
institutions
(6) Cadets and trainees attending sea training may continue their workshop training
according to training book onboard the same ship or another ship. However this duration may
not exceed 3 months.
(7) Duration of the workshop skills development training is 6 months and every 25 days
will be regarded as one 1 month for the shore training.
CHAPTER SIX Seafarers Examinations, Qualification Principles in English Language
PART ONE
Qualification Principles in English Language
Qualification Principles in English Language ARICLE 62- (1) Qualification principles indicated in the Regulation are given below to
deserve the certificate of competency described in the Regulation. In order to fulfil these
qualifications an equivalent grade is required to the grades given in the table from the English
section of YDS or national/international exams recognized by ÖSYM.
COMPETENCY LEVEL ENGLISH GRADE
Yacht Master (149 GT) 40
Yacht Master (499 GT) 50
Yacht Master (unlimited) 60
18
Electro Technic Officer 40
Restricted Engine Officer 40
Restricted Deck Officer 50
Restricted Chief Engineer 45
Restricted Master 50
Officer of the Watch Engine 45
Officer of the Watch Deck 50
Second Engineer 50
First Officer 55
Chief Engineer 55
Master 60
Unlimited Officer of the Watch Engine 50
Unlimited Officer of the Watch Deck 55
Unlimited Second Engineer 55
Unlimited First Officer 60
Unlimited Chief Engineer 60
Unlimited Master 70
(2) Graduates of English Preparatory Schools of MET Institutions authorized for
delivering licence degree level unlimited deck and engineering officer certificates or those who
meet the prep school exemption criteria stated in the regulations of these institutions will be
excepted from the unlimited deck and engineering grades above.
(3) Those who meet the grades in this article are still subject to ‘’Maritime English’’
exams required for their respective certificate level.
(4) Grades explained in paragraph one and equivalent grades from the English section of
YDS or national/international exams recognized by ÖSYM are valid for 5 years from the exam
date.
PART TWO
Seafarer Examinations
Type of exams
ARTICLE 63- (1) Seafarer Exams are conducted by the Seafarers Commission (GK)
established in accordance with the Regulation.
(2) Examinations of officers are conducted through the electronic examination system using
question election and examination automation software established by the Administration. Application for exams
ARTICLE 64- (1) The applications are done as approved by the Administration
(2) Seafarers who are eligible for the exams may apply for an exam appointment through
question election and examination automation software established by the Administration upon
the approval of their applications. Preparation of questions, selection and duration of exams
ARTICLE 65- (1) Examination questions are prepared by the GK Question Preparation
sub commissions for each subject separately described in this Directive for each competency
level.
(2) Procedures and principals for the preparation of the questions are as follows:
a) Confidentiality is the basic principle for the preparation of the questions. The
administration takes necessary measures for confidentiality and cooperates with all respective
institution and establishments.
19
b) All staff involved in any phase of question preparation including the drafters is obliged
to comply with the security measures determined by the Administration in accordance with
respective legislation.
c) Drafters of the questions for GK cannot use these questions for any other purpose,
share with other parties, cannot sell and/or transfer for free to any other institution and/or
establishment. These rules will be effective after they detach from the GK question preparation
unit. This staffs is to sign a written contract that they will comply with the mentioned rules.
ç) The drafters should consider the type, scope, level and target group of the exam when
preparing the questions.
(3) A question bank is to be established and continuously improved by the GK covering
all subjects of the exams. The questions are kept in a pool that is physically secured with
controlled and secured access.
(4) The technicians who will be involved in repair and maintenance of the system must
be accompanied with a staff tasked by the head of GK. Technicians shall never get an access to
the questions in the pool. Except the special conditions described in the legislation, no one shall
have an access to the questions partly or fully for any reason.
(5) GK is responsible of the preparation, printing, distribution and confidentiality and
security of the questions.
(6) Selection of the questions is done through the question election and examination
automation software established by the Administration.
(7) Duration of the exams is determined by the GK for each subject by totalling the
response time for each question decided at the preparation phase.
(8) Exam topics include the curricula of the subjects for respective competency level
given in this Directive.
Examination Rules ARTICLE 66- (1) The rules including the invalidation is determined by the Administration and announced the seafarers by GK both in written and verbally before and during the exams, and implemented accordingly. The exam of the candidate who is not complying with these rules is to be cancelled and the candidate is not allowed to take another exam during the following 6 months after the cancellation date.
(2) Those who are not complying with the exam rules and holding any Certificate of
Competency will be dispatched to the Seafarers Discipline Commission in accordance with
the Regulation.
(3) Pagers, cell phones, communication equipment such as radios, pocket computers,
cameras, watches having these functions and any equipment having computer function are not
allowed in the exams.
(4) During the exams; talking with other candidates, cheating or assisting cheating, asking
questions to invigilators, exchanging pencil, eraser etc., smoking tobacco and tobacco products,
using dictionaries or similar material, eating and any action that may hamper the exam order
are prohibited.
(5) It is the basic responsibility of the candidate to obey the exam rules. Those who are
not complying with these rules will not be allowed to continue the exam. The identification of
the candidate, the offensive action and the statement that the exam will be invalid is to be clearly
written on the exam record.
Assessment and Grading
ARTICLE 67- (1) Grading values of questions are determined over hundred for each
subject.
(2) If the exam is done online through the question election and examination automation
software established by the Administration, the assessment will be done by the examination
software system.
20
(3) The examination results of the successful candidates will be sent to GK and Harbour
Master electronically through the database established by the Administration.
(4) The candidate will be subject to retake exams for the failed topics required for the
respective competency during the examination period. Retake option is valid for only two years
following the date of the first exam. If the candidate cannot pass these exams within this period,
previously succeeded exams required for the competency level will be also void. In online
exams, there will be three retake opportunities for each subject in two years following the date
of the first exam. Online retake exam cannot be taken within seven days of the exam date of
each subject.
(5) The grading criteria given in this Directive is valid for the exams following the entry
date of this directive into force and does not apply to exams previous to this date.
Objection to the exams
ARTICLE 68- (1) Objections to the examinations must be sent to GK by a petition within
ten days of the announcement of the results. Applications beyond this period will not be
considered.
(2) Objection fee must be paid to the designated bank account for re-assessment. This fee
will be returned if there is a misconduct of the Administration.
(3) Objections to the examinations must be sent to GK by a petition within ten days of
the announcement of the results. Applications beyond this period will not be considered. The
objections will be evaluated within ten days following the last day for objections and the
applicant will be informed about the result.
(4) Seafarer may appeal for the exam result and/or exam questions. The objection fee is
to be paid for appeals for exam results. For the exam questions, the candidate should clearly
explain the reasons of objection for each question in the objection petition and pay for each
objected question separately.
(5) During the examination seating, objections regarding technique or content of any
question will be reported to invigilators at the end of the exam and the person responsible of
the exam is to forward these objections to GK. Such objections are to be evaluated within 30
days of the objection date and the petitioner will be informed about the result. In such cases
objection fee is to be paid as well for each question objected.
(6) The objections will be checked over the system for online exams and over the exam
records for other exams and will be reported to the respective seafarer.
(7) GK will establish an objection commission from 3 experts of the respective subjects
and will assign a head for each commission.
(8) Head of GK is to send the objection petition to the head of respective commission by
electronic means. Under the coordination of the head of the commission, the members of the
commission will investigate and evaluate the objection within 10 days following the last date
for objections.
(9) Evaluation results will be sent to head of GK by the head of commission by electronic
means. GK is to inform the petitioner via official letter or e-mail.
(10) The objection commission members are not to be selected from GK commission
members for written or practical exam questions objections.
Examination subjects for Deck Department Seafarers
ARTICLE 69- (1) Qualification codes for Deck department are given below.
Qualification Code Competency level
01 Restricted operation
02 Restricted Management
03 Operation
21
04 Management
(2) Seafarers holding any certificate of competency for Restricted Radio Operator (ROC),
GMDSS General Operator (GOC), GMDSS First Class Radio Electronic Operator (REO1) or
GMDSS second Class Radio Electronic Operator (REO2) will be exempted from Maritime
Communication (04) exam if they apply within the validity period of these certificates.
(3) Examination subjects for Deck department are as follows.
e) Restricted Operational Level Examination Subjects;
1) Restricted Watchkeeping Officer or Yacht Master (149 GT) candidates shall enter the
assessment examinations of this level. Examination Subjects for the Restricted Watchkeeping
Officers entering the assessment examinations of this level and passing grades are shown in
Table-1 below.
TABLE-1: Restricted operation Level and Yacht Master (149 GT) Examination
Subjects and Passing grades
Course
Code
Examination Subject Passing Grade
01 Navigation SVZ, YK (149 GT) : 50/100
03 Seamanship SVZ, YK (149 GT) : 50/100
04 Maritime Communication SVZ, YK (149 GT) : 50/100
05 Maritime Safety SVZ, YK (149 GT) : 50/100
06 Cargo Operations and Ship
Stability
SVZ : 50/100
Competencies: SVZ: Restricted Watch Officer (11), YK (149 GT): Yacht
Master (149 GT)
Exam Subjects: SVZ: 01, 03, 04, 05, 06 YK: 01, 03, 04, 05
b) Restricted Management Level
1) Yacht Master ( 499 GT), Fishing Vessel Skipper, Oceangoing Fishing Vessel Master,
Restricted Master candidates are to enter this exam. Examination Subjects for each competency
and passing grades are shown in Table-2 below.
TABLE-2: Restricted Management Level Examination Subjects and Passing
grades
Course
Code Examination Subject Passing Grade
02 Navigation – Preventing Collisions
at Sea (Rules of the Road)
SK: 60/100
YK (499 GT) , BK, AB : 50/100
04 Maritime Communication SK: 60/100
YK (499 GT) , BK, AB 50/100
05 Maritime Safety SK: 60/100
YK (499 GT), BK, AB: 50/100
06 Cargo Operations and Ship
Stability
SK: 60/100
07 Seamanship and shiphandling SK: 60/100
YK (499 GT), BK, AB: 50/100
08 Maritime Law and International
Maritime Conventions
SK: 60/100
YK (499 GT): 50/100
09 Marine Engines YK (499 GT): 50/100
10 Meteorology SK: 60/100
AB: 50/100
22
11 Maritime English YK (499 GT): 50/100
c) “OPERATION LEVEL” Examination Subjects;
1) Watchkeeping Officer (500-3000 GT), and Unlimited Watchkeeping Officer
Candidates shall take this examinations. The Examination Subjects that the candidates entering
the examinations of this level shall be responsible for and passing grades are shown in Table-3
below.
TABLE-3: Operation Level Examination Subjects and Passing Grades
Course
Code
Examination Subject Passing Grade
21 Navigation VZ: 60/100 UV: 70/100
22 Watchkeeping Standards VZ: 60/100 UV: 70/100
23 Ship Construction, Cargo
Operations and Ship Stability
VZ: 50/100 UV: 60/100
33 Maritime Communication VZ: 60/100 UV: 70/100
34 Seamanship and
shiphandling
VZ: 50/100 UV: 60/100
35
Maritime Law and
International Maritime
Conventions
VZ: 50/100 UV: 60/100
41 Maritime English 60/100 UV: 70/100
Competencies at this level : VZ: Watchkeeping Officer (32),
UV: Unlimited Watchkeeping Officer (33)
Examination Subjects:
VZ: 21,22,23,33,34,35,41
UV: 21,22,23,33,34,35,41
ç) “MANAGEMENT LEVEL” Examination Subjects;
Yacht Master (Unlimited), Chief Officer (500-3000 GT), Master (500-3000 GT),
Unlimited Chief Officer and Unlimited Master candidates shall take this Examination. The
examination subjects that the candidates entering the examinations of this level shall be
responsible for and passing grades are shown in Table-4 below.
TABLE-4 Management Level Examination Subjects and Passing Grades
Course
Code
Examination Subject Passing Grade
31
Navigation YK (Unlimited) : 60/100
IZ: 60/100 K: 65/100
UIZ: 65/100 UK: 70/100
32
Watchkeeping Standards YK (Unlimited) : 60/100
IZ: 60/100 K: 65/100
23
UIZ: 65/100 UK: 70/100100
36 Ship Construction, Cargo
Operations and Ship Stability
IZ: 60/100 UIZ: 70/100
37 Shiphandling and Engines K: 60/100 UK: 70/100
38 Meteorology and Oceanography K: 50/100 UK: 60/100
40
Maritime Law, International
Maritime Conventions,
Personnel Management,
Maritime Management
YK (Unlimited) : 60/100
IZ: 50/100 K: 60/100
UIZ: 60/100 UK: 70/100
41
Maritime English YK (Unlimited) : 60/100
IZ: 60/100 K: 70/100
UIZ: 70/100 UK: 75/100
Qualifications at this level : 1Z: Chief Officer (41), K: Master (42), U1Z:
Unlimited Chief Officer (43) UK: Unlimited Master (44)
YK (Unlimited): Yacht Master (Unlimited)
Examination Subjects:
UK: 31,32,37,38,40,41 U1Z: 31,32,36,40,41
K: 31,32,37,38,40,41 1Z: 31,32,36,40,41
YK (2999 GT) : 31,32,37,38,40,41
Engine Department Seafarer Competency Codes
ARTICLE 70- (1) Engine department competency codes and competency levels are as
follows:
Competency Code Competency Level
05 Restricted Operation
06 Restricted Management
07 Operation
08 Management
09 Electro Technical Operation
(2) Restricted Operation Level Examination Subjects are shown below.
a) Restricted Operation Level Examination Subjects
1) Restricted Engineer Officer Candidates shall take the examinations of this level. The
examination subjects that the candidates entering the examinations of this level shall be
responsible for are shown in Table-5 below together with the passing grade and number of
questions.
TABLE-5: Restricted Operation Level Examination Subjects and Passing grades
Course
Code
Examination Subject Passing Grade
51 Main engine operations and
maintenance
50/100
52 Ship auxiliary engines –
Operation and Maintenance
50/100
53 Electric 50/100
Competencies at this level: SMZ: Restricted Engine Officer
(51)
24
b) “RESTRICTED MANAGEMENT LEVEL” Examination Subjects
1) Restricted Chief Engineer (750-3000 kW) candidates will be entering the
Examinations of this level. The examination subjects that the candidates entering the
examinations of this level shall be responsible for and passing grades are shown in Table-6
below.
TABLE-6: Restricted Management Level Examination Subjects and Passing grades
Course
Code
Examination Subject Passing Grade
51 Main engine operations and
maintenance
60/100
52 Ship auxiliary engines –
Operation and Maintenance
60/100
53 Electric 60/100
54 Maritime Law and International
Maritime Conventions
60/100
55 Ship Construction 60/100
Competencies at this level: SBM: Restricted Chief Engineer
(61)
c) “OPERATION LEVEL” Examination Subjects
1) Unlimited Watchkeeping Engineer and Engine Officer (750-3000 kW) candidates shall
take the examinations of this level. The examination subjects that the candidates entering the
examinations of this level shall be responsible for and passing grades are shown in Table-7
below.
TABLE-7: Operation Level Examination Subjects and Passing grades
Course
Code
Examination Subject Passing Grade
61 Main engine operations and
maintenance
MK: 60/100 UVM:
70/100
62 Ship auxiliary engines –
Operation and Maintenance
MK: 60/100 UVM:
70/100
63 Maritime Law and International
Maritime Conventions
MK: 50/100 UVM:
60/100
67 Maritime English MK: 60/100 UVM:
70/100
Competencies at this level: MZ: Engine Officer (71), UVM:
Unlimited Watchkeeping Engineer (72)
Examination Subjects:
MZ: 61,62,63,67 UVM: 61,62,63,67
ç) “MANAGEMENT LEVEL” Examination Subjects
1) Unlimited Chief Engineer, Unlimited Second Engineer, Chief Engineer (750-3000
kW), and Second Engineer (750-3000 kW) candidates shall take the examinations of this level.
The examination subjects that the candidates entering the examinations of this level will be
responsible for and passing grades are shown in Table-8 below.
TABLE-8: Management Level Examination Subjects and Passing grades
25
Course
Code
Examination Subject Passing Grade
61
Main engine operations and
maintenance
IM: 60/100 BM: 65/100 UIM:
65/100 UBM: 70/100
62 Ship auxiliary engines –
Operation and Maintenance
IM: 60/100 BM: 65/100 UIM:
65/100 UBM: 70/100
63 Maritime Law and International
Maritime Conventions
BM: 60/100
UBM: 70/100
64 Ship Building and Survey
Operations
BM: 60/100
UBM: 70/100
65 Refrigerating-Air Conditioning IM: 50/100
UIM: 60/100
66
Electro-technical, Hydraulic-
Pneumatic and Automatic
Controls
IM: 50/100
UIM: 60/100
67 Maritime English IM: 60/100 BM: 70/100 UIM:
70/100 UBM: 75/100
Competencies at this level: UBM: Unlimited Chief Engineer (84), UIM:
Unlimited Second Engineer (83), BM: Chief Engineer (82), IM: Second
Engineer (81)
Examination Subjects:
UBM : 61,62,63,64,67 UIM : 61,62,65,66,67
BM : 61,62,63,64,67 IM : : 61,62,65,66,67
d) "ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER” Examination Subjects
1) Electro-Technical Officer candidates shall take the examinations of this level. The
examination subjects that the candidates entering the examinations of this level shall be
responsible for and passing grades are shown in Table-9 below.
TABLE-9: Electro-Technical Officer Examination Subjects and Passing Grades
Course
Code
Examination Subject Passing Grade
71 Electrical, Electronic and
Control Systems
50/100
72 Maintenance 50/100
73 Maritime Safety, 50/100
74 Maritime English, 50/100
Competencies at this level: ETZ: Electro-Technical Officer (91)
Renewal Exams
ARTICLE 71- (1) In accordance with Article 49 (2) (b) (1) of the Regulation, those who
do not fulfil the renewal requirements stated in the Article 49 (2) (a)/(b) (2) (3) or (4) or (c)
certificate, may enter renewal exams.
(2) Seafarer must enter and successfully pass the respective certification exam mentioned
in this directive for the renewal of the certificate.
CHAPTER SEVEN Commission, Application Procedures, Inspections and GAEBS Registry Principles
PART ONE
26
Application Procedures and Inspections Inspections
ARTICLE 72- (1) Maritime Training Monitoring and Evaluation activity is composed
of opening, monitoring and evaluating and periodical observation and evaluation of the quality
management system of MET Institutions. Except extraordinary conditions, monitoring and
evaluating activities are conducted every two years. The administration may carry out
announced or unannounced inspections if deemed necessary.
Preparation of MET Institutions for Inspections
ARTICLE 73- (1) Both new and existing MET institutions are required to;
a) Prepare quality policy and quality handbook
b) Implement defined quality management system
c) Carry out internal inspections and management review activities
Application Procedures
ARTICLE 74- (1) MET institutions are required to make written application to the
Administration together with the documents indicating the corrective measure taken in
accordance with quality handbook and internal inspection results. This application shall include
the approval of equipment, hardware, facilities, and Maritime Trainers.
(2) MET institutions opened before the entry date of this Directive will be given a
password for GAEBS in their first application for authorization.
(3) The following data are to be loaded to GAEBS and an electronic application is to be
made on GAEBS.
a) Facilities, simulators and laboratories
1) Life Saving Appliances:
- Photographs containing the general view and the location plan
- Free-fall Enclosed Lifeboat type approval and test certificate
- High Speed Rescue Boat test
- Life raft test certificate
- Survey reports from the authorized institutes from the Ministry for lifeboats, rescue
boats, life rafts and their equipment in accordance with Life Saving Appliances Code (LSA
Code).
2) Fire Fighting Training Centre
- Photographs containing the general view and the location plan
- Fire Fighting Equipment test certificate
- CO2 system test certificate
3) Personal Survival at Sea Training Pool
- Photographs containing the general view and the location plan
- Plans containing technical specifications
4) Simulators
- Photographs containing the general view
- Certificate of Conformity for training in accordance with STCW 78 obtained from the
International Class Associations
5) Laboratories
- Photographs containing the general view and the location plan
List of laboratories and instruments and tools as required by the Directive according to
each type of training
b) Quality standards
1) Quality policy and quality handbook
2) Documents regarding corrective measures taken after internal inspections and
management review activities
27
c) Other issues:
1) Name of the institution, department/program/field names within the institution if
available, communication information of the institution (including e-mail address used for the
institution), Quality Coordinator and contact information, and static IP address information,
2) The list of instructors certified according to the instructor terms determined in this
Directive and employed in the institution, and documents indicating the full time, part time or
hourly paid basis employment of such instructors,
3) List of courses requested for students, graduates or others described within the scope
of this directive (Application will be rejected in case the existing tools, instruments, and
equipment are inadequate for the education requested.)
(4) The administration evaluates the applications by electronic means. Unapproved
applications will be returned to the institutions together with reasons of refusal. If the
application is refused for three times, the institution shall be given 6 (six) months period for the
correction of discrepancies for new application.
(5) Applications approved after file investigation will be forwarded to the Monitoring and
Evaluation Committees of MEB and YÖK for evaluation. Monitoring and Evaluation activities
for private MET institutions will be carried out by Maritime Training Monitoring and
Evaluation Commission (DEİDK). DEİDK committee prepares monitoring and evaluation plan
and informs the respective MET Institution for the inspection date.
(7) At least three inspectors for the operational level competency training course request
and at least two inspectors for the courses requests below operational level competency training
course are to be tasked. At least one Maritime Survey Engineer, Maritime Specialist, Maritime
Assistant Specialist, Engineer or an expert who are authorized for the flag or port state control
for respective branch is to be present for the monitoring and evaluation of the facilities and
simulators.
(8) New additional course requests of the authorized MET Institutions will be subject to
assessment of the Administration whether new inspection will be required for the authorized
training program.
Inspection
ARICLE 75- (1) Assigned inspectors carry out in place monitoring and evaluation.
Monitoring and evaluation activities are to include availability and functionality of training
tools and equipment, number and qualifications of trainers, implementation of training
programs, applicability of quality management system, effectiveness of the quality
management system and respective services provided in accordance with that, conformity of
the quality management system with national and international acquis.
(2) The Inspection will be carried out in the following order;
a) Participation of managers, quality coordinator/coordinators and involved staff of the
inspected unit in the opening briefing together with the inspectors where the aims and
procedures of the inspection will be explained
b) Inspection of the system documents and applications and preparation of inspection
report, recording of non-conformities encountered during the inspection
c) Closing meeting together with the opening meeting participants to review the
inspection, drafted reports and corrective measures, determining corrective and preventive
measures and duration for these measures to be corrected together with respective unit
managers, signing two copies of the inspection report by the inspectors and the institute
representatives, delivery of one copy of the report to the inspected institute.
(3) Chief inspector is to send his report regarding whether the institution meets the
minimum requirements described in this Directive, to the DEİDK for private institutions and to
the respective Monitoring and Evaluation Committees for the institutions affiliated to MEB and
YÖK over the GAEBS module.
28
(4) Respective commission/committees are to recommend the Administration about the
appropriateness of the institution, or refusal of the opening authorization or ending of the
activities if non-conformities cannot be fixed within the given period in the inspection report,
or within the additional duration to be provided for only once.
(5) The duration given by the inspectors for corrective measures described in this article
or small discrepancies regarding the quality management system and/or availability and
functionality of the training tools and equipment, may not be more than 3 months. Article 66 of
the Regulation shall apply if the non-conformities cannot be corrected within designated
period.
(6) In accordance with the protocols to be signed by MEB and YÖK, the Administration
may employ independent inspection organizations for the inspections regarding quality
standards applications described in Chapter 4, Part 3 of this Directive.
Security of Data
ARTICLE 76- (1) During the inspection;
a) Information provided by the institution must be used in security by the members and
inspectors and shall not be declared without the written authorization of the respective
institution.
b) Documents used in commission/committee meetings for evaluation and discussions
are to be assumed as confidential data.
c) All documents coming to the Administration for examination are to be archived by
the Administration. This document shall not be returned to the institutions by any means.
Documents need to be destroyed are destroyed and recorded by the Administration
PART TWO
Maritime Training Monitoring and Evaluation Commission (DEİDK)
Establishment and tasks of the Commission
ARTICLE 77- (1) Evaluation of applications made within the scope of this Directive,
monitoring and evaluation activities performed in private educational institutions, and
evaluation of reports received from monitoring and evaluation committees for institutions
affiliated to MEB and YÖK are assessed by this Commission.
(2) Furthermore, preparation of the report to be submitted to the Ministry is also
performed through this Commission. This Commission consists of 1 Assistant General
Manager, 1 Department Head, and 3 Experts of the Administration.
PART THREE
Principals for Authorization MET Institutions and Registration to GAEBS
Authorization of MET Institutions
ARTICLE 78- (1) The Ministry authorizes MET Institutions in GAEBS that ensure the
minimum requirements stipulated by this Directive from among the educational institutions that
request the certification of students/trainees within the scope of the Regulation
Seafarers’ Training Information System (GAEBS) Module ARTICLE 79- (1) Information concerning MET institutions, including the trainings to
be provided within the scope of this Directive, shall be kept in GAEBS. The work and processes
to be performed through GAEBS and the responsibilities of educational institutions are set forth
below.
29
a) Training stipulated in this Directive is defined in GAEBS by taking into consideration
the limitations stated in the approved curriculum.
b) A maximum of 34 persons may be registered to the educational programs defined in
GAEBS that are given as courses. However only 2 persons may be registered for each unit in
training that uses PC based simulators.
c) Trainings are classified in the system as full day, A.M., P.M., week day, weekend, or
evening training. For institutions providing formal training, class hours and break times are
arranged in accordance with their own regulations. Except these schools, duration of one class
hour is 45 minutes.. There should minimum 5 minutes break between classes. Practical training
may be conducted for 90 minutes uninterrupted. Full day refers to the training that starts in the
morning and continues throughout the day for a maximum of 10 hours (08:00-18:00), A.M.
refers to the training that starts in the morning and continues up to midday (08:00-113:00) and
covers a maximum of 6 course-hours, P.M. refers to the training that starts at noon and continues
until the evening (13:00-18:00) and covers a maximum of 6 course-hours, and evening training
refers to the training that commences in the evening and lasts for a maximum of 4 course-hours
(17:00-21:00). A trainee may take maximum 10 class hours over GAEBS Module.
ç) MET institutions save their course announcement in GAEBS for the dates they have
designated for training programs that will be arranged as courses from among the training
subjects they are authorized by the Ministry by also taking into consideration holidays and the
type of training to be provided.
d) Port Authorities approve the course/training announcements of the MET institutions
that is located in its own area of responsibility over the GAEBS that are seen as suitable by
evaluating within the scope of the Directive the duration of the course/training, quota, trainer
and student competencies.
e) MET Institutions are to enter trainer’s data to the GAEBS for the respective courses.
This data should be updated if there is any change on the course date. GAEBS will check that
the trainer is occupied only with the designated training on given day and hour. Otherwise the
training will be invalid.
f) Port Authorities are to check that the trainers are registered to the respective MET
Institution and certified accordingly through the National Education Provincial Departments or
MEBBİS directly.
g) MET Institutions are to register their trainees to the approved training programs
according to the provisions stipulated in this Directive. The daily attendance of trainees is to be
entered to GAEBS by the MET institution throughout the training. However, attendance should
be taken with signature on paper for each course-hour as long as the training continues and kept
by institution.
ğ) Formal MET Institutions are to register their students GAEBS on academic year and
department basis. Updated student information, courses taken and practical training data are to
be entered into the system regularly.
h) Those who completed the short courses successfully are to be entered into the system
by the respective institution.
ı) MET Institutions have the responsibility to keep up-to-date all the information
registered into the system.
i) The Administration may rearrange the GAEBS and the trainee attendance data to be
entered to GAEBS when required.
PART FOUR
Qualifications of Inspectors
Selection of Inspectors
ARTICLE 80- (1) Inspectors are to be 4-year faculty or Higher School graduate and must
meet at least one of the conditions below:
30
a) To be a lecturer/trainer and/or manager in an authorized MET Institution delivering
formal maritime training
b) To be a unlimited master or chief engineer
c) To be a manager, Maritime Survey Engineer, Maritime Specialist, Assistant Maritime
Specialist, Engineer or an expert at the Administration
ç) To have minumum3 years service at the Seafarers Department of the Administration
d) To be a quality inspector in one of the classification associations authorized by the
Administration
(2) Selected candidates will be entitled as an inspector following the Quality Standards
Inspector Training for Maritime Education and Training, Examination, and Certification
Purposes and after signing the Ethical Regulations Document prepared by the Administration.
(3) Inspectors carry out required monitoring and evaluation activities and send their
reports to the Administration. Those, non-performing without a documented valid excuse, who
cannot perform duties according to the criteria determined by the Administration or who does
not comply with the Ethical Rules will be dismissed from the inspector duties.
(4) In the formation of the inspection group, the characteristics and activities of the MET
institution are taken into account.
(5) The Inspection Team consists of inspectors who are not members of inspected
institutions. One of the inspectors in the team shall be assigned as the chief of the team by the
Administration to manage the inspection activities.
Responsibilities of the Chief Inspector
ARTICLE 81- (1) The chief inspector that represents and manages the inspection team
will be responsible of;
a) Preparation of detailed inspection plan and conduct of the inspections
b) Arrangement of check lists in accordance with the activities of the institutions
c) Preparation, approval and transfer of the inspection report to the Administration
Training of Inspectors
ARTICLE 82- (1) Inspector candidates designated by the Administration shall take
Quality Standards Inspector Training for Maritime Education and Training, Examination, and
Certification Purposes in order to implement standard procedures in the inspection activities.
The purpose of this training is to teach inspectors and decision makers the policies of the
Administration, working procedures and assessment criteria.
(2) The Inspector Training is to be planned and executed by the Administration. Content
of the training is determined by the Administration.
(3) Those who complete this training will be certified as the ‘’Quality Standards Inspector
for Maritime Education and Training, Examination, and Certification’’
(4) Those who were designated as an inspector before the entry date of this Directive and
fulfil the requirements of Article 80 of this directive will be exempted from the Quality
Standards Inspector Training for Maritime Education and Training, Examination, and
Certification. The Administration may take this inspector to the training if deemed necessary.
CHAPTER EIGHT
Education, Training and Examinations of Marine Pilots
PART ONE
Application and Marine Pilot Examination
Application
31
ARTICLE 83- (1) Marine Pilot candidates who fulfil the requirements stated in Article
69 of the Regulation shall apply with a petition including the evidencing documents to the Port
Authority where they are registered. The files of those who fulfil the requirements will be sent
to the Administration by the Port Authority.
(2) The Administration drafts a referral document for the examination for those who fulfil
the requirements.
Marine Pilot Examination
ARTICLE 84- (1) Written or online examination is to be conducted by the
Administration for Marine Pilots.
(2) Marine Pilot examination commission consists of 7 persons; four staff from the
Administration in the ranks of Director, Assistant Director and 2 heads of departments and 3
staff, representing maritime organizations designated by the Administration, who are graduates
of 4 year faculties and holding unlimited master and marine pilot competency and served
actively in the respective marine pilotage area at least for five years as a marine pilot.
(3) Written or online exam and oral exam questions are prepared by the Administration.
(4) Written or online exams shall include; ship types and handling characteristics, effects
of engines and propulsion systems on ship manoeuvre, resisting forces effecting ships such as
momentum and friction, pivot point, turning circle, steering gear and propellers, forward and
aft bow thrusters, types and specifications of tug boats, ship-tug boat interaction, tug boat line
handling and manoeuvre types, wind and current effects, shallow water and narrow water, bank
and canal effects, anchoring and use of anchors for other purposes, navigation and manoeuvre
plan, navigation and manoeuvring in narrow waters and rivers, automatic identification systems
(AIS), use of portable utensils for pilots, structure and functions of ship traffic services (GTH),
communications with GTH, human factors and bridge resources management, planning and
management for emergencies, ship handling in emergencies, case studies of manoeuvring
incidents, respective legislation, maritime English, use of code of signals in English and other
topic that will be deemed necessary.
(5) The examination will be graded over hundred points. Starting from the highest grade
the candidates will be ranked and twice the number of pilots to be employed will be selected
starting from the highest grade for the oral examination that meets the pass criteria minimum
70. Those who were graded below 70 will be failed in the exam. The candidates scored the
same grade with the last elected candidate will be also invited to the oral exams.
(6) Oral exam that will be done by the Administration is to cover below subjects:
a) Navigation rules for the respective pilotage area; information on port and strait charts,
harbour borders, mooring and anchorage areas, mooring buoys, shallow waters, restricted areas,
warnings, lights in the straits and ports, buoys, signals, symbols and abbreviations, pilot pick
up/drop positions, local currents, eddies, winds and wind effects, true course tracks and traffic
separation schemes, transits and transit lines, structure and functions of ship traffic services
(GTH), emergency procedures, general information for the respective region and adjacent sea
areas.
b) Shiphandling; specifications of different types of ship engines, propellers, steering
gears and paddle effects, draft, trim, under keel clearance of various ships, effects of variables
such as turning circle and stopping distance on manoeuvres, wind and current effects on ship
manoeuvre and navigation, anchoring and weighing anchor, getting alongside manoeuvre with
and without tug assistance, unmooring, mooring to buoys, med mooring.
c) Legislation; Law on Ports no 618, dated 14/4/1941, Law on Safety of Life and Goods
at Sea no 4922, dated 10/6/1946, respective port regulations, local regulation, customs and
traditions, International Rules for Prevention of Collision at Sea, other respective national
legislation on maritime issues and international conventions, Monteux Convention for the pilots
of Istanbul and Çanakkale Straits.
32
ç) Maritime English; Fluent and accurate use of standard maritime communications
phrases given in Chapter (A) of SMCP (Standard Marine Communication Phrases) in
accordance with IMO Advisory No: A.918
(6) The examination will be graded over hundred points. Each commission member will
grade each candidate separately. The arithmetical average of the grades will determine the oral
exam grade. Passing grade is 70. Those who were graded below 70 will be failed in the exam.
(7) The arithmetical average of the written and oral exam grades will determine the final
exam grade and the candidates will be ranked according to final grade. Starting from the highest
grade, the number of pilots to be employed will be successful in the exams.
(8) If deemed appropriate by the Administration, the exams may be supported by the
full mission bridge simulators.
PART TWO
Practical Examinations and Refreshment Training for Marine Pilots
Practical Examination for Marine Pilots
ARTICLE 85- (1) The candidates who successfully pass the exams of the Administration
and complete their practical training in accordance with the Article 70, paragraph 3 of the
Regulation will be subject to practise exam. Practise exam will be conducted by the Seafarers
Commission.
(2) Following the completion of the practical training, the Port Authority that receives the
respective documents from the authorized pilotage organization, applies to GK for the practice
exam of the Seafarers Commission.
(3) The practice exam is to take place on the designated date within the 90 days following
the practical training and to be conducted by the exam commission appointed by the GK in
accordance with practice exam topics stated in paragraph 7 below.
(4) The examination commission will be formed by 5 persons; one unlimited master
representing GK, one Maritime Survey Engineer at unlimited master competency to be
appointed by the respective port authority, respective Harbour Master and 2 marine pilots in
active service with valid pilot certificate who have served minimum 5 years in the respective
pilotage area organization in active service. If there is no availability of a marine pilot in the
regional pilotage organization meeting required qualifications, two most senior marine pilots
are to take part in the commission.
(5) The practice exams for the port pilots are to be done onboard a ship conducting
mooring manoeuvre in the respective port and for Turkish Straits pilots during the passage in
the respective strait.
(6) Practice exams will be graded over 100. Minimum 70 points is required for pass.
Those who were graded below 70 will be failed in the practice exam. Each commission member
will grade each candidate separately over hundred. The arithmetical average of the grades will
determine the practice exam grade. Those who failed in the exam may re take the exam after
completing the practical training again described in the Article 70 of the Regulation. These
candidates will be re-examined of all subjects in the exam. Those who fail again in the exam,
cannot enter the exams any more.
(7) Practice exam shall cover the following applications.
(a) For port pilots; The candidate should pilot a ship entering into a port, safely in a calm
and cool manner, under the supervision of an authorized pilot. If be needed, one of the
manoeuvres of anchoring, mooring to a buoy, med mooring, unmooring and proceeding for
departure practices may be conducted. If possible, tugboat assisted manoeuvre would be
preferred in mooring manoeuvre.
(b) For Turkish Straits Pilots; The candidate should pilot a safe passage of a ship 150
meters or over in length in the respective Strait, under the supervision of an authorized pilot, in
accordance pilotage requirements
33
Marine Pilot Refreshment Training
ARTICLE 86- (1) All pilots employed in a Pilotage Organization should attend
refreshment training at least every two years that the dates and participation requirements will
be announced every January by the Administration.
(2) In the refreshment training; up-to-date information on ship manoeuvre and pilotage,
case studies and samplings on the navigation safety and ship manoeuvring incidents occurred
in various pilotage areas, changes in the national and international legislation, advances in
navigation equipment and technologies, use of new navigation equipment, risk management at
sea, fatigue management and such topics are to be covered. However, notwithstanding above,
professional and participative training environment shall be established including simulator-
assisted applications.
CHAPTER NINE
Administrative Sanctions, Supplementary and Final Provisions
PART ONE
Administrative Sanctions
ARTICLE 87- (1) In case it is determined that approvals and authorizations obtained by
educational institutions and instructors within the scope of this Directive are taken with
information and documents that mislead the Ministry, the approvals and authorizations granted
by the Ministry shall be cancelled.
Protocols with other Organizations ARTICLE 88- (1) The Ministry may sign protocols with MEB and YÖK for the
improvement of training programs, in-service training of lecturers and trainers, improvement of training facilities, seminars and improvement of the quality of the projects, training of cadets and contribution to similar activities in designated MET institutions.
Present MET Institutions
PROVISIONAL ARTICLE 1- (1) The authorization of the MET institutions that were
previously provided by the Ministry before the entry date of this Directive is valid. These
institutions are to comply with the requirements of this Directive until their first periodical
inspection.
(2) The authorized MET Institution that was inspected before the entry date of this
Directive will be subject to a periodical inspection two years after the last inspection date except
mandatory conditions.
(3) MET Institution those applied for authorization before the entry date of this Directive
but the application procedure are still in progress, will be inspected, evaluated and authorized
in accordance with the Directive in force at the application time. However, these institutions
must comply with the requirements set forth in this Directive until their periodical inspection
date.
(4) Authorization of the MET Institutions that were given before the entry date of this
Directive for respective competency training, will be suspended until they comply with the
physical conditions and training equipment requirements described in this Directive and in the
Radio Operator Competencies and Examination Regulation for the GMDSS Radio Operator
Certificate which is compulsory for the certificate of competency in accordance with Article 6
of this Directive.
34
(5) The protocols that were signed in accordance with Article 51 before the entry date of
this Directive between the MET Institutions will be in force.
Present Maritime Trainers
PROVISIONAL ARTICLE 2- (1) Valid trainers certificates given before the entry date
of this Directive will maintain their validity.
(2) Those who applied for the Maritime Trainer certificate before the entry date of this
Directive will be subject to Directive in force on the application date.
PART TWO
Final Provisions Abrogation
ARTICLE 89- (1) The Directive for Seafarers Training and Examination, which has been
in effect with the Ministry Approval dated 02/03/2015, No. 483, has been abrogated.
Enforcement
ARTICLE 90- (1) This Directive will be in force on the approval date of the Ministry
Execution
ARTICLE 91- (1) The provisions of this Directive shall be executed by the Minister of
Transportation and Infrastructure.
35
ANNEXES
ANNEX-1 Minimum Training Requirements for Seafarers and Able Seafarers
ANNEX-2 Minimum Requirements for Deck Restricted Operational Level Training
ANNEX-3 Minimum Requirements for the Compensation Training for transition from
Restricted Master Competency to Watchkeeping Officer Competency (500-2999
GT)
ANNEX-4 Minimum Requirements for Deck Operational Level Training
ANNEX-5 Minimum Requirements for Deck Management Level Training
ANNEX-6 Minimum Requirements For Rating-Class Engine, Able Seafarer Engine And
Electro-Technical Rating Training
ANNEX-7 Minimum Requirements for Engine Restricted Operation Level Training
ANNEX-8 Minimum Requirements for the Compensation Training for transition from
Restricted Chief Engineer Competency to Engineering Officer Competency
(750-2999 kW)
ANNEX-9 Minimum Requirements for Engine Operation Level Training
ANNEX-10 Minimum Requirements for Engine Management Level Training
ANNEX-11 Minimum Requirements for Electro technical Officer Training
ANNEX-12 Minimum Requirements for the Yacht Master (149 GT) and Yacht Master
(499 GT) Training
ANNEX-13 Minimum Requirements for Safety Training for Fishing Boat Deck Ratings
ANNEX-14 Minimum Requirements for the Fishing Vessel Skipper Training
ANNEX-15 Minimum Requirements for the Open Sea Fishing Vessel Skipper Training
ANNEX-16 Minimum Requirements for the Basic Maritime Safety Training
ANNEX-17 Minimum Requirements for the Ship Security Training
ANNEX-18 Minimum Requirements for the Navigational Safety Training
ANNEX-19 Minimum Requirements for the First-Aid and Medical Care Training
ANNEX-20 Minimum Requirements for Training of Seafarers Working on Tankers
ANNEX-21 Minimum Requirements for Advanced Fire Fighting Training
ANNEX-22 Minimum Requirements for Proficiency in Fast Rescue Boats Training
ANNEX-23 Minimum Requirements for the Training on Seafarers Serving on Passenger
Ships
ANNEX-24 Minimum Requirements for the Cook Training
ANNEX-25 Minimum Requirements for Navigation and Ship Handling Course
ANNEX-26 Minimum Requirements for the Ship Engines Course
ANNEX-27 Minimum Requirements for Deck Management Level Complementary
Training for Naval Officers
ANNEX-28 Minimum Requirements for Deck Management Level Complementary
Training for Naval Petty Officers
ANNEX-29 Minimum Requirements for Engine Management Level Complementary
Training for Naval Officers
ANNEX-30 Minimum Requirements for Engine Management Level Complementary
Training for Naval Petty Offıcers
ANNEX-31 Minimum Requirements for the approval of Fire Fighting Training Centres
ANNEX-32 Minimum Requirements for the approval of Life Saving Appliances Platform
(including use of fast rescue boats)
ANNEX-33 Minimum Requirements for the Approval of the Personal Survival Tecniques
at Sea Training Pool
ANNEX-34 Minimum Requirements for the Approval of Laboratories
ANNEX-35 Minimum Requirements for the Refreshment Training
ANNEX - 1
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SEAFARER AND ABLE SEAFARER
TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
SEAFARER TRAINING
NAVIGATION
1) WATCHKEEPING ARRANGEMENTS AND METHODS
a) Ordinary duties of seafarers
b) Duties as per exceptional situations and conditions
2) Use of magnetic compass and gyro compass
Reading the compass
3) STEERING AND SWITCHING THE STEERING TO AUTO-PILOT OR MANUAL
CONTROL
a) The characteristics of the steering indicators and reading the indicator
b) Switching the steering to manual control
c) Switching the steering to auto-pilot
d) Keeping steady in required route
e) Implementation of the given steering command
4) UNDERSTANDING AND IMPLEMENTING THE STEERING COMMANDS BOTH IN
ENGLISH AND TURKISH
a) Standard Turkish commands used between the steersman and the Watchkeeping Officer
b) Standard English commands used between the steersman and the Watchkeeping Officer
c) Standard English commands given by Pilot
d) Reporting emergency cases in Turkish and English
5) FULLFILLING THE REQUIREMENTS OF A COMPREHENSIVE AUDIAL AND VISUAL
OBSERVATION
a) Sound Signals (whistle)
b) Navigational lights
c) Reporting the other objects with their approximate true and relative bearings by degree or
rhumb
i) Reporting with their true bearings
ii) Reporting with their relative bearings
6) SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
a) Visual and sound signals
7) BASIC KNOWLEDGE REGARDING THE REGULATIONS ON PREVENTING
COLLISIONS AT SEA
a) General Definitions
b) Restricted boat due to draft
c) The boat which is not under command
d) Restricted-maneuver boat
e) Sailboat
f) Fishing boat
g) Tugging boat
h) Full observation
i) Safe speed
j) The definition and explanation of collision danger
k) Traffic lane, separation lane
l) Separation region, coastal traffic region
m) Maneuvers to prevent collisions on ships
n) The signals given by ships seeing each other under limited visibility conditions
8) DEFINING AND REPORTING THE NAVIGATIONAL AIDS SUCH AS LIGHTS AND
BUOYS
a) General definitions
ANNEX - 1
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SEAFARER AND ABLE SEAFARER
TRAINING
2
b) Buoy systems (Lateral, Cardinal and Special Buoys)
c) Reporting procedures
9) CONTRIBUTING TO A SAFE NAVIGATION WATCH AND ITS FOLLOW-UP
Knowledge required in order to keep a safe navigation watch
10) USING ON BOARD COMMUNICATION AND ALARM SYSTEMS
a) On board communication procedures
b) Using the alarm systems
11) POINTS TO BE CONSIDERED DURING NAVIGATIONAL WATCH
Procedures of taking over, maintaining and passing on the watch
12) THE DEFINITIONS OF DANGERS OF COLLISION AND GROUNDING AND THE
EXPLANATION OF FURTHER RESPONSIBILITIES
13) KNOWLEDGE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO ESTABLISH A PROPER COMMUNICATION
WITH WATCHKEEPING OFFICER AND TO KEEP A SAFE WATCH
a) Keeping an effective watch on deck at port under normal conditions
b) Keeping a safe watch on deck at port while carrying dangerous cargo
14) GENERAL STRUCTURE OF THE BRIDGE, EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS IN USE
a) General structure of the bridge
b) Equipment in use
c) Apparatus / Devices
15) USAGE OF THE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
a) Basic knowledge on emergency tasks and alarms
b) Knowledge on distress lights, satellite EPIRBs and SARTs.
c) Avoiding false distress alarms and actions to be performed in case of a false alarm
SEAMANSHIP
1) HIERARCHICAL ORDER, MANNERS AND TRADITIONS ON BOARD
2) LIFE ON BOARD, COMMON SPACES, UNRESTRICTED SHIP SECTIONS
3) TERMINOLOGY USED ON BOARD, DEFINITIONS REGARDING SHIPS AND
SEAMANSHIP
a) Terms used on board
b) Definitions regarding ships and seamanship
4) LINES, ALL KINDS OF KNOTS, ROPE STROPS AND SLINGS
a) Line types
b) All kinds of line knots
c) Rope Strop
5) RIGGINGS, RUNNING RIGGINGS AND THEIR MAINTENANCE
a) Maintenance on riggings
b) Maintenance on running riggings
6) MAINTENANCE ON WINDLASS, ANCHOR AND LOCKS
a) Maintenance on windlass
b) Maintenance on anchor and chains
c) Maintenance on locks
7) TERMINOLOGY, CONTROLS AND SIGNALS OF ANCHORING
a) Terminology used in anchoring
b) Controls used in anchoring
c) Signals used in anchoring
8) General structure of the ship
9) Cargo gears and their maintenance
Derrick systems
10) CARRIERS AND LOADERS
a) Cranes and winches
b) Tackle equipment
c) Equipping a pilot ladder
ANNEX - 1
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SEAFARER AND ABLE SEAFARER
TRAINING
3
d) Equipping the gangboard
11) COMMON STEERING GEAR AND ITS MAINTENANCE
a) Common steering gear
b) Common steering gear and its maintenance
12) HOLDS, CLEANING OF HOLDS, STOWING AND LASHING OF CARGOES
a) Types and maintenance of hatch covers
b) Cleaning the holds
c) Stowage methods and basic knowledge on material loading
13) CARRYING DANGEROUS CARGOES
Basic knowledge on dangerous cargoes
14) MAINTENANCE ON BILGE AND TANKS
15) RECEIVING THE BILGE AND TANK ECHOSOUNDERS
16) SCRAPING AND PAINTING TECHNIQUES
a) Scraping techniques
b) Painting techniques
17) DECK MACHINERY AND THEIR MAINTENANCE
a) Maintenance on windlasses
b) Maintenance on davits
c) Maintenance on cranes
d) Maintenance on mechanical scraping tools
18) WATCHKEEPING AT PORT
a) Dangers in loading and evacuation operations for the crew
b) Ensuring the safety of the gangboard
c) Controlling persons boarding and leaving the ship; filling the visitor record book
d) Periodical control on lines
e) Required actions in case of pollution
f) Security of port crew, lightening and equipping the holds
TRAINING ON SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY It shall include the curricula specified in the Articles 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical
parts of the trainings specified in Article 23 of this Directive are carried out as specified in
ANNEX-16.
MARINE POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENT
1) EFFECTS LEADING TO MARINE POLLUTION
a) Reasons for environmental and marine pollution
b) Environmental and marine pollution caused by ships
c) Results of environmental and marine pollution
2) PREVENTING ENVIRONMENTAL AND MARINE POLLUTION, METHODS FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
a) Methods for environmental protection
b) Methods for preventing the environmental and marine pollution caused by the ship
(1) The mandatory training specified above can not be given for less than 256 hours and 6 weeks in
total.
(2) Seafarers who successfully completed the trainings specified in Articles 22 and 23 of this
Directive in an educational institution previously approved by the Administration shall be exempted
from Maritime Safety and Ship Security training indicated in this curriculum.
ANNEX - 1
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SEAFARER AND ABLE SEAFARER
TRAINING
4
b) Able Seafarer Training
ABLE SEAFARER TRAINING CURRICULUM
NAVIGATION
1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE SAFE NAVIGATION WATCH a) Understanding the orders and establishing communication with the watchkeeping officer for
watchkeeping duties b) Taking over, maintaining and passing on the watch c) Knowledge required in order to keep a safe watch d) Knowledge on mooring and relevant procedures including those listed below;
2) CONTRIBUTING TO BERTHING, ANCHORING, MOORING TO BUOY AND LINE
MANOEUVRES a) Functions of anchoring and tugboat lines b) Knowledge on capacity (wires, synthetic and fiber lines, winches, windlasses, capstans,
bitts, fairleads, bollards), safe operating load and anchoring equipment's resistance against
breaking forces
c) Unfurling the lines, tugbot lines and wires, maneuver methods with tow-lines and
knowledge on the sequence of the actions
d) Methods for using anchor in different incidents and knowledge on the sequence of the
actions
e) Knowledge on procedures of mooring to a buoy or buoys, actions, sequential commands
and operations
- Learning the function of belaying/tugbot lines and how each line operates as a part of
the whole system,
- Capacity of mooring equipment, safe operating loads, wire lines, synthetic and fiber
lines, winches, anchor windlasses, windlasses, bollards, resistance of hawses against
breaking force
- Belaying and tugbot lines including towing lines; tying, belaying and casting off the
ropes
- Sequence and methods regarding different anchor usages in various operations
- Sequence of operations and working methods for mooring to a buoy or buoys
CARGO HANDLING AND CARGO STOWAGE
1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE HANDLING OF CARGOES AND MATERIALS
a) Preparation of holds for cargoes
b) Deck clearance,
c) Methods for safe handling, bulking, protecting (storing) the cargoes and materials including
dangerous and harmful materials and liquids
d) Protection of the cargo (from rain, foreign substances, humidity and robbery)
e) Basic measures required regarding special cargo types and IMDG definitions
SEAMANSHIP
1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE SAFE OPERATION OF DECK EQUIPMENT AND
MACHINERY
a) The function and usage of heavy cargo lifts, cranes, derricks and relevant equipment of
valves and pumps (plungers)
b) The function and usage of winches, windlasses, capstans and relevant equipment
c) Hatch covers, water-proof skylight, gangway and relevant equipment
d) Fiber and wire lines, cables and chains including building, using, marking, maintenance and
appropriate stowage
e) Understanding and using basic signals intended for operating various equipment including
winches, windlasses, cranes, lifts
f) Anchoring, mooring and securing the anchor in case of emergencies under different
ANNEX - 1
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SEAFARER AND ABLE SEAFARER
TRAINING
5
conditions
g) Boatswain seats; building and dismantling the wharfs
h) Building and dismantling the pilot ladders, lifts, rat guards and landing stages
i) Accurate usage of knots, stitches, stoppers and marlinespikes
2) CONTRIBUTING TO THE USAGE AND MANAGEMENT OF DECK AND CARGO
HANDLING EQUIPMENT
a) Entrances, hatch covers, covers, ramps, accessing fore/gangboard/apt door/skylights and
lifts
b) Knowledge on piping systems, bilge and ballast suction pumps and shafts
c) Usage of cranes, derricks, winches
3) KNOWLEDGE ON HOISTING, HALF-MASTING OF FLAGS, SINGLE SIGNAL FLAGS,
STARBOARDS (A, B, G, H, O, P, Q) AND THEIR DEFINITIONS
SAFETY AT SEA, PERSONNEL WELFARE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF WORK HEALTH AND SAFETY
MEASURES
a) Operation procedures and methods on masts
b) Operations and operation methods on board
c) Operations and operation methods in enclosed spaces
d) Allowing to operate the systems
e) Controlling the lines and applicable methods
f) Lifting techniques and methods for preventing back injuries
g) Electrical safety procedures and methods
h) Mechanical safety procedures and methods
i) Chemical and biological danger safety procedures and methods
j) Using personal safety equipment
2) CONTRIBUTING TO THE IMPLEMENTATION OF PREVENTIVE MEASURES
REGARDING MARINE POLLUTION
a) Knowledge on preventive measures regarding marine pollution
b) Operating and using pollution preventing equipment
c) Knowledge on methods for eliminating marine pollutants
3) USING LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES AND RESCUE BOATS
a) Knowledge on using the life saving appliance and rescue boats, lowering mechanism and
equipment
b) Being familiar with survival techniques at sea
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR WORKS
1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR WORKS ON THE SHIP
a) Using the painting, lubricating and cleaning materials and equipment
b) Understanding and applying routine maintenance and repair methods
c) Knowledge on lapping (surface preparation) techniques
d) Understanding and applying safety guides and ship instructions
e) Knowledge on safe disposal procedures and methods for waste materials
f) Knowledge on maintenance and usage of hand tools
The mandatory training envisaged above shall not be given less than 80 hours in total. This training
does not include Maritime Safety and Ship Security training and practices.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
In order to be able to provide these trainings, all tools and equipment specified in the
Deck Restricted Operational Level Training shall be kept available for this training.
ANNEX-2
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK RESTRICTED OPERATIONAL LEVEL
TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
CURRICULUM FOR DECK RESTRICTED OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
MARITIME ENGLISH
a) Basic English
b) Maritime English
c) Sufficient English knowledge to understand and use charts and nautical publications
d) Sufficient English knowledge to understand meteorological reports
e) Sufficient English knowledge to understand safety messages
f) Sufficient English knowledge to understand Notices to Seamen for correction of charts and
publications
g) Ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and onboard communication in English
h) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases
NAVIGATION
1) COASTAL NAVIGATION PLANNING AND HANDLING AND POSITION FIXING
a) Comprehensive knowledge and practice in Nautical Charts, Notices to Seamen and other nautical publications
b) Using navigational aids such as lights, transmitters/beacons and buoys c) Position fixing for speedlogs considering winds, tides and currents d) Position fixing by various methods during coastal navigation
2) NAVIGATION PLANNING
a) Navigation in draft waters b) Navigation considering meteorological conditions c) Navigation in iced water d) Navigation under limited visibility conditions e) Traffic separation arrangements f) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) fields g) Navigation in areas with strong tides
3) REPORTING
a) General Principles for Ship Reporting Systems b) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) Reporting Methods
4) NAVIGATIONAL AIDS
a) Compasses i) Magnetic compasses ii) Identifying magnetic compass errors by the use of ground surveying methods and
making all necessary corrections iii) Gyro compasses iv) Identifying gyro compass errors by the use of ground surveying methods and making
all necessary corrections b) Speedlog types and their use c) Sounding types and their use
5) USING ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT
a) Radar b) ARPA c) Auto-Pilot d) GPS e) NAVTEX f) Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS)
ANNEX-2
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK RESTRICTED OPERATIONAL LEVEL
TRAINING
2
WATCHKEEPING STANDARDS
1) MAINTAINING A SAFE NAVIGATION WATCH
– Duties, authorities and responsibilities of the officers and the crew on navigational watch
– Content, application and purpose of COLREG 72
– Rules for keeping a navigational watch
– Rules to be followed when keeping a navigational watch
– Port watch
2) EFFECTIVE TEAM WORK METHODS ON BRIDGE
Bridge teamwork procedures
3) USING ROUTING
a) Meteorological routing
b) Using routing in accordance with the general conditions for ship routing
4) PROTECTION OF SEA ENVIRONMENT AND POLLUTION PREVENTION
a) MARPOL 73/78 Convention
b) Methods and auxiliary equipment to be used against pollution
SEAMANSHIP a) Deck equipment and its use
b) Hull maintenance, scraping and painting works
c) Factors affecting ship manoeuvers
d) Turning circle and stopping distance
e) Anchoring
f) Berthing and unberthing
COMMUNICATION AT SEA a) Visual and audible communication methods
b) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases
c) Using International Code of Signals Handbook
d) VHF communication
e) Radio telephone communication
f) Reporting for ships in accordance with the general principles g) Accurately using reporting system and VTS methods
CARGO OPERATIONS, SHIP STRUCTURE AND STABILITY
1) SHIP STRUCTURE
a) Ship’s Hull and its characteristics
b) Deck gear
2) CARGO OPERATIONS
a) Dangerous cargoes
b) Using International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code
c) Dry cargo handling equipment
d) Dry cargo operations
e) Bulk cargoes
f) Grain cargo
g) Tanker operating
3) SHIP BALANCE
a) Load line and marking, plimsoll mark and draft values
b) Displacement calculation, draft survey
c) Buoyancy
d) Effect of the sea water density
e) Movement of the gravity centre
f) Free surface effect
ANNEX-2
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK RESTRICTED OPERATIONAL LEVEL
TRAINING
3
g) Balance calculation and correction
h) Cargo stowage and cargo calculations
i) Knowledge in balance, stress cables and stress calculation
METEOROLOGY a) Using barometers, thermometers and other meteorological instruments on board and
interpretation of the measurement values
b) Characteristics of primary pressure systems
c) Recording and reporting weather observations
d) General meteorological conditions of ports
e) Evaluating storm warning signals and weather reports
f) Interpreting obtained meteorological information
TRAININGS ON SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY
1) It shall include the curricula specified in the Articles 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical
parts of the trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried out as specified in
ANNEX-16. The student should complete these trainings before joining the ship for maritime
training.
2) EMERGENCIES
a) Measures to be taken for the protection of the passengers in case of emergencies
b) Initial damage assessment and damage controls
c) Procedures to be followed after collision, measures to be taken after collision
d) Procedures to be followed after grounding
e) Measures to be taken when the ship runs aground or is stranded
f) Emergency steering gear
g) Methods and gear for tugging or being tugged
h) Actions to be taken in case of man overboard, life saving at sea
i) Assistance to the vessels in danger
j) Measures to be taken and procedures to be followed in case of emergency at port
k) Search and rescue (understanding the content of the IAMSAR manual)
3) METHODS FOR PREVENTION OF MARINE POLLUTION
MARITIME LAW AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS
a) Legal requirements on Safety of Life and Property at Sea
b) Ports Act
c) Related requirements set forth by the Act of Fees
d) Maritime Labour Act
e) Definition, powers and responsibilities of the Master
f) Marine accidents and collision
g) Averages
h) Rescue and aid
i) Nautical certificates to be kept on board
j) Insurance and marine insurance
k) Basic information on the IMO Conventions (SOLAS, MARPOL) and the practices
pertaining to the safety of life at sea and protection of the marine environment
I. International Convention on Load Lines, 1966
ii. SOLAS 74 and its amendments
iii. International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG Code) and ISM Code
iv. STCW 78 and amendments
vi. ITU Telecommunication Rules
vi. STP Convention, 1971
vii. SPACE STP, 1973
ANNEX-2
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK RESTRICTED OPERATIONAL LEVEL
TRAINING
4
viii. PAL, 1974 and TONILATO 1969
ix. MARPOL 73/78
x. LDC-1972
xi. INTERVENTION-1969
xii. CLC-1969
(1) The above mentioned compulsory trainings shall not take less than 350 hours and maximum
8 hours training session is given each day.
ANNEX-2
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK RESTRICTED OPERATIONAL LEVEL
TRAINING
5
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
The laboratory requirements and all necessary tools and equipment, other than those
materials available at the training facilities, are listed below.
ITEM
NO
NAME OF THE MATERIAL LABORATORY NAME
1. Training cassettes/CDs(in accordance with the training
provided) BASIC TRAINING
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT 2. Desk, table (1 for each student)
3. Board
4. The library including the course books stated in the curriculum
and certificated by the Board of Education and Discipline and
other professional publications (SOLAS, MARPOL, COLREG,
MERSAR, IMDG, SMCP, other International Rules and
Regulations, Maritime Labour Law, Maritime Commercial Law,
Navigation Books, Cargo Operation Books, Books for Ship
Building and Stability, Books for Safety at Sea)
5. Ram Lines BASIC MARINE
SAFETY AND
SECURITY
LABORATORY
6. Life Buoys (Qty: Student Capacity/6)
7. Life Jackets (Qty: Student Capacity/6)
8. Parachute Flares
9. Hand Flares
10. Smoke Generators
11. Line Throwing Appliance
12. Diving Suit
13. Thermal Protective Suit
14. Signals, Flags, Table of Figures
15. A Simple Portable VHF Radio
16. Life Raft and Hydrostatic Lock
17. Foam Applicator Unit
18. Fire Hose, Fire Blanket, Nozzle Types, Multi-Purpose Nozzle,
Records and Record Tool
19. Water Minimax, Co2 Minimax, Foam Minimax, Powder
Minimax (1 for each)
20. Fire Alarm, Fire Alarm Button, Smoke Detectors
21. Emergency Escape Breathing Apparatus (EEBD)
22. Fire Outfit (1 Suit) (Additionally, Axe, Life Line, Light, Helmet,
Gloves, Boots)
23. Fire Hoses
24. Manikin for practicing Search and Rescue (1 pcs)
25. Breathing Apparatus Set (Mask, Oxygen Tube, Depressurizing
Valve), (1 pcs)
26. First aid materials
27. Tools and equipment available in the ship’s infirmary
28. Materials to be used for initial treatment of fractures
29. Materials and various bandages necessary for dressing
30. Manikin for practicing artificial respiration
31. Stretcher
32. International communications manual indicating the methods for
requests of medical aid
33. Diagrams Showing the Human Anatomy
ANNEX-2
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK RESTRICTED OPERATIONAL LEVEL
TRAINING
6
ITEM
NO
NAME OF THE MATERIAL LABORATORY NAME
34. Hand-held metal detector 35. Hand-held radios
36. Alarm circuits
37. Door locks 38. Physical barriers 39. Door alarm and monitoring systems 40. Various types of flashlights and lighting equipment 41. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) system 42. Magnetic compass BASIC MARINE
LABORATORY 43. Sectional gyro compass (Gyroscope Type) 44. Maritime and training charts
45. Chart catalogues
46. Speedlog
47. Sounding apparatus
48. Nautical publications regarding lights
49. Notices to seamen
50. Parallel rulers (1 for each student)
51. Compass (1 for each student)
52. Goniometer (1 for each student)
53. Binoculars
54. Magnifying glass
55. Models for IALA buoying systems and interactive graphic
simulations based on personal computers
56. Light types
57. Navigational lights on the model ship
58. Hurricane lamp
59. Radar simulator and target injector (personal computer based)
60. Model Ship/Yacht
61. Diagrams and plans for ships/yachts
62. A 3D model ship/yacht section or graphical view showing
structural elements of the ships
63. Illustrations and plans showing ship types
64. Deck log-book
65. Garbage record book
66. Cargo ballast book
67. Simple hand-held VHF radio (2 pcs)
68. Thermometer, Barometer, Higrometer
69. Hydrometer
70. Chronometer
71. Wind rose (Anemometer)
72. Barometer
73. Materials for the workshop oriented at boatswains
74. Wires and vegetal marine lines
75. Fender types
76. Life line
77. Ram line and ring (walnut)
78. Helicopter rescue sling
79. Knot types board and a sufficient amount of consumables such
as lines, ram lines, sail twines, locks, rope thimbles, spikes, etc.
ANNEX-2
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK RESTRICTED OPERATIONAL LEVEL
TRAINING
7
ITEM
NO
NAME OF THE MATERIAL LABORATORY NAME
for practicing sailor's knots and stiches
80. Pilot ladder
81. Anchor types
82. Sphere
83. Cylinder
84. Cone
85. Steering wheel
86. Valve types
87. Whistle types, flag set, flag table, emergency flags, semaphore
table, country flags and Turkish flag in appropriate sizes
88. Fire detectors
89. Foghorn
90. Flood lamp or ALDIS
91. IMO symbols
92. Muster cards and muster rulers
93. EPIRB
94. SART
95. Tape measure (Water sounder)
96. Tape measure (Oil sounder)
97. Fuel paste
98. Water paste
99. Distilled water for battery
100. White lead
101. A piece of cloth
102. Bucket
103. Shavings
104. Oil Spill Kit (Materials for prevention of marine pollution)
105. Special Purpose Steering Simulator (Only Seafarers and able
seafarers' Training)
SIMULATOR
ANNEX-3
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR
TRANSITION FROM RESTRICTED MASTER COMPETENCY TO
WATCHKEEPING OFFICER COMPETENCY (500-2999 GT)
1
1) CURRICULUM
CURRICULUM FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR TRANSITION
FROM RESTRICTED MASTER COMPETENCY TO WATCHKEEPING
OFFICER COMPETENCY (500-2999 GT)
NAVIGATION
1) NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT, CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS
a) Using navigation charts and publications fully and accurately
b) Correcting charts and publications
c) Chart projection systems
2) CURRENT SAILING, GREAT CIRCLE NAVIGATION, CELESTIAL
NAVIGATION, MATHEMATICAL NAVIGATION, POSITION FIXING METHOD
AND TYPES, TIDE CALCULATIONS
a) Mathematical navigation
b) Current navigation
c) Great circle navigation
d) Celestial navigation
e) Tide calculations
f) Position fixing by various methods
3) ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION
a) Using electronic navigation equipment
b) Effectively using radar and ARPA equipment
c) Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS)
d) Using and adjusting automatic pilot systems
4) COMPASSES
Identifying and solving Magnetic and Gyro compass errors
5) DEPTH AND SPEED MEASUREMENT
Effectively using echosounders and logs
6) NAVIGATION PLANNING a) Navigation planning
b) VTS Fields and Methods
7) KEEPING A SAFE NAVIGATIONAL WATCH
a) Principles to be considered during the navigation watch
b) COLREG content and application
c) Using any information obtained from navigational equipment in order to keep a safe
navigation watch
d) Radar aided navigation
e) General Ship Reporting Methods and Application
f) Using reporting methods as per VTS
g) Bridge Resource Management (BRM)
h) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources
i) Effective communication
j) Affirmation and leadership
k) Raising and maintaining awareness regarding a situation
l) Considering group experience
ANNEX-3
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR
TRANSITION FROM RESTRICTED MASTER COMPETENCY TO
WATCHKEEPING OFFICER COMPETENCY (500-2999 GT)
2
ENGLISH
1) BASIC ENGLISH
2) MARITIME ENGLISH
a) English for Nautical Charts and Publications
i) Sufficient English knowledge to understand and use charts and nautical publications
ii) Sufficient English knowledge to understand Notices to Seamen for correction of
charts and publications
b) English for Meteorology
Sufficient English knowledge to understand meteorological reports
c) English for emergencies and safety messages
Sufficient English knowledge to understand safety messages
d) English for Communications
i) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases
ii) Communicating with other ships, shore stations and Vessel Traffic Services (VTS)
centers
iii) Officers shall be able to perform all their duties onboard with multiple foreign
national personnel
SHIP CONSTRUCTION
1) SHIP STRUCTURE
a) Ship sizes and types
b) Hull stresses
c) Hull structure
d) Fore and aft
e) Equipment
f) Rudders and propellers
g) Loading line marks and draft values
2) SHIP BALANCE
a) Displacement
b) Buoyancy (Immersion)
c) Fresh water allowance
d) Static stability
e) Initial stability
f) Inclination angle
g) Static stability curves
h) Shifting of gravity centre
i) Inclination and its correction
j) Effect of not completely full tanks
k) Trim
l) Loss of full floatability
MARITIME LAW AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS
a) Legal requirements on Safety of Life and Property at Sea
b) Ports Act
c) Related requirements set forth by the Act of Fees
d) Maritime Labour Act
e) Definition, powers and responsibilities of the Master
f) Marine accidents and collision
g) Averages
ANNEX-3
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR
TRANSITION FROM RESTRICTED MASTER COMPETENCY TO
WATCHKEEPING OFFICER COMPETENCY (500-2999 GT)
3
h) Rescue and aid
i) Nautical certificates to be kept on board
j) Insurance and marine insurance
1) BASIC KNOWLEDGE REGARDING IMO CONVENTIONS ON LIFE SAFETY
AT SEA AND PROTECTION OF SEA ENVIRONMENT
a) Load Lines International Convention, 1966
b) SOLAS, 1974 and the Amendments
c) International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG Code) and ISM Code
d) STCW 78, and Amendments
e) ITU Telecommunication Rules
f) STP Convention, 1971
g) SPACE STP, 1973
h) PAL, 1974 and TONNAGE 1969
i) MARPOL 73/78
j) LDC-1972
k) INTERVENTION-1969
l) CLC-1969
m) MLC 2006
SEAMANSHIP
1) KNOWLEDGE OF SEAMANSHIP
a) Deck gears on different types of ships and their use
b) Ship maintenance, scraping and painting works
2) SHIP USE
a) Factors affecting ship manoeuvers
b) Turning circle and stopping distance
c) Anchoring
d) Berthing and unberthing
3) COMMUNICATION AND METEOROLOGY AT SEA
a) Communicating by the use of Morse alphabet
b) Sending and receiving information by means of visual communication
c) VHF communication
d) Using barometers and thermometers
e) General meteorological conditions of ports
f) Evaluating storm warning signals and weather reports
CARGO OPERATIONS AND SHIP STABILITY
1) CARGO SECTIONS ONBOARD AND CARGO GEARS
a) General knowledge about types of the cargo ships
b) Cargo gears, winches, booms, cranes
c) Hatch covers
d) Holds of dry cargo vessels, preparation for cargo, stowage and lashing of cargoes
e) Preparing for and supervising loading and unloading operations
2) EFFECT OF THE CARGO ON THE SHIP BALANCE AND ITS SEAWORTHINESS
a) Draft, trim and stability
b) Protection of cargoes
c) Cargo on deck
d) Container cargo
e) Bulk cargo
f) Grain in bulk
ANNEX-3
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR
TRANSITION FROM RESTRICTED MASTER COMPETENCY TO
WATCHKEEPING OFFICER COMPETENCY (500-2999 GT)
4
3) SAFE CARGO HANDLING, STOWAGE AND PROTECTION
a) Safe cargo handling methods, IMDG Code, IMSBC Code,
b) Preparing the cargo in accordance with all relevant provisions such as MARPOL 73/78
Annex III and V
c) Supervising the cargo
d) Dangerous, risky and harmful cargoes
e) International regulations, standards, codes and recommendations on dangerous cargoes
including International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code and International
Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes (IMSBC) Code.
f) Cargo handling gears, preparation, maintenance and safety
g) Oil tanker piping and pumping arrangements
h) Entering into enclosed spaces
i) General cargo calculations and cargo plans for different types of ships
j) Identification and survey of failures and damages in cargo departments, hatch covers and
ballast tanks
4) SHIP TRIM, STABILITY AND STRESS CALCULATIONS
a) Displacement calculation
b) Draft survey
c) Trim calculation
d) GM calculation
e) Stress calculation
SAFETY AT SEA
1) EMERGENCIES
a) Measures to be taken when the ship runs aground or is stranded
b) Measures to be taken after collision
c) Abandoning the ship
d) Tugging and being tugged
e) Man overboard
f) Search and rescue
g) International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Handbook
2) SAFETY AT SEA
a) Fire, fire-fighting measures, fire-fighting
b) Measures to be taken after fire
c) Lifesaving appliances and their maintenance
d) First aid
3) METHODS FOR PREVENTION OF MARINE POLLUTION
a) Prevention of marine pollution and pollution prevention methods
b) Information on measures to be taken to prevent marine pollution
c) Pollution prevention methods and relevant equipment
d) Importance of active measures oriented at protection of the marine environment
The above given compulsory trainings shall not take less than 350 hours providing that
maximum 8-hours training is given each day.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
Any institution to be authorized for this training shall be equipped with tools and
equipment specified in the minimum requirements for Restricted Operational level
trainings.
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING CURRICULUM
MATHEMATICS
a) Time and angle calculations, degrees, minutes and seconds calculation methods
b) Operations with whole numbers and fractions
c) Operations with decimal numbers and rounding
d) Operations with roots and roots
e) Determinants
f) Matrices
g) Logarithm, the use of logarithm tables
h) Algebra
i) Graphics
j) Proportion, deviation and intermediate value calculation (interpolation)
k) Limit and derivative
l) Differential and integral
m) Geometry
n) Area and volume calculations
o) Trigonometry
p) Complex numbers
q) Measurement
r) Uncertainty in measurement
s) Spherical trigonometry
t) Use of mathematical tables
u) Vectors
v) Ellipse and hyperbola
PHYSICS
1) GENERAL PHYSICS
a) Mass, weight and force
b) Distance, speed and acceleration
c) Circular motion and rotation
d) Statics
e) Work, energy and power
f) Mechanics
g) Density
h) Fluids
i) Principle of Archimedes and flotation
2) HEAT
a) Temperature
b) Expansion of solids and fluids
c) Gases
d) Heat conduction
e) Physical state of change
f) Vapors
g) Refrigeration
3) WAVES SOUND AND LIGHT
a) Waves
b) Electromagnetic radiation
c) Light
d) Sound
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
2
CHEMISTRY
a) Basic information
b) Acids and bases
c) Water chemistry
d) Corrosion
e)Marine paints
f) Fuels and oils
SEAMANSHIP
1) SHIPS AND CLASSIFICATION OF SHIPS
a) Definition of the Ship, classification of ships
b) Commercial, war, service etc. characteristics of ship types
c) Rowing, sailing, motorized craft
d) Life boat structure and sections
e) Sails and sail boats
f) Types and characteristics of sailing craft
g) Sail types and sail sections
h) The concept of ship's dimensions and tonnage
2) NAMES OF THE VESSELS AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF THE SHIPS
a) Decks
b) Warehouses, hatch covers
c) Engine room
d) Pipeline circuits and tanks
e) Cofferdams, pipe tunnels
f) Bow locker and stores, paintings
g) Bridge
h) Living place
i) Rudder room
j) Posts, stitches and sections
k)Keel, frames, bulkheads, floors and beams, longitudinal and transverse strength elements
l) Coating elements, deck elements
m) Side ladder, waterproof hatches, light ports, duct, fans etc.
3) ROPES AND ROPE WORKS
a) Rope types, structures and usage places
b) Calculation of Circumference of the rope, operation, break strength, safety factors
c) Stoppers
d) Rope sewing, eye making
e) Major rope knots and places of use
f) Names of maneuvering ropes, maneuver commands
g) Rope winches, rope hawse, swivels, bollards, fenders
4) ANCHOR AND CHAIN
a) Windlass and anchorage equipment, iron chain, anchor, chain locker
b) Anchor types, structures, places of use
c) Types of chains, structures, places of use, operation and breaking strength
5) LOADING/UNLOADING EQUIPMENT
a) Winches, derrick
b) Cranes (shore - ship)
c) Shear hulk
d) Slings, pallets, net pallets, chain and wire pallets, animal chests, etc.
e) Blocks, tackles, chain blocks, power calculations
6) WORKING PROCEDURES ON BOARD
a) Ship crew b) Duties of the officers and ratings
c) Administration scheme
d) Rules and customs/traditions on board
7) MAINTENANCE ON BOARD
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
3
a) Maintenance planning
b) Daily, voyage-based and annual maintenance of the deck department
c) Periodical and as-required maintenance works
d) Maintenance that can be done at sea, at port and in dry dock
e) Planning and implementation of the maintenance and repairs in dry dock
f) Assigning and stocking the material and equipment to be used in maintenance
g) Maintenance of the ship against corrosion
h) Corrosion and its causes
i) Surface preparation before painting, scaling
j) Scaling, sand-grid scaling by hand tools, mechanical tools
k) Paints and painting techniques
l) Planning the painting works and stocking, storing the paints
m) Maintenance of wooden parts
n) Maintenance of aluminum parts
o) Maintenance and repair of manila, synthetic and wire lines
p) Maintenance of safety equipment
q) Maintenance inside accommodation
r) Maintenance of anchoring gear and the chain locker
s) Maintenance of hold and hatch covers
t) Maintenance of ballast tanks
u) Maintenance of fresh water tanks
v) Maintenance of the moving/mobile equipment of the ship, lubricating procedures
w) Maintenance of loading/unloading gears
x) Measuring the plate thickness
y) Changing the plates, cutting and welding works
z) Planning and implementation of hot works
aa) Maintenance of deck gears like windlass, winches
bb) Maintenance of side ladder, davits, skylights and manhole covers
cc) Deck and Engine Department cooperation in planning of maintenance and materials
MARITIME SAFETY AND MARITIME SAFETY TRAININGS
It will include the curricula specified in items 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical parts of
the trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried out as specified in ANNEX-16.
These trainings must be completed before the student joins the ship for marine training. The
curriculum of the 25 th and 27 th courses will also include the curriculum.
In addition to the above, the following curriculum will be included;
1) PRECAUTIONS FOR PROTECTION AND SAFETY OF PASSENGERS AND CREW IN
EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
a) Contingency plans to respond to emergencies
b) Measures for the protection and safety of the passengers in case of emergency
2) INITIAL ASSESSMENT AFTER COLLISION AND GROUNDING
a) Measures to be taken when the ship is intentionally grounded.
b) Procedures to be followed after grounding
c) Procedures to be followed after collision, measures to be taken after collision
d) Procedures after fire or explosion and ways to control damage.
e) Vessel abandonment methods
f) The use of auxiliary steering gear and equipping the emergency steering gear equipment
g) Methods and gear for tugging or being tugged
3) RESCUE PEOPLE FROM THE SEA, ASSISTANCE TO THE VESSEL IN DANGER
EMERGENCY SITUATIONS AT PORT
a) Rescue of people from the ship in danger
b) Actions in case of an emergency in port
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
4
c) Preparations for the assistance to the ship in danger
4) RESPONSE TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA
a) Search and rescue
b) IAMSAR
NAVIGATION
1) DEFINITION OF NAVIGATION, BASIC KNOWLEDGE ON THE SHAPE OF THE EARTH AND
COORDINATES
a) Definition of Navigation, history, types, elements of navigation
b) The Universe, Solar system and Earth coordinate system
c) Shape of the earth, equator, poles, latitude and longitude, great circle, small circle,
d) Latitude and longitude differences
2) NAUTICAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS
a) General knowledge about nautical tools and equipment, charts and publications
b) Chart projection systems
c) Characteristics of Mercator nautical charts
d) Mercator map drawing, small Area Plotting paper drawing, definition of meridian parts
3) DISTANCE AND DIRECTION CONCEPT AT SEA
a) Distance and Direction
b) Measuring and calculating the distances on chart and while navigating
c) Rhumb line and great circle arc
d) Course and bearing (relative, true
e) Finding direction at sea, bearing and application to the map
4) COMPASSES
a) Compasses
b) Magnetic compass, reading the compass, degree and rhumb systems
c) Magnetic field of the Earth, magnetic field on a ship, P, Q and R forces
d) Natural and artificial magnetic variation and deviation
e) Structure of magnetic compass, errors and corrections
f) Gyro compass, structure, operation and errors, correcting gyro errors
g) Finding the compass error, its implementation on course and bearings
5) COASTAL NAVIGATION, METHODS AND TYPES OF POSITION FIXING, METHODS FOR
MATHEMATICAL NAVIGATION
a) Position lines and positions (bearing-distance), transit line and drawing on a map
b) Finding positions methods in the coastal navigation, determining the position by Fix, R.
Fix, E.P and M.P.P
c) Finding position by R.Fix method, plotting by double-angle method, safe navigation
without Fix
6) ARRANGING, CORRECTING AND USING THE CHARTS AND THE PUBLICATIONS
a) Information obtained from charts, light books and other publications
b) Symbols, abbreviations and acronyms used in charts
c) Arranging the charts and the publications, chart folio systems
d) Notice to mariners, correcting the charts and publications
e) Chart catalogs and how to use them
f) Electronic charts and ECDIS system
7) NAVIGATIONAL AIDS, LIGHTS AND BUOYS
a) Aids to navigation at sea and on shore, how to use them
b) Lights, identification, characteristics, calculation of visibility distances of lights in day
and nights
c) The information contained in the books of Admiralty List of Lights & Fog Signals, lantern
light characters, sector lights
d) Maritime Buoyage system and shape, color, pattern, and light characters, LATERAL and
CARDINAL SYSTEM buoys, other buoys
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
5
e) Radio navigational aids, their symbols, charts and publications
8) DEPTH AND MEASURING DEPTH
a) Showing depths on the charts
b) Measuring depth
c) Echo sounders
d) Manual echo sounders
e) Electronic echo sounders (echo-sounders)
f) Navigation using echo sounders
9) SPEED AND MEASURING THE SPEED
g) Rules and regulations of a Navigational Log
h) Important items to be aware of during a Navigational Log
i) Logs, types, operating principles.
10) CURRENT NAVIGATION AND TIDE CALCULATIONS
a) Current and current navigation, current triangular elements (SET, DRIFT, SOA, TRACK,
COURSE, SPEED)
b) Current systems on earth
c) Tide and tidal currents, Maximum Current and slack water calculations
d) Usage of current charts and current atlases
e) The tide event, causes of tides, the Newton's Law effect of the moon and sun, Spring and
Neap tides
f) Calculating low-water and high-water periods using the Tide tables
g) Calculating depth for a certain period using the Tide tables
h) Calculating the slack water periods and the speed of the current for a certain period
i) Using the American and British tide tables
j) Voyage planning considering the tide and tidal currents
k) Current, drift, course correction for drift and its implementation
11) MATHEMATICAL NAVIGATION
a) Plane navigation
b) Volcano navigation
c) Latitude navigation
d) Longitude navigation
e) Medium latitude navigation
f) Mercator navigation
g) Great circle navigation
h) Properties of great arc
i) Planning and calculation methods for great circle navigation
i) Great circle navigation using charts, formulas, mathematical tables and
ii) Gnomonic-Mercator method
iii) Lambert procedure
iv) Using Convergence angle
v) Spherical triangle solution
vi) Height and position in Celestial navigation
vii) Combined navigation
12) CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
a) What is the celestial navigation? Principle of finding position in celestial navigation and
basic definitions, Solar System and earth sphere
b) Celestial Coordinate System,
c) Equator system coordinates, reference planes GHA, Dec, SHA, and GHA (Aries)
d) Horizontal coordinate system, reference planes, Height and Azimuth
e) Establishing a navigational triangle, elements of the triangle (corners, edges, angles)
f) What is the time? What are definitions of Times, GMT, ZT, LMT, ZD? time-related
formulas and rules for converting each other
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
6
g) NAUTICAL ALMANAC, structure, information, celestial events, twilight and meridian
passage time calculation, time equation
h) Calculation of celestial coordinates using Nautical Almanac, (v) and (d) corrections for
GHA and Dec.
i) Finding latitude in the meridian pass, solution for the special case of navigation triangle,
relations among CoAlt- Dec.-Lat
j) Finding a latitude from a Pole Star
k) Sextant principle, parts,, finding and correcting sextant errors, finding corrected values for
sun, moon, planet and stars using nautical almanac
l) Identifying of celestial bodies
m) Star finding methods
n) Planet plotting for star finders
o) Star maps
p) Finding stars by height and azimuth tables.
q) Methods of finding the height and azimuth, procedures to find astronomical fix position.
r) Methods of determining the gyro-magnetic compass mistakes by celestial navigational
i) Measuring the azimuth during Meridian passage
ii) Measuring the azimuth from the pole star
iii) Calculating azimuth precisely when calculating the height
13) ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION
a) Electromagnetic wave principle and application to navigation
b) Use of electronic systems for finding position and navigating
c) Basic principles of hyperbolic navigation systems
d) Satellite navigation systems
e) GPS and DGPS
f) Radar and ARPA structure, settings and usage
g) Radar Observation and Plotting, American and British method solution
h) Manual plotting on maneuver plate or radar
i) Automatic plotting
j) Safe navigation methods using Radar, ARPA and ECDIS
- Knowledge of the capabilities and limitations of ECDIS operations, including:
1. Full understanding of electronic navigational map data, data accuracy, display of rules,
image preferences and other map data formats
2. Excessive confidentiality hazards
3. Be familiar with the ECDIS functions required by current performance standards, analyze
skills, interpretation, and information obtained from ECDIS, including:
a. Use of functions integrated with other navigation systems with different connections,
including correct operation and settings to make the desired settings.
b. Display of the sea area with its own position, mode and orientation, map data
display of the route, observation of the route, display of user-generated information,
contacts (when connected with the AIS interface and / or radar tracking) and the radar
screen Secure monitoring of information, including overlay functions (when attached to
the radar) and setting
c. Confirmation of the ship position by alternative means
d. Alarm parameters for grounding, proximity of contacts and special areas, map data
and up-to-datedness status and including full backups, ensuring that the usage of settings
are consistent with the method of operation effectively
e. Setting of settings and values so that they do not meet the current requirements
f. Situational awareness when using ECDIS includes; the proximity of safe waters and
hazards, map data and scale choice, direction and speed of the current, suitability of the
route, contact detection and management, and the integrity of the sensors
14) BRIDGE EQUIPMENT – NAVIGATION DEVICES
a) Bridge control systems
b) Rudder and steering gear
c) Autopilot and emergency rudder equipment
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
7
15) BRIDGE NAVIGATION RECORDS AND JOURNAL KEEPING
a) Log records
b) Keeping the journal
c) Other registers outside the bridge journal
d) Automatic recorders
16) NAVIGATION PLANNING
VTS regions and procedures
MARITIME ENGLISH
1) SHIPS, CLASSIFICATIONS, SECTIONS, MARITIME ENGLISH TERMINOLOGY
a) Definition and classification of ships
b) Ship measurements, tonnage concept
c) Cargo gears of the ships
d) Warehouses, hatch covers
e) Pipeline circuits and tanks
f) Windlass and rope winches, anchor gears, ropes, maneuver commands
g) Bridge, living places, engine room general definitions, terms
h) Ship crew, duties, work organization on board
i) Common maritime terms and the English terms of various parts of a ship
2) MARITIME ENGLISH ON MARITIME SAFETY AND FIRE FIGHTING
a) Safety equipment
b) Life boats, davits
c) Fire fighting equipment and gears
3) MARITIME ENGLISH ON NAUTICAL CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS
a) Geographical terms, terms used in maps and publications
b) English for understanding and using maps and maritime publications
c) English to understand seafarers' advertisements for correction of maps and publications
4) METEOROLOGICAL ENGLISH
a) Terms used in meteorological reports
b) Record air and sea status to the log
5) MARITIME ENGLISH ON MARINE COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT
a) Maritime trade, ship chartering and transportation
b) INCOTERMS and other common terms and abbreviations
c) Conditions of carriage according to the charter
d) Statement of Facts and Time Sheet
6) SEA TECHNICAL BUSINESS ENGINEERING
a) Class status according to ship types, classification of ships
b) Class change, withdrawal from class
c) Follow-up of survey status, planning of survey, preparation of ships
d) Following rules and regulations, preparing ships compatible with them
e) Follow-up of ship documents and inspections
f) Maintenance records, correspondence
g) Personnel, Training, Safety and Supply Management within the scope of Technical
Management
h) Material tracking, keeping records and planning of needs and replenishment
7) SEA AND PORT ADMINISTRATION AND SEA LEGAL ENGLISH
a) National maritime organizations
b) National maritime legislation
c) International maritime organizations and international legislation
d) Ship inspection and certification
e) Insurance terms
f) Marine accidents, collision, rescue aid, joint and special average
8) SHIP CERTIFICATES AND CARGO DOCUMENTS IN ENGLISH
a) Certificates and documents required to be carried on board
b) Port documents
c) Cargo documents
9) ENGLISH ON SHIP LOGS AND MARITIME CORRESPONDENCE
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
8
a) Ship log and other logbooks
b) Registration of freight operations
c) ship correspondences, protests
d) English required to keep logs of ships and correspondence
10) ENGLISH USED IN SHIP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
a) Maintenance planning
b) Preparing for docking, docking, ship plans
c) Correspondence of fault, damage detection and repair
11) SURVEY AND SUPERVISION ENGLISH
a) Survey and inspection types
b) Flag state and port state control and inspection
c) Class audits
d) Check lists
e) English to be used in surveys and audits
12) COMMUNICATION ENGLISH
a) Use of the International Code of Signals Book
b) Inter-ship, ship-shore and in-ship English communication
c) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) communication
d) To carry out the duties of the officers in ships with more than one foreign nationals
e) Use of IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases
13) ENGLISH IN EMERGENCY AND SAFETY MESSAGES
a) Emergency types
b) English required to send and receive emergency and safety messages
14) ENGLISH USED IN MEDICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION
a) The human body
b) Diseases, drugs
c) Medical emergency communication
d) Medical pages of the Sign Code Book
e) International Medical Guidance and other marine medical publications
ELECTRONIC
a) Passive components
b) Semiconductor devices
c) Amplifiers (Amplifiers)
d) Feedback
e) Integrated circuits
f) Power sources
g) Oscillators
h) Radio broadcasting and reception
i) Photoelectric devices
j) Digital circuits
ELECTRICITY
1) MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY
a) Magnetism
b) Electrical safety
c) Electrical laws
d) Electric circuit
e) work, energy and power in an electrical circuit
f) Electromagnetic induction
g) Capacitors
h) Electric generators and motors
i) Alternating voltage and current
j) Distribution and protective devices
k) Electrochemistry
l) Devices
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
9
METEOROLOGY
a) Meteorological devices used on board
b) Atmosphere, structure and physical properties
c) Atmospheric pressure
d) Wind
e) Cloud and precipitation
f) Visibility
g) Wind and pressure systems over the ocean
h) Structure of low pressure zones
i) Anticyclones and other pressure systems
j) Weather services for shipping
k) Recording and reporting of weather observations
l) Weather forecasting
SHIP STRUCTURE
1) SHIP GEOMETRY
a) Ship dimensions, form and form coefficients
b) Ship lines plans
c) Tonnages and special tonnages
d) Ship fore body and after body forms
e) Midship section forms, rise of floor
f) Chamber, sheer line
2) BOAT STRUCTURES AND BUILDING ELEMENTS
a) Ship hull material
b) Keel and bottom structure
c) Floors
d) Frames, beams
e) Deck Stringer, deck girder
f) Waterproof bulkheads
g) Pillars
h) Sea chest, bilge wells, manholes, air escapes, sounding pipes
i) Tensions on the ship
j) Hardware
3) PROPULSION SYSTEMS
a) Propeller definitions
b) Propeller types
c) Cavitation
d) Slip ratio
e) Steering and steering types
4) SHIP TRANSVERSE STABILITY
a) Kana numbers and actual drafts
b) Displacement, LSW, Deadweight, constant
c) Buoyancy
d) Loading lines
e) Fresh water share and DWA
f) Displacement, TPC and other hydrostatic curves
g) Transverse static balance
h) Intact stability, equilibrium types
i) displacement of the center of gravity
j) Heeling experiment
k) Heeling angle and corrections
l) Cross curves
m) Stable equilibrium curve
n) The Simpson rules
o) Static and dynamic stability rules
p) Free surface effect
5) DYNAMIC BALANCE
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
10
IMO weather Criterion
6) TRIM AND LONGITUDINAL STABILITY
a) Longitudinal stability
b) Effect of changing water density on trim
c) Transfer problems
d) Calculation of new draft and trim after small loading / unloading
e) Calculation of new draft and trim after large loading / unloading
7) DAMAGED SHIP STABILITY
a) Loss of full buoyancy
b) Methods of weight addition and buoyancy loss
c) Damaged ship stability, drafts and trim
WATCHKEEPING STANDARDS
1) KEEPING A SAFE WATCH
a) Bridge organization
b) Responsibilities of the officers and distribution of duty
c) Conformity to the duty
d) Watchkeeping on deck
e) Watchkeeping at port
f) Watchkeeping at anchor
g) Watchkeeping at gangway
h) Navigational Watchkeeping
i) Navigational planning, preparation documents
j) Issues to be considered in navigational watchkeeping handing-over
k) System controls to be made during the navigation
l) Navigation under limited conditions
m) Navigation at coastal and narrow waters
n) Preparation of port entrance
o) In order to maintain a safe navigation watchkeeping, use of data taken from navigational
devices
p) Knowledge of blind navigational techniques
q) Reporting to be used in accordance with "General Principles of Ship Reporting Systems"
and VTS methods
2) SHIP REPORTING SYSTEMS
3) REPORTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE VESSEL TRAFFIC SERVICES
4) BRIDGE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
a) Principles of Bridge Resource Management
b) Allocation, assignment and prioritization of the resources
c) Providing an effective level of communication
d) Affirmation and leadership
e) Raising and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation, considering the team
experience
f) Preparing against any situation
5) REGULATIONS FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS AT SEA
6) MARINE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
11
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND USAGE
1) BASIC PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
a) Mathematical and logical bases of programming
b) Development of computers and their usage
c) Basic hardware and software information
2) COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS USED IN SHIPPING
Examples of using computers and computerized systems in maritime
3) PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
a) Definition and development of programming languages
b) Examples of programming languages and sample programs
4) USE OF EXISTING COMPUTER PROGRAMS
a) Examples of existing softwares
b) Use of computers as word processor (Word, etc.)
c) Use of calculation statements in computers (Lotus, Excel, Quatropro, etc.)
d) Data storage
e) Computer communication, network systems,
CARGO OPERATIONS AND SHIP STABILITY
1) CARGO SPACES AND CARGO GEARS ON BOARD
a) General knowledge on types of cargo ships
b) Cargo gears, winches, derricks, cranes
c) Hatch covers
d) Holds of dry cargo vessels, preparation for cargo, stowage and lashing of cargoes
e) Preparing for and supervising loading and unloading operations
2) EFFECT OF CARGO ON SEAWORTHINESS AND STABILITY OF SHIP
a) Draft, trim and stability
b) Protection of cargoes
c) Cargo on deck
d) Container cargo
e) Cargo in bulk
f) Grain in bulk
3) SAFE CARGO HANDLING, BULKING AND PROTECTION
a) Supervising the cargo
b) Providing effective communications during loading and unloading
c) Loading and unloading operations, where to look to assess the damage due to the corrosion
and extreme weather conditions
d) Cargo spaces, hatch covers and ballast tanks
e) Arranging a plan to include the sections to be inspected in each case in a way that covers
all of the sections of the ship within a specific period of time
f) Identifying the structural elements of the ship that are critical for the security of the ship
g) Stipulating the reasons of corrosion and how to identify and prevent it in the cargo sections
and ballast tanks
h) Knowledge on the procedures stating how to carry out the inspections
i) Explaining how to make a safe damage and loss assessment
j) Explaining the objectives of the "Enhanced Survey Program"
k) Dangerous, risky and harmful cargoes
l) Cargo handling gears, preparation, maintenance and security
m) Oil tanker piping and pumping arrangements
n) Entering into enclosed spaces
o) General cargo calculations and cargo plans for different types of ships
4) SHIP TRIM, STABILITY AND STRESS CALCULATIONS
a) Displacement calculation
b) Draft survey
c) Trim calculation
d) GM calculation
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
12
e) Stress calculation
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS
1) International Maritime Organization (IMO), organisation and objectives
a) IMO committees and organizational structure
b) General Assembly, Council, Committees and Secretariat
2) SOLAS, 1974, SOLAS PROT 1978, SOLAS PROT 1988 "International Convention For The
Safety Of Life At Sea, 1974 "
a) General information on SOLAS chapters and related Code books
b) IBC, IMSBC, LSA, FSS, ISM, ISPS, IMDG, FTP, HSC, IS, IGC, INF, BCH Code
c) IAMSAR VOL III
d) International Code of Signals
3) MARPOL 1973 and MARPOL PROT 1997 "The International Convention For The Prevention
Of Pollution From Ships, 1973 "
a) General information on MARPOL Annexes and records
b "Oil Record Book"
c) "Garbage Record Book"
d "Sulfur Content Monitoring Log"
e) "Ballast Water Record Book"
4) UNCLOS 1982 "United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, 1982"
5) STCW 1978 and Annexes "International Convention On Standards Of Training,
Certification And Watchkeeping For Seafarers, 1978 "
6) COLREG, 1972 and Annexes "Convention On The International Regulations For Preventing
Collisions At Sea, 1972 "
7) LL 1966 and LL PROT 1988 "International Convention On Load Lines, 1966"
8) TONNAGE 1969 "International convention on tonnage measurement of ships, 1969"
9) ILO Maritime Labor Convention 2006
10) General information on IMO safe practice books
a) The CSS Code "Code Of Safe Practice For Cargo Stowage And Securing"
b) BLU Code "Code Of Practice For The Safe Loading And Unloading Of Bulk Carriers"
c) TDC Code "Code Of Safe Practice For Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes"
d) OSV Code "Code Of Safe Practice For The Carriage Of Cargoes And Persons By Offshore
Supply Vessels "
11) FAL 1965 "Convention On Facilitation Of International Maritime Traffic, 1965"
a) General information on standard IMO FAL documents for port authorities;
b) IMO General Declaration,
c) Cargo Declaration
d) Ship Store's Declaration
e) Crew's Effect Declaration
f) Crew List, Passenger List
g) Dangerous Goods
12) SAR 1979 and Annexes "International Convention On Maritime Search And Rescue, 1979 "
13) SALVAGE 1989 "International Convention On Salvage, 1989"
14) BWM 2004 "International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships" Ballast Water
And Sediments, 2004 "
15) LC 1972 and LC PROT 1996 "Convention On The Prevention Of Marine Pollution By
Dumping Of Wastes And Other Matter, 1972 " 16) INTERVENTION 1969 and INTERVENTION
PROT 1973 "Protocol Relating To Intervention On The High Seas In Cases Of Pollution By
Substances Other Than Oil, 1973 "
17) CLC 1969 and CLC PROT 1992 "International convention on civil liability for oil pollution
damage, 1969 "
18) FUND 1971 and FUND PROT 2003 "Protocol Of 2003 To The International Convention on the
Establishment of an International Fund For Compensation For Oil Pollution Damage, 1992 & quot;
19) HNS 1996 "International Convention on Liability And Compensation For Damage in
Connection with The Carriage Of Hazardous And Noxious Substances By Sea, 1996 "
20) STP 1971 and SPACE 1973 "Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971"
21) PAL 1974 and PAL PROT 2002 & quot; Protocol To The Athens Convention Relating To The
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
13
Carriage Of Passengers And Their Luggage By Sea, 1974 "
22) CSC 1972 "International Convention for Safe Containers, 1972"
23) LLMC PROT 1996 "Protocol Of 1996 To Amend The Convention on Limitation of Liability
For Maritime Claims, 1976 “
24) HNS 1996 and OPRC-HNS 2000 & quot; Protocol On Preparedness, Response And Co-
Operatıon To Pollution Incidents By Hazardous And Noxious Substances, 2000 "
25) SUA 1988 and SUA PROT 2005 "Protocol Of 2005 To The Convention For The
Suppression Of Unlawful Acts Against The Safety Of Maritime Navigation, 2005 "
SHIP MANEUVERS
1) FACTORS EFFECTING MANEUVERS
a) Environmental Conditions
b) Maneuverability
2) PROPULSION POWER AND RESISTANCE DURING MANEUVERING
a) Resistance due to air
i) Static air resistance
ii) Wind resistance
b) Resistance due to water
3) ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF MAIN ENGINES DURING MANEUVERING
4) PROPELLERS
a) Fixed pitch propeller
b) Variable pitch propeller
c) The effects of right and left turning propellers on the forward
d) Double propeller ships
5) STEERING
a) Steering effects on single vane ships
b) Steering effects on double propeller
6) BOW AND AFT THRUSTERS
a) Working principles
b) Effects on use with the rudder
7) ROPES
a) The effects of ropes during berthing/unbreathing
b) Other rope maneuvers
8) TURNING CIRCLE
9) SHALLOW WATER
a) Definition of shallow water
b) Shallow water effects, squat c) Narrow water course, bank suction
10) PROPER METHODS FOR ANCHORING AND BERTHING
11) TUG BOATS
a) Methods of using ropes with Tug boats
b) Use of tugboats in maneuvering
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
14
MARITIME LAW
1) BASIC LAW
a) Definition, sources and types of the law
b) Fundamental principles of the law
c) Basic definitions
d) International Law, National Law, execution and sanctions
2) MARITIME LAW
a) Definition and classification of Maritime Law
b) Fundamental principles of International Maritime Law
c) Structure and sources of National Maritime Legislation
d) Requirements of Act on Safety of Life and Property at Sea
e) Maritime Labor Law
f) Definition, powers and responsibilities of Master
g) Definition, seaworthiness, voyage and cargo worthiness of ship
h) Documents and records required to be made available on board
i) Sea accidents and collision
j) Averages
k) Rescue and aid
COMMUNICATION AT SEA
1) SEND AND RECEIVE INFORMATION WITH VISUAL SIGNALS
a) Signals with Morse code
b) To send and receive signals with Morse light (with aldis lamp)
c) Modified distress signal, SOS, COLREG 72 Annex IV
d) International Code of Signals Annex-1
e) Visual signs of single-letter signs specified in the International Code of signals
2) RADIO TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION
a) Radio telephone and radio telex communication
b) Ship to ship and ship to shore by radio communication
c) Maintenance and inspection of equipment
3) USE OF INTERNATIONAL CODE OF SIGNALS
International Code of signals
4) GLOBAL MARITIME DISTRESS AND SAFETY SYSTEM (GMDSS)
5) EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION, SEARCH AND RESCUE COMMUNICATION
a) Responding to a call for help and sending a call for help
b) Forwarding calls to other stations
c) Communications related to IAMSAR
MARITIME MANAGEMENT
1) MARITIME COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT
a) Marine markets
b) Liner service
c) Trump management
d) Freight and chartering
e) Freight markets
f) Freight contracts
g) Freight contract based on voyage
h) Time-based freight contract
i) Bareboat charter contractors
j) Chartering negotiations, proposal and counter proposal methods
k) Freight and used abbreviations
l) Bill of lading
i) Letter of Credit
ii) Compensation letter
m) Agencies and types
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
15
n) Preparatory letter, SOF, Time Sheet, Made Receipt, Manifest, Loading orders
o) International trade terms
p) Cargo brokers
q) Convenient Flag States
r) Freight conferences
s) International maritime organizations
2) SEA TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
a) Following the rules and regulations, making the ships compatible with them
b) Follow-up of ship documents and inspections
c) Maintenance records, correspondence
d) Personnel, Training, Safety and Supply Management within the scope of Technical
Management
e) Material tracking, keeping records and planning of needs and replenishment
SAFETY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT
1) SAFETY, MARINE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND QUALITY CONCEPTS
a) Safety
b) Environmental Protection
c) Quality
2) POLLUTION PREVENTION AND POLLUTION PREVENTION OF MARINE
ENVIRONMENT PROCEDURES
a) Measures to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment
b) Pollution prevention procedures and all relevant equipment
c) proactive measures for the protection of the marine environment
3) LEGAL AND COMMERCIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY AND QUALITY
MANAGEMENT
a) ISM Code
b) Standards for Quality
4) PREPARATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY AND QUALITY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
a) Development and implementation of Safety Management System
b) Development and implementation of Quality Management System
c) Internal and external audits, auditing techniques and practicing
LEADERSHIP AND TEAM WORK SKILLS
1) MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE CREW
Knowledge on crew management and training
2) LEGISLATION
National legislation knowledge with relevant international maritime legislation and
recommendations
3) SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT
a) Planning and cooperation
b) Personnel assignment
c) Limitations on time and resource
d) Prioritization
4) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN EFFECTIVE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
e) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources
a) Effective communication on board and on shore
b) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience
c) Motivation, pioneering and leadership
d) Obtaining and maintaining awareness regarding a situation
5) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN DECISION MAKING TECHNIQUES
a) Situation and risk assessment
b) Determining and considering the possible options
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
16
c) Choosing how to progress on an action
d) Assessing the effectiveness of the result
The aforementioned trainings shall take four semesters for Watchkeeping Officer competency,
five semesters for Unlimited Watchkeeping Officer competency.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
TRAINING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT AND
PUBLICATIONS EQUIPMENT AND PHYSICAL
ENVIRONMENT
GENERAL
– Library
– Classrooms
– Printing room
– Photocopy machine
– Printing machine
– Scanner
– Projector
– Television-video
– Training cassettes
– Computers
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT FOR BASIC
TRAINING
NAVIGATION
- Sextant (one for 4 students)
- Angle Meter (1 student per student)
- Parallel Ruler (1 student per student)
- Compass (1 student per student)
- Calculator (1 student per student)
- Bearing Meters (Target etc.)
- Magnetic compass
- Navigation rules (1 student per student)
- Almanac (as many as the number of students in
the same year)
- Navigational charts (up to capacity)
- Made by different projection techniques
Maps (Mercator, Gnomonic, Lambert)
- Navigation training charts (same number of
students)
- Plotting paper
- Map catalogs (Turkish, BA, US)
- Notices for seafarers (Turkish, BA, US)
- Natural Deviation Charts
- Light books (Turkish, BA, US)
- Current books (Turkish, BA, US)
- Current Atlases
- Pilot books (Turkish, BA, US)
- Star finder
- IALA Buoy System
- Distance Rulers
- All Binds with Radio Signals (BA, US)
- Ship Log
- Altitude and Azimute rulers
LAB
100x70 cm chart table for each student
(at least 12 units)
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
17
ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION
- Gyro compass or gyroscope
- Autopilot
- Satellite Receiver
- Radio Direction Finder
- Electric Sounding
- Speed log
- B.A. List of Radio Signs Volume 5
- Notices tor seafarers
- GPS
- Navteks
Approved RADAR / ARPA Simulator
LAB
WATCHKEEPING
- Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
(COLREG)
- MARPOL 73/78
CLASSROOM
Personal Computer and Projection System, Visual
Course Modules for; Safe Watchkeeping, Ship
Reporting Systems, Reporting to Ship Traffic
Services, Bridge Resource Management,
Prevention of Marine Environment, navigation
lights,
METEOROLOGY
- Panels showing cloud shapes
- US. Pilot Tables
- B.A. List of Radio Signals, Volume 3
- Meteorology Codes
- Anemometer
- Pluviometer
- Digital weather station
- Thermometer
- Hygrometer
- Barometer
- Facsimile receiver
- NAVTEKS
EQUIPMENT LOCKER
SHIP HANDLING
- Ship models
- Pier models
- Port models
- Crane
- Ropes
- Bollard
- Stopper
- Locks
- Chains
- Anchors
SIMULATOR
Bridge Simulator or Personal Computer Aided
Ship (Mathematical Model) Maneuvering
Simulator
Personal Computer and Projection Assisted
Course Modules
SHIP STRUCTURE AND STABILITY
- Three dimensional Ship model cut at the midship
showing ship structural elements
- Photographs and plans showing various ship
types
- A model ship that can float in a small pool and
can be loaded and unloaded
- Sample ship balance books
CLASSROOM
Course Modules supported with Personal
computer and projection to show structural
elements, ship types and plans, chart of ship,
stability rules
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
18
CARGO HANDLING
- Various boom and crane models
- Cargo spaces, cover models or plans
- Various blocks
-A tanker model showing Tanks, pumps and pipes or
Liquid Load Handling Simulator
- Pictures, plans and books introducing various ships
- Examples of loading plans for various vessels
CLASSROOM
Personal Computer and projection supported
Course modules to show booms, cranes and
Cargo space models, blocks, tanks, pumps,
pipes,
FIRE PREVENTION AND FIRE
FIGHTING
- Breathing apparatus
- Fire pan
- Pressurized water generating fire line
- Fire hoses
- Foam Applicator
- Fuel and solid fuels required for fire
- Model for research and rescue (6 piece)
- 65 mm Ø fire hose (6 pieces)
- 38 mm Ø fire hose (3 pieces)
- Connectors (3 pcs)
- Multi-purpose fire nozzle (6 pieces)
- Mechanical mixer (2 pieces)
- High expansion foam producer
- Water minimax (6 pieces)
- 5 kg CO2 minimax (12)
- 9 ℓ foamed minimax (5 pieces)
- 10 kg powdered minimax (12 pieces)
- Fire garment (5 sets)
- Breathing apparatus (5 sets)
- Smoke producer
- Shower (1 unit)
- Stretcher (1 unit)
- First aid kit (1 unit)
- Oxygen masked rescue kit (1)
- Fire ax (2 pieces)
- 36 m long safety rope with hook (2 piece)
Approved Fire Training Center
- Container and oprational fire equipment
specified in the adjacent column
- Compressor
- Training Films and Video Cassettes / CDs
BASIC SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS
- Metal hand detector
- Handheld radios
- Alarm circuits
- Door locks
- Physical barriers
- Door alarm and monitor systems
- Various types of hand lanterns and lighting
devices
- Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) system
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
19
LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES
– Line throwing appliance
– Ram lines
– Parachute Flares
– Smoke generators
– Hand flares
– Guide for muster drills
– Life rafts
– Thermal Protected Suit
– Diving Suit
– Life Jackets
– Life buoys
– Inflatable life rafts
– Lifesaving Boat
– Lifesaving boat equipment
– EPIRP
– SART
– Helicopter rescue sling
– Approved Proficiency in Survival
Craft Training Platform
– Approved Survival at Sea
Training pool or water areas that
provide the conditions stated in Annex-
33
COMMUNICATION AT SEA
- Tools for Morse communication
- (Systems such as Lighting switch)
- Flag Flames
- International Code of Signals
- Radio phone receiver / transmitter
- EPIRP
- VHF
- TELEKS
- International communication books
LABORATORY / SIMULATOR
GMDSS Simulator or lab composed of
Real Ship Communication Devices
PHYSICS
– Tools and equipment for mechanical
experiments
– Tools and equipment for hydrostatic
experiments
– Tools and equipment for gas experiments
– Tools and equipment for heat experiments
– Tools and equipment for light experiments
– Tools and equipment for sound experiments
LABORATORY
MARITIME CHEMISTRY
– Experiment tools and equipment for solutions
– Acidity-alkalinity indicators
– pH meter
– Tools and equipment for water analysis
– Hydrometer
– Oxygenmeter
– Salinometer
– Metal and alloy samples
– Samples of oxide, salt and various chemical
substances
– Samples of different types of corrosion
– Various fuel samples
– Viscometer
– Flash point measuring device
– Explosionmeter
– Toxicitymeter
– LABORATORY
BRIDGE SIMULATOR APPROVED SIMULATOR
ANNEX - 4
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
20
3. OTHER ISSUES:
Those who completed this training, certify that the curriculum includes relevant
trainings, are exempted from the trainings stipulated for obtaining Maritime Security, First Aid
and Advanced Fire Fighting certifications stated in the article 22 and Security Familiarization,
Security Awareness and Designated Security Duties trainings certifications stated in the article
23.
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
TRAINING CURRICULUM FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
NAVIGATION
1) VOYAGE PLANNING AND CONDUCT
a) Voyage planning and navigation for all conditions by acceptable methods of plotting
ocean tracks, taking into account, restricted waters, meteorological conditions, ice,, restricted
visibility, traffic separation schemes,, areas of extensive tidal effects and
b) VTS procedures vessel traffic service (VTS) areas
c) Use of guide books
d) Great Circle Navigation Procedures
e) Log recording, journals, journal keeping
f) Routeing in accordance with the General Provisions on Ships’ Routeing
g) Reporting in accordance with “Guidelines and Criteria for Ship Reporting Systems"
2) POSITION AND THE ACCURACY OF RESULTANT POSITION FIX BY ANY MEANS
a) By terrestrial observations, including the ability to use appropriate charts, notices to
mariners and other publications to assess the accuracy of the resulting position fix b)
Explanation of all of the celestial themes to determine the position with celestial
observations in all conditions
b) by terrestrial observations, including the ability to use appropriate charts, notices to
mariners and other publications to assess the accuracy of the resulting position fix
c) Under all circumstances, using modern electronic navigational aids, with specific
knowledge of their operating principles, limitations, sources of error, detection of
misrepresentation of information and methods of correction to obtain accurate position
fixing
3)DETERMINE AND ALLOW FOR COMPASS ERRORS
a) Ability to determine and allow for errors of the magnetic and gyro-compasses
b) Knowledge of the principles of magnetic and gyro-compasses
c) An understanding of systems under the control of the master gyro and a knowledge of the
operation and care of the main types of gyro-compass
4)TIDE CALCULATIONS
a) Tide and current calculations
b) Use of publication related to tide and currents
c) Using the harmonic method in tide calculation
d) Pole navigation
e) Navigation on ice
f) Navigation for the purpose of rescue and aid
g) Navigation in tropical storms
h) Great Circle Navigation with celestial navigation charts
i) Celestial navigation by the use of spherical triangle formula
j) Navigation errors (measurement, position, tools, etc.)
k) Using the harmonic method in tide calculation
l) Management of all steps of a navigation
5) WATCHKEEPING STANDARDS
1) KEEPING A SAFE WATCH
a. Bridge organization
b. Responsibilities of the officers and distribution of duty
c. Conformity to the duty
d. Watchkeeping on deck
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
2
e. Watchkeeping at port
f. Watchkeeping at anchor
g. Watchkeeping at gangway
h. Navigational Watchkeeping
i. Navigational planning, preparation documents
j. Issues to be considered in navigational watchkeeping handing-over
k. System controls to be made during the navigation
l. Navigation under limited conditions
m. Navigation at coastal and narrow waters
n. Preparation of port entrance
2) SHIP REPORTING SYSTEMS
3) REPORTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE VESSEL TRAFFIC SERVICES
4) BRIDGE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
a) Principles of Bridge Resource Management
b) Allocation, assignment and prioritization of the resources
c) Providing an effective level of communication
d) Affirmation and leadership
e) Raising and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation, considering the team
experience
f) Preparing against any situation
5) REGULATIONS FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS AT SEA
6) MARINE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
SHIP STRUCTURE
1) SHIP STRUCTURE
a) Ship building tools
b) Welding, types of welding, welding errors and inspection methods on welding
c) Bulkheads
d) Waterproof and weather-resistant doors - skylights
e) Corrosion, galvanic corrosion and its prevention
2) SURVEYS
a) Propeller shaft survey
b) Dry-docking survey
c) Hull, machinery renewal surveys
3) SHIP STABILITY
a) Transversal initial stability
b) Static stability curve
c) Losing stability
d) Stability in dry-docking
e) Dynamic stability
4) EFFECT OF DAMAGE AND FLOODING ON TRIM AND STABILITY
a) Damaged ship stability
b) IMO rules on damaged ship stability
c) Effect of damage and flooding on trim and stability and measures to be taken
d) Theories of trim and stability
e) IMO guidelines regarding ship stability
f) Requirements and responsibilities regarding international conventions and codes
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS
1) SUPERVISION AND CONTROL FOR CONFORMITY WITH LEGAL
REQUIREMENTS AND MEASURES IN ORDER TO PROVIDE LIFE SAFETY AT
SEA AND PROTECT THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
3
a) Documents to be made available on board as per the International Conventions
b) Responsibilities as per International Convention of Load Lines (LOADLINES)
c) Responsibilities as per the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS)
d) Responsibilities as per the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution From
Ships (MARPOL)
e) Maritime declaration of health and requirements of International Health Rules (IHR)
f) Responsibilities as part of the international regulations affecting the security of ship,
passenger, crew and cargo
g) Methods and equipment for preventing maritime pollution
h) National requirements for the implementation of the international conventions
i) MLC 2006 Convention
COMMUNICATION AT SEA
1) SEND AND RECEIVE INFORMATION WITH VISUAL SIGNALS
a) Signals with Morse code
b) To send and receive signals with Morse light (with aldis lamp)
2) RADIO TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION
a) Radio telephone and radio telex communication
b) Ship to ship and ship to shore by radio communication
c) Maintenance and inspection of equipment
3) USE OF INTERNATIONAL CODE OF SIGNALS
International Code of signals
4) GLOBAL MARITIME DISTRESS AND SAFETY SYSTEM (GMDSS)
5) EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION, SEARCH AND RESCUE COMMUNICATION
a) Responding to a call for help and sending a call for help
b) Forwarding calls to other stations
c) Communications related to IAMSAR
d) Being able to send and receive Emergency Calls (SOS) with Morse light by the single letter
sign as indicated in the “International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea 1972
(COLREGs) Annex IV of the 1972 Amendments”, and "International Code of Signals"
MARINE ENGINES a) Operating drive systems and other engineering systems by the remote control system
b) Operating principles for marine power systems
c) Auxiliary machinery on the ship
d) Terms of marine engineering operations
e) Fuel consumption
MARITIME COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT
1) MARITIME MARKETS
2) LINER SERVICE
3) TRUMP MANAGEMENT
4) FREIGHT AND CHARTER
5) FREIGHT MARKETS
6) FREIGHT CONTRACTS
7) NAVIGATION-BASED FREIGHT CONTRACT ELEMENTS
8) TIME-BASED FREIGHT CONTRACT ELEMENTS
9) BAREBOAT CHARTER ELEMENTS
10) CHARTER NEGOTIATIONS, BID AND COUNTERBID METHODS
11) FREIGHT AND ABBREVIATIONS USED
12) BILL OF LADING
a) Accredited relations
b) Letter of Indemnity
13) AGENCIES AND AGENCY TYPES
14) NOTICE OF READINESS, SOF, TIME SHEET, MADE RECEIPT, MANIFESTS,
SHIPPING NOTE
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
4
15) INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL TERMINOLOGY
16) CARGO BROKERS
17) CONVENIENT FLAG COUNTRIES
18) FREIGHT CONFERENCES
19) INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATIONS
TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
1) TECHNICAL STATUS PROTECTION MANAGEMENT
a) Class status as to the types of ships
b) Change in class, cancellation of class
c) Follow-up on survey status; planning future actions and preparing the ship
d) Follow-up on rules and decisions, ensuring that the ships are compatible with the possible
amendments
e) Follow-up on the ship documents and inspections
2) MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT
a) Maintenance planning
b) Maintenance on hull, deck and machinery
c) Records and correspondences regarding maintenance
d) Maintenance costs
e) Docking, maintenance in dock
3) PERSONNEL, TRAINING, SECURITY AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT WITHIN
THE SCOPE OF TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
a) Planning of training
b) Safe operating methods
c) Material follow-up, keeping records and planning the needs and the supply
SAFETY AT SEA
1) COLLISION, GROUNDING AND DAMAGE CONTROL
a) Measures to be taken while deliberately grounding a ship on a sandy beach
b) Required actions just before and after grounding
c) Refloating the grounded ship with or without aid
d) Required actions just before and after the collision or after the hull loses its integrity in terms
of water proof capacity for any reason
e) Damage control
2) EMERGENCY STEERING
3) EMERGENCY TUGGING ARRANGEMENTS AND TUGGING PROCEDURES
4) COORDINATION OF RESCUE AND AID OPERATIONS
5) MAINTAINING THE SECURITY AND SAFETY OF THE CREW AND
PASSENGERS OF THE SHIP AND OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE LIFE
SAVING, FIRE FIGHTING AND OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS
a) Rules related to the life saving appliances
b) Arranging muster drills for fire and abandoning the ship
c) Maintenance of working conditions of life saving, firefighting and other security systems
d) Required actions for protection and security of all people on board in case of emergencies
e) Required actions to save the ship and reduce damage after fire, explosion, collision or
grounding
6) DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMERGENCY CASE AND DAMAGE CONTROL
PLANS, MANAGEMENT OF EMERGENCY CASES
a) Preparation of possible contingency plans against emergency cases
b) Ship structure including the damage control
c) Fire protection, alarm and extinguishing methods and equipment
d) Functions and usage of life saving appliances
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
5
7) ARRANGEMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF PROVIDING MEDICAL CARE ON
BOARD
a) Medical publications
b) International medical guide for ships
c) International code of signals (medical part),
d) Medical first-aid to be used in accidents due to the dangerous cargoes
MARITIME ENGLISH
1) SHIP, STRUCTURE AND SECTIONS
a) Cargo gears of the ships
b) Windlass and rope winches, anchoring gear, lines and maneuvering commands
c) Ship crew, their duties, work organization on board
2) ENGLISH FOR NAVIGATION AND METEOROLOGY
a) Planning and management of navigation
b) Ship reporting systems
c) Terms to be used on the meteorological reports
3) RECORDS, DOCUMENTS, CORRESPONDENCES
a) Board documentation
b) Port documentation
c) Cargo documentation
d) Ship log book and other recording books, English knowledge to understand log books
e) "Charter" convention, sailing order
f) Preparation letter
g) Record of cargo operations
h) Ship correspondences, notifications
4) ENGLISH USED IN SHIP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
a) Maintenance planning
b) Principles for Scheduled Maintenance System
c) Preparing the ship for dry-docking, dry-docking, ship plans
d) Correspondences on malfunctions, troubleshooting and repair works
5) SURVEY AND INSPECTION ENGLISH
a) SOLAS, MARPOL and other International Conventions
b) Types of surveys and inspections
c) Flag state and port state controls and inspections
d) Classification Society inspections
e) Check lists
f) English to be used in surveys and inspections
6) ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION
a) Using the International Code of Signals Handbook
b) Ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and onboard communication in English
c) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases
d) Sufficient English knowledge to transmit and receive emergency and security messages
7) ENGLISH FOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION
a) Human body
b) Diseases, medical drugs
c) Medical Emergency Communication
d) Medical pages of Code of Signals
e) Medical care on board
f) International Medical Guide and related sections of the other maritime medical publications
ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION
USE OF AUTOMATIC RADAR PLOTTING APPLIANCES (ARPA)
1) BASIC CONCEPT AND USE OF SEA RADAR SYSTEM
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
6
a) Basic principles of radar
b) Safe distances
c) Radiation risk and measures
d) Characteristics of radar settings and factors affecting performance
e) External factors in radar adjustment affecting radar detection
f) Factors that may lead to misinterpretation
g) Performance standards – Decision A.477(XII)
2) ADJUSTING AND USING THE RADAR AS TO THE MANUFACTURER'S
SUGGESTIONS
a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display
b) Measuring the range and the bearings
3) MANUAL RADAR PLOTTING APPLICATION
a) Establishing the relative movement triangle
b) Definition of the route, speed and visions of other ships
c) Defining CPA and TCPA
d) Considering the effect of route and speed changes
e) Reporting radar plotting data
4) USE OF RADAR TO PROVIDE SAFE NAVIGATION
a) Fixing the position of ship by the use of radar
b) Definition of auxiliaries for radar navigation and security
c) Use of parallel lines for radar navigation
5) USE OF RADAR FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS OR NEAR MISSES
a) Implementation of Rules on Prevention of Collision in order to
b) avoid collisions or near misses
c) Use of modern electronic navigational aids (GPS etc.) and position fixing under all
conditions with knowledge in operating principles, limitations, error sources of these
equipment, troubleshooting the errors,
6) EXPLANATION OF AN ARPA SYSTEM
a) Visual characteristics of ARPA system
b) ARPA and IMO performance standards
c) Achieving the targets
d) Monitoring ability and limits
e) Process delays
7) USE OF AN ARPA SYSTEM
a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display
b) Obtaining target information
c) Errors in interpretation of target data
d) Errors in definition and explanation of the displayed data
e) System utilization applications for data verification
f) Risks of over-reliance on ARPA
g) Obtaining data from ARPA displays
h) Implementation of rules on prevention of collision
8) ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM (ECDIS)
a) Management of system files and data, operating methods
b) Using ECDIS playback function to review route planning of navigation and system functions
MAINTAIN THE SAFETY OF NAVIGATION THROUGH THE USE OF ECDIS AND
ASSOCIATED NAVİGATION SYSTEMS TO ASSIST COMMAND DECISION MAKING
1. Manage procurement, licensing and updating of chart data and system software to
conform to established procedures
2. System and information updating, including the ability to update ECDIS
3. System version in accordance with vendor’s product development
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
7
4. Create and maintain system configuration and backup files
5. Create and maintain log files in accordance with established procedures
6. Create and maintain route plan files in accordance with establishedvprocedures
7. Use ECDIS log-book and track history functions for inspection of system functions,
alarm settings and user responses
METEOROLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY
1) SYNOPTIC CHARTS AND WEATHER FORECAST
a) Pressure and wind systems of the World
b) Weather condition depending on the main air mass types
c) Synoptic and prognostic charts and forecasts
d) Classification of marine forecast codes and fax transmissions
e) Main types, sources and movements of floating ice
f) Guiding principles related to the safe navigation around ice
g) Conditions, dangers and solutions of ice accumulation on the upper side of the ship
2) CHARACTERISTICS OF DIFFERENT AIR SYSTEMS
a) Formation, structure and weather condition depending on the main weather fronts
b) Frontal and non-frontal pressure regions and related weather condition
c) Formation of non-frontal air systems and weather condition
d) Tropical cyclones
3) OCEAN CURRENT SYSTEMS
a) Circulation of surface water in the oceans and interconnecting seas
b) Voyage planning principles according to the wave heights and air conditions
c) Formation of sea waves and swells
MARITIME LAW
1) INTRODUCTION TO MARITIME LAW
Definition, scope and branches of the maritime law
2) MARITIME PUBLIC LAW
Definition, scope and branches of the maritime public law
3) MARITIME PRIVATE LAW
Definition, scope and branches of the maritime private law
4) SHIP
a) Ship definitions
b) Registration of ships
c) Right of flag bearing
d) Ship's seaworthiness, suitability for voyage and cargo
e) Inspections on the ships and dimensions
f) Provisions for safety of life and property at sea
g) Number and competence of the seafarers
h) Legal aspects of pilotage
i) Board documentation (Documents, ship’s certificate, ship’s log book, tonnage certificate,
etc. which shall be kept available on board)
j) Bill of Lading
k) Sea report
5) MASTER
a) Definition of Master
b) Powers and responsibilities of Master as per the public law
c) Powers and responsibilities of Master as per the private law
d) Disciplinary power of the Master on board and his powers and duties in case of a legal
violation
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
8
6) SHIPOWNER
a) Definition of the shipowner
b) Shipowner, responsibilities and rights
7) FREIGHT CONVENTIONS
a) Types of freight conventions
b) Legal characteristics of freight conventions
c) Responsibilities
d) Layday - Demurrage
e) Bill of Lading
f) Termination of freight conventions
8) MARINE ACCIDENTS
a) Collision
b) Sea report
c) Particular and general averages
d) Rescue and aid
9) OUR NATIONAL MARITIME LEGISLATION IN GENERAL
a) Cabotage Law
b) Maritime Labor Act
c) Law of Arrest and Seizure at Sea
d) Provisions of penal and procedure laws related to maritime
e) Knowledge in customs and smuggling regulations
f) Ports law, port regulations
g) Regulation for Seafarers
h) Coastal Health Legislation
i) Related sections of Law on Fees
j) Master instructions (taking over, keeping and using)
k) Law No 4922 on Smuggling
MARINE INSURANCES
1) INSURANCE AND INSURANCE LAW
a) Definition of insurance
b) Legal and economic requirements of insurance
c) Types of insurance
d) Marine insurances
e) Insurance policy
2) BOAT AND MACHINERY INSURANCES
a) Scope and conditions of insurance
b) Relations with the insurance company
3) CLUB INSURANCES
a) Scope and conditions of insurance
b) Relations with the insurance company
SHIP MANEUVERS 1) FACTORS AFFECTING THE SHIP MANEUVERS
a) Environmental Conditions
b) Competence in maneuvering
2) DRIVING POWER AND RESISTANCES IN MANEUVER
a) Resistances related to the air
i) Still-air resistance
ii) Wind resistance
b) Resistances related to the water
3) ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THE MAIN MACHINERY AS PER THEIR
FUNCTIONS IN MANEUVERING AND TYPES
4) PROPELLER
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
9
a) FIXED PITCH PROPELLER
b) Variable pitch propeller
c) Effects of right and left hand propellers ahead
d) Ships with double propeller
5) STEERING
a) Steering effects on ships with single propeller
b) Steering effects on ships with double propeller
6) BOW THRUSTER, AFT THRUSTER
a) Operating principles
b) Its effects while using with the steering
7) LINES
a) Effects of the lines during boarding/shore off
b) Other line maneuvers
8) TURNING CIRCLE
9) SHALLOW WATER
a) Definition of shallow water
b) Effects of shallow water, squad
c) Navigation at shallow waters, bank absorption
10) PROPER METHODS FOR ANCHORING AND KNOTTING
11) TUGBOAT
a) Tugboat line knotting methods
b) Using the tugboats in maneuvers
CARGO OPERATIONS AND SHIP STABILITY
1) PLANNING AND EXECUTING SAFE LOADING, BULKING AND STORING
OPERATIONS AND MONITORING DURING THE VOYAGE AND THE
EVACUATION
a) International rules, codes and standards on safe handling, bulking, storing and transfer of the
cargo
b) Evaluating deficiencies and damages reported on cargo sections, hatch covers and ballast
tanks
c) Plans and activities in accordance with international rules
2) EFFECT OF CARGO AND LOADING OPERATIONS ON TRIM AND STABILITY
Draft, trim and stability
3) STABILITY AND TRIM DIAGRAMS AND EQUIPMENT FOR STRESS
CALCULATIONS
a) Shearing forces, bending moments, torsions
b) Compliance with minimum free board requirements of load-line rules
c) Use of vector diagrams for calculation of stresses on the cargo gears
d) Use of Automatic Data-Based (ADB) equipment
4) BULKING AND STORING CARGO ONBOARD; STORING BY THE USE OF
CARGO HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND MOORING EQUIPMENT
a) Timber deck cargoes
b) Procedures of receiving, tallying (scoring) and delivering cargo
c) Cargo care during carriage
d) Requirements applicable to the cargo handling gear
e) Maintenance of cargo gears
f) Maintenance of hatch covers
5) SAFE LOADING AND UNLOADING OPERATIONS
a) Loading and unloading operations especially related to carriage in the "Code of Safe Practice
for Cargo Stowage and Securing"
b) Loading, stowing and unloading heavy cargoes
c) Supervision of cargo during carriage
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
10
d) Fumigation methods and safety measures for the holds
6) TANKERS AND TANKER OPERATIONS
a) Terms and definitions
b) Contents and implementation of ISGOTT
c) Petrol tanker operations and relevant rules on prevention of pollution
d) Chemical tankers
e) Tank cleaning and measures for pollution prevention on chemical tankers
f) Liquefied gas tankers
g) Cargo operations on liquefied gas tankers
7) DANGEROUS. RISKY AND DESTRUCTIVE CARGO CARRIAGE
a) International rules (IMDG and IMSB Code), standards, codes and guidelines for the carriage
of dangerous cargo
b) Dangerous cargoes in packages
c) Solid bulk cargoes
d) IMO Grain rules
8) OPERATIONAL AND DESİGN LIMITATIONS ON BULK CARGO SHIPS
a) Use of loading, maintenance and unloading documents on bulk cargo ships
b) Preparing a Safe Cargo Handling Method in accordance with IMSBC Code, IMDG Code,
MARPOL 73/78 Annex III and V and other related documents
c) Fulfilling basic requirements in order to establish an effective communication between Ship
and Port workers
d) Interpreting bending and twisting limit values of important structural elements of a standard
bulk cargo ship
e) Methods for avoiding a possible damage on bulk cargo ships due to faulty loading, fatigue
and corrosion
LEADERSHIP AND TEAM WORK SKILLS
1. MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE PERSONNEL
Knowledge on crew management and training
2. LEGISLATION
National legislation knowledge with relevant international maritime legislation and
recommendations
3. SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT
a) Planning and cooperation
b) Personnel assignment
c) Limitations on time and resource
d) Prioritization
4. KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING EFFECTIVE RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
a) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources
b) Effective communication on board and on shore
c) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience
d) Motivation, pioneering and leadership
e) Obtaining and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation
5. KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING THE DECISION MAKING
TECHNIQUES
a) Situation and risk assessment
b) Determining and considering the possible options
c) Choosing how to progress on an action
d) Assessing the effectiveness of the result
6. STANDARD OPERATING METHODS
ANNEX - 5
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
11
Development, application and supervision of the standard operating methods
The above mentioned trainings shall not be given less than 700 hours.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
Management level training shall only be given in the institutions offering operational
level trainings. The tools and equipment in the institutions offering Operational Level Trainings
are sufficient for this training.
ANNEX - 6
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING-CLASS ENGINE, ABLE SEAFARER
ENGINE AND ELECTRO-TECHNICAL RATING TRAININGS,
1
a) Seafarer engine
1) CURRICULUM
RATING-CLASS SEAFARER TRAININGS, ENGINE
ENGINE KNOWLEDGE
1) GENERAL ENGINE KNOWLEDGE
a) Preparation, operation and management of the ship diesel engine
b) Inspection devices’ and equipment’s (bridge gages, comparator, plastic gages, thermometers,
pyrometer, pressure gauge, vacuum gauge, indicator etc.) tasks and their usage
c) General information about ship lines
d) General information on the various lines in the engine room
2) CARRY OUT A WATCH ROUTINE APPROPRIATE TO THE DUTIES OF A RATING
FORMING PART OF AN ENGINE-ROOM WATCH UNDERSTAND ORDERS AND BE
UNDERSTOOD IN MATTERS RELEVANT TO WATCHKEEPING DUTIES
a) Terms used in machinery spaces and names of machinery and equipment
b) Engine-room watchkeeping procedures
c) Safe working practices as related to engine-room operations
d) Basic environmental protection procedures
e) Use of appropriate internal communication system
f) Engine-room alarm systems and ability to distinguish between the various alarms,with
special reference to fire-extinguishing gas alarms
g) Engine-room watchkeeping arrangement and methods
h) Carry out safe Engine-room watchkeeping
i) Carry out safe Engine-room watchkeeping at port
3) FOR KEEPING A BOILER WATCH: MAINTAIN THE CORRECT WATER LEVELS AND
STEAM PRESSURES
a) Safe operation of boilers
b) Information on types, parts and tasks of steam boilers
c) Starting and stopping of steam boilers
d) Cleaning, maintenance and repair works of steam boilers
4) OPERATE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT AND APPLY EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
a) Knowledge of emergency duties
b) Escape routes from machinery spaces
c) Familiarity with the location and use of fire-fighting equipment in the machinery spaces
ELECTRICAL KNOWLEDGE
a) Maintenance of DC motors and generators
b) General information about alternating current motors and generators
c) General information about current generators
d) Distribution boards, functions, measurement and control devices
e) electric generators and motors, switches, measures to be taken in maintenance and repair
of distribution boards
f) Maintenance of cables
g) Accumulators, places where they are used, maintenance, charging
MARITIME SAFETY AND SHIP SECURITY
It shall include the curricula specified in items 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical parts of the
trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried out as specified in ANNEX-16.
PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE
a) Use of files, chisels and blasters
ANNEX - 6
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING-CLASS ENGINE, ABLE SEAFARER
ENGINE AND ELECTRO-TECHNICAL RATING TRAININGS,
2
b) Introduction and use of mechanical hand tools
c) Metal marking, cutting, binding and punching operations
d) Electric arc welding, oxy-acetylene welding use
e) Soft and hard soldering
f) Threading, countersinking, lathering
(1) The above mentioned compulsory trainings shall not take less than 256 hours and 6 weeks..
(2) Seafarers who are successfully completed the trainings specified in Articles 22 and 23 of this
Directive previously at the institutions approved by the Administration are exempted from
maritime safety and ship security training.
ANNEX - 6
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING-CLASS ENGINE, ABLE SEAFARER
ENGINE AND ELECTRO-TECHNICAL RATING TRAININGS,
3
b) Able seafarer engine
TRAINING CURRICULUM OF ABLE SEAFARER ENGINE
SHIP MACHINERY
1) CONTRIBUTE TO A SAFE ENGINEERING WATCH
a) Ability to understand orders and to communicate with the officer of the watch in matters
relevant to watchkeeping duties
b) Procedures for the relief, maintenance and handover of a watch
c) Information required to maintain a safe watch
2) CONTRIBUTE TO THE MONITORING AND CONTROLLING OF AN ENGINE-ROOM
WATCH
a) Basic knowledge of the function and operation of main propulsion and auxiliary
machinery
b) Basic understanding of main propulsion and auxiliary machinery control pressures,
temperatures and levels
3) CONTRIBUTE TO FUELLING AND OIL TRANSFER OPERATIONS
a) Preparations for fuelling and transfer operations
b) Procedures for connecting and disconnecting fuelling and transfer hoses
c) Procedures relating to incidents that may arise during fuelling or transferring operation
d) Securing from fuelling and transfer operations
e) Ability to correctly measure and report tank levels
4) CONTRIBUTE TO BILGE AND BALLAST OPERATIONS
a) Knowledge of the safe function, operation and maintenance of the bilge and ballast
systems,
b) Reporting incidents associated with transfer operations
c) Ability to correctly measure and report tank levels
5) CONTRIBUTE TO THE OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY
Safe operation of equipment, including:
a) Valves and pumps
b) Hoists and lifting equipment
c) Hatches, watertight doors, ports and related equipment
d) Ability to use and understand basic crane, winch and hoist signals
6) SAFE USE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
a) Safety precautions before commencing work or repair
b) Isolation procedures
c) Emergency procedures
d) Different voltages on board
e) Knowledge of the causes of electric shock and precautions to be observed to prevent
shock
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
1) CONTRIBUTE TO SHIPBOARD MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
a) Knowledge of surface preparation techniques
b) Ability to use painting, lubrication and cleaning materials and equipment
c) Knowledge of safe disposal of waste materials
d) Ability to understand and execute routine maintenance and repair procedures
e) Understanding manufacturer’s safety guidelines and shipboard instructions
f) Knowledge of the application, maintenance and use of hand and power tools and
measuring instruments and machine tools
ANNEX - 6
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING-CLASS ENGINE, ABLE SEAFARER
ENGINE AND ELECTRO-TECHNICAL RATING TRAININGS,
4
g) Knowledge of metalwork
MARITIME SAFETY, PERSONEL HEALT AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES
1) CONTRIBUTE TO THE HANDLING OF STORES
Knowledge of procedures for safe handling, stowage and securing of stores
2) APPLY PRECAUTIONS AND CONTRIBUTE TO THE PREVENTION OF POLLUTION
OF THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT
a) Knowledge of the precautions to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment
b) Knowledge of use and operation of anti-pollution equipment
c) Knowledge of approved methods for disposal of marine pollutants
3) Apply occupational health and safety procedures
4) WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES
a) Personal shipboard safety, including:
b) Electrical safety
c) Lockout/tag-out
d) Mechanical safety
e) Permit to work systems
f) Working aloft
g) Working in enclosed spaces
h) Lifting techniques and methods of preventing back injury
i) Chemical and biohazard safety
j) Personal safety equipment
Compulsory trainings provided above; shall be given for a total of 80 hours, not exceeding 8
hours a day. This training does not include Basic Maritime Safety Trainings and practices and
Ship Security training.
ANNEX - 6
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING-CLASS ENGINE, ABLE SEAFARER
ENGINE AND ELECTRO-TECHNICAL RATING TRAININGS,
5
c)Electro-technical rating training
TRAINING CURRICULUM OF ELECTRO-TECHNICAL RATING
SAFE USE AND OPERATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,
1) SAFE USE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
a) Safety precautions before commencing work or repair
b) Isolation procedures
c) Emergency procedures
d) Different voltages on board
e) Knowledge of the causes of electric shock and precautions to be observed to prevent
shock
2) CONTRIBUTE TO MONITORING THE OPERATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND
MACHINERY
a) Prime movers, including main propulsion plant
b) Engine-room auxiliary machineries
c) Steering systems
d) Cargo-handling systems
e) Deck machineries
f) Hotel systems
g) Electro-technology and electrical machines theory
h) Electrical power distribution boards and electrical equipment
i) Fundamentals of automation, automatic control systems and technology
j) Instrumentation, alarm and monitoring systems
k) Electrical drives
l) Electro-hydraulic and electro-pneumatic control systems
m) Coupling, load sharing. Changes in electrical configuration 3) USE HAND TOOLS, ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT
FOR FAULT FINDING, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OPERATIONS
a) Safety requirements for working on shipboard electrical systems
b) Application of safe working practices
c) Construction and operational characteristics of shipboard AC and DC systems and
equipment
d) Use of measuring instruments, machine tools, and hand and power tools
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
1) CONTRIBUTE TO SHIPBOARD MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
a) Ability to use lubrication and cleaning materials and equipment
b) Knowledge of safe disposal of waste materials
c) Ability to understand and execute routine maintenance and repair procedures
d) Understanding manufacturer’s safety guidelines and shipboard instructions
2) CONTRIBUTE TO THE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
AND MACHINERY ON BOARD
a) Basic knowledge of electro-technical drawings and safe isolation of equipment and
associated
b) Systems required before personnel are permitted to work on such plant or equipment test,
detect faults and maintain and restore electrical control equipment and machinery to
operating condition
c) Electrical and electronic equipment operating in flammable areas
d) Basics of ship’s fire-detection system
ANNEX - 6
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING-CLASS ENGINE, ABLE SEAFARER
ENGINE AND ELECTRO-TECHNICAL RATING TRAININGS,
6
e) Carrying out safe maintenance and repair procedures
f) Detection of machinery malfunction, location of faults and action to prevent damage
g) Maintenance and repair of lighting fixtures and supply system
MARITIME SAFETY, PERSONNEL HEALTH AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES
1) CONTRIBUTE TO THE HANDLING OF STORES
Knowledge of procedures for safe handling, stowage and securing of stores
2) APPLY PRECAUTIONS AND CONTRIBUTE TO THE PREVENTION OF POLLUTION
OF THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT
a) Knowledge of the precautions to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment
b) Knowledge of use and operation of anti-pollution equipment
c) Knowledge of approved methods for disposal of marine pollutants
3) APPLY OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROCEDURES
a) Personal shipboard safety, including:
b) Electrical safety
c) Lockout/tag-out
d) Mechanical safety
e) Permit to work systems
f) Working aloft
g) Working in enclosed spaces
h) Lifting techniques and methods of preventing back injury
i) Chemical and biohazard safety
j) Personal safety equipment
BASIC MARITIME SAFETY TRAININGS AND SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS
Curriculum shall include the trainings as set out in Article 22 and Security Familiarization,
Security Awareness, And Designated Security Duties training specified in Article 23 of this
Directive. The practical parts of the trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried
out as specified in ANNEX-16.
Compulsory trainings provided above shall be given for a total of 120 hours, not exceeding 8
hours a day.
ANNEX - 6
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING-CLASS ENGINE, ABLE SEAFARER
ENGINE AND ELECTRO-TECHNICAL RATING TRAININGS,
7
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
a) To be able to provide these trainings, it is necessary to have equipment specified at the Engine
Restricted Operation level.
b) In addition to the training for electro technical rating training, it is necessary to have the
following equipment .
MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME
--Brushless Alternator
- Electric motor,
- Electric motor start circuit
- Main switch
- Dashboard
- Generator control and synchronization module
- Main Distribution Panel (380 V, 220 V)
- Emergency Distribution Panel (380 VV, 220 V)
- Asynchronous motor start / stop circuits
- Asynchronous motor Forward / Reverse circuits
- Asynchronous motor star triangle circuits
- Asynchronous motor Soft Starter
- Make and Run Asynchronous Motor Control Circuit
Connections
- Reverse current relay
- Frequency Relay
- Voltage Relay
- Insulation Monitoring Relay
LAB
- ELECTRICAL TEST
AND EXPERIMENT
BENCH
- ELECTRICITY
PRODUCTION
EXPERIMENT SET
- MOTOR CONTROL
COMMAND
EXPERIMENT SET
- SENSOR EXPERIMENT
AND TEST PANEL
ANNEX - 7
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE RESTRICTED OPERATION LEVEL
TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
CURRICULUM FOR ENGINE RESTRICTED OPERATION LEVEL TRAINING
DIESEL ENGINES AND OPERATIONS a) Operating principles of engines
b) P-V and (T-S) Timing diagrams
c) Scavenging and supercharging
d) Movable and fixed components of engines and their functions
e) Valve operating mechanisms
f) Combustion in diesel engines
g) Fuels used in diesel engines and their properties
h) Methods for fuel injection
i) Fuel pumps and injectors
j) Fuel lines
k) Lubrication
l) Oils used in diesel engines and their properties
m) Lubricating oil lines
n) Cooling lines
o) Starting air lines
p) Methods for starting air
q) Exhaust and air inlet lines
r) Navigational preparations
s) Controls and operations during watchkeeping
t) Periodical maintenance on diesel engines
SHIP AUXILIARY MACHINES AND SYSTEMS
a) Boiler types
b) Sections and functions of boilers
c) Firing up the boilers
d) Fuel and air systems of boilers
e) Maintenance of boilers
f) Pump types and operations
g) Air compressors
h) Windlass, winches, cranes, davits
i) Steering gears
j) Bilge line and bilge separators
k) Ballast line
l) Fire line
m) Fresh water line
n) Heating and ventilating lines
o) Fans
p) Evaporators
q) Oil and fuel separators
r) Shaft and stern tube
s) Structures, types and operating principles of coolers
t) Ice pound systems
u) Heating-cooling and ventilating systems
ANNEX - 7
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE RESTRICTED OPERATION LEVEL
TRAINING
2
ELECTRICAL KNOWLEDGE
13. CHARACTERISTICS OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ON BOARD
a) Voltage distribution systems
b) Principles of generators and engines
c) Direct current generators and engines
d) Alternative current generators and engines
e) Automatic voltage regulator
f) Emergency systems
g) Accumulators
h) Measurement instruments
i) Distribution panels
j) Cables
k) Transformers
l) Ammeters, potentiometer
m) Basic security
n) On board communication systems
o) Preparing, operating, parallel connecting and changing the generators
14. MAINTENANCE ON ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
a) Safety requirements which shall be fulfilled by the person assigned to a duty on the
electrical systems of the ship
b) Safe isolation methods to be followed before assigned to a duty on electrical equipment
c) Maintenance on electrical system equipment, switchboard, electrical motors, generators
and direct current electrical systems and equipment
d) Troubleshooting in electrical systems, error locations and measures preventing damage,
e) Production and operation of electrical testing and measurement devices
TRAININGS ON SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY
1) It shall include the curricula specified in the Articles 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical
parts of the trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried out as specified in
ANNEX-16. The student should complete these trainings before joining the ship for maritime
training.
2) EMERGENCY ACTIONS
a) Measures for protection of passengers in case of emergencies
b) Initial damage survey and damage controls
c) Operations that should be performed after collision, measures to be taken after collision
d) Operations that should be performed after grounding
e) Measures to be taken when the ship is aground or stranded
f) Operations that should be performed after grounding
g) Emergency steering gears
h) Methods and gears for tugging or being tugged
i) Assistance to the vessels in danger
j) Measures to be taken and procedures to be performed in case of an emergency at port
k) Being familiar with the contents of International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and
Rescue (IAMSAR) Handbook
3) PREVENTION METHODS FOR SEA POLLUTION
SHIP BUILDING
a) Ship sizes and types
b) Hull structure
c) Fore and aft
d) Equipment
e) Loading line marks and draft values
f) Overflow
g) Buoyancy
ANNEX - 7
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE RESTRICTED OPERATION LEVEL
TRAINING
3
h) Fresh water allowance
i) Static stability
j) Initial stability
k) Inclination angle
MARITIME LAW a) Fundamental knowledge in IMO Conventions (SOLAS, MARPOL) on marine safety and
protection of marine environment and their implementation
b) Requirements of Act on Safety of Life and Property at Sea
c) Act on Ports
d) Requirements of Act on Fees
e) Maritime Labor Act
f) Definition, powers and responsibilities of Master
g) Sea accidents and collision
h) Averages
i) Rescue and aid
j) Ship documents available on board
(1) The above mentioned compulsory trainings shall not take less than 350 hours and maximum
8 hours training session is given each day.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
As a minimum requirement, the tools and equipment which are listed below shall be
kept available for the above mentioned Engine Department Rating training.
S.NO MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME
1. Training cassettes/CDs(in accordance with the training
delivered) TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT FOR
BASIC TRAINING 2. Desk, table (1 for Each Student)
3. Board
4. Library including the course books stated in the curriculum
certificated by the Board of Education and Discipline and other
professional publications (SOLAS, MARPOL, COLREG,
MERSAR, IMDG, SMCP, other International Rules and
Regulations, Maritime Labor Act, Maritime Commercial Law,
Navigation Books, Cargo Operation Books, Books for Ship
Building and Stability, Books for Safety at Sea)
5. Ram Lines BASIC MARINE
SAFETY AND
SECURITY
LABORATORY
6. Life Buoys (Qty: Student Capacity/6)
7. Life Jackets (Qty: Student Capacity/6)
8. Parachute Flares
9. Hand Flares
10. Smoke Signals
11. Line Throwing Appliance
ANNEX - 7
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE RESTRICTED OPERATION LEVEL
TRAINING
4
S.NO MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME
12. Diving Suit
13. Thermal Protected Suit
14. Signals, Flags, Table of Figures
15. Simple Handheld VHF Radio
16. Life Raft and Hydrostatic Lock
17. Foam Applicator Unit
18. Fire Hose, Fire Blanket, Nozzle Types, Multi-Purpose Nozzle,
Sleeve and Sleeve Key
19. Water Minimax, CO2 Minimax, Foam Minimax, Powder
Minimax (1 for Each)
20. Fire Alarm, Fire Alarm Button, Smoke Detectors
21. Emergency Escape Breathing Device (EEBD)
22. Fire Outfit (1 Suit) (Additionally, Axe, Life Line, Light, Helmet,
Gloves, Boots)
23. Fire Hoses
24. Model for Search and Rescue (1 pc)
25. Respiratory Device Set (Mask, Oxygen Tube, Depressurizing
Valve), (1 pc)
26. First-aid materials
27. Tools and equipment available in the ship hospital
28. Materials used for the first medical intervention to fractures
29. Materials and various bandages necessary for the medical
dressing
30. Model for artificial respiration
31. Stretcher
32. International Communications Book indicating methods for
medical help requests
33. Diagrams Showing the Body Structure
34. Special Bandages
35. Metal handheld detector
36. Handheld radios
37. Alarm circuits
38. Door locks
39. Physical barriers
40. Door alarm and monitoring systems
ANNEX - 7
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE RESTRICTED OPERATION LEVEL
TRAINING
5
S.NO MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME
41. Various flash lights and lighting equipment
42. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System
43. Engine log book BASIC ENGINE
RATING
LABORATORY 44. Oil record book
45. Four-stroke diesel engine (it should have at least 4 cylinders in
operation)
46. Exhaust and suction valves, injectors, relief valves, fuel pump
47. Turbocharger
48. Cover
49. Liner
50. Piston and equipment
51. Starting air distributor
52. Starting air valves
53. Various pumps
54. Various valves
55. Steam traps
56. Snap-ring pliers
57. Piped coolers/Cooler model and components or graphical view
58. Air compressors
59. Piping tools
60. Deck machinery
61. Ammeters, Potentiometers, Wattmeter
62. Thermometer types
63. Inclinometer (Clinometer)
64. Barometer
65. Lead and alkaline batteries, hydrometer
66. Solenoid, iron-core solenoid
67. AC and DC alternator and engine models
68. Engine starters, circuit breakers, switches, fuses
69. Transformer section
70. Over current, reverse power, low voltage protection relays
71. Main distribution panel
ANNEX - 7
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE RESTRICTED OPERATION LEVEL
TRAINING
6
S.NO MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME
72. A 3D model ship/yacht section showing structural elements of
the ships
73. EPIRB
74. SART
75. Helicopter rescue sling
76. Fire detectors
77. Paint shop materials
78. Tape Measure (Water Sounder)
79. Tape Measure (Fuel Sounder)
80. Fuel paste
81. Water paste
82. Distilled water for battery
83. White Rag
84. A Piece of Cloth
85. Bucket
86. Chip
87. Oil Spill Kit (Materials Preventing Sea Pollution)
88. Dustpan
89. Wire line and fiber lines
90. Necessary knot types
91. Deck machinery or graphic view
92. Helmet, safety shoes, safety belt
93. Electric welding machine and consumables
94. Oxy-acetylene welding and consumables
95. Soldering machine and consumables
ANNEX - 8
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR
TRANSITION FROM RESTRICTED CHIEF ENGINEER COMPETENCY TO
ENGINEERING OFFICER COMPETENCY (750-2999 KW)
1
1) CURRICULUM
COMPENSATION TRAINING CURRICULUM FOR TRANSITION FROM
RESTRICTED CHIEF ENGINEER COMPETENCY TO ENGINEERING
OFFICER COMPETENCY (750-2999 KW)
ENGLISH
a) Basic English
b) Maritime English
CHEMISTRY
a) Basic concepts and laws
b) Acids and bases
c) Water chemistry, water test and water treatment
d) Corrosion
e) Fuels and oils
TECHNICAL DRAWING
a) Types of technical drawing
b) Line Drawing
c) Perspective, Projection
d) Development
e) Screw threads and fasteners
f) Locking tools and retainers
g) Rivet-type connection
h) Welded connections
i) Scaling
j) Stoppers and inserts
k) Geometric tolerance
l) Cams
m) Bearings
n) Felts
o) Lubricating ball and roller bearings
ANNEX - 8
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR
TRANSITION FROM RESTRICTED CHIEF ENGINEER COMPETENCY TO
ENGINEERING OFFICER COMPETENCY (750-2999 KW)
2
THERMODYNAMICS
a) Definitions and basic principles
b) First law of thermodynamics
c) Thermodynamic systems
d) Energy exchange
e) Conduction
f) Gases
g) Ideal gases
h) Thermodynamic process
i) Heat machine cycle
j) Ideal gas cycle
k) Rankine cycle
l) Refrigeration cycles
MATERIAL KNOWLEDGE
1) CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR MATERIALS
a) Properties and usage
b) Operations Basic metallurgy,
c) metals and operations
d) Non-metal materials
e) Materials under load
f) Vibration
DIESEL ENGINES
a) Diesel engine cycles, two-stroke and four-stroke engines
b) P-V Diagram, timing diagram.
c) Scavenging air systems and turbochargers
d) Structures of trunk engines
e) Structures of crochet engines
f) Structure of diesel engines
g) Fuel injection systems
h) Combustion
i) Fuels
j) Diesel engine systems
k) Cooling water systems
l) Sea water systems
m) Lubrication and lubricating oil systems
n) Starting air systems
o) Exhaust systems
p) Fuel systems
q) Maneuvering preparations
r) Principles for keeping a safe watch
ANNEX - 8
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR
TRANSITION FROM RESTRICTED CHIEF ENGINEER COMPETENCY TO
ENGINEERING OFFICER COMPETENCY (750-2999 KW)
3
SHIP ENGINE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
1) PREPARING, OPERATING, TROUBLESHOOTING THE ENGINE AND CONTROL
SYSTEMS AND MEASURES FOR PREVENTING DAMAGE
a) Operation and maintenance of auxiliary boilers
b) Boiler malfunctions
c) Corrosion on boilers,
d) Use of sea and fresh water on boilers,
e) Fresh water treatment and water test,
f) Operation and maintenance of pumps
g) Operation and maintenance of compressors
h) Pressurized air systems and distribution
i) Bilge separator and operation and maintenance of waste water assembly
j) Operation and maintenance of the oil and fuel separator
k) Operation and maintenance of evaporators
l) Operation and maintenance of shaft systems
m) Operation and maintenance of deck machinery
n) Operation and maintenance of the steering system
o) Using the internal communication systems
p) Main engine and auxiliary systems
q) Steam boilers and auxiliary system and steam systems
r) Other auxiliary systems
2) ENGINE ROOM RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
a) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources
b) Effective communication
c) Pioneering and leadership
d) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience
e) Obtaining and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation
f) Importance of group experience
3) MEASURES TO BE TAKEN TO PREVENT MARINE POLLUTION
a) MARPOL 73/78 Convention
b) Measures to be taken to prevent pollution of the marine environment and its importance
c) Marine pollution prevention procedures and related equipment
SHIP AUXILIARY ENGINES
a) Structure of the auxiliary boiler
b) Auxiliary boiler and steam distribution
c) Operation of the auxiliary boiler
d) Heat exchangers
e) Evaporators and distillation principles
f) Types and operating principles of pumps
g) Pumping systems and control systems
h) Ballast, bilge, fire pumps and systems
i) Types and operating principles of air compressors
j) Fuel and lubricating oil separators
k) Bilge separator and waste water systems
l) Evaporators, incinerators
m) Alternators, generators and control systems
n) Deck machinery
o) Steering tube system and Shaft system
p) Propeller types
ANNEX - 8
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPENSATION TRAINING FOR
TRANSITION FROM RESTRICTED CHIEF ENGINEER COMPETENCY TO
ENGINEERING OFFICER COMPETENCY (750-2999 KW)
4
q) Steering principles
r) Hydraulic control systems for steering
s) Electrical control for steering
t) Emergency steering system,
u) Structures, types and operating principles of coolers
v) Ice pound systems
w) Heating-cooling and ventilating systems
The aforementioned trainings shall take minimum 350 hours not exceeding 8 hours per day.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
In order to be able to provide these trainings, it is necessary to have equipment specified at the
Engine Restricted Operation level.
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
CURRICULUM FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
MARITIME ENGLISH
a) Basic English
b) Ships and classification of the commercial ships by ship type
c) Ship sizes and tonnage concepts
d) Technical and commercial ship management
e) Definition and functions of organizations and institutions which will be contacted by the
ship management company
f) Analysis of structural components of the ship, definition of various types of equipment
and mechanism as to different types of ships
g) Operating principles of internal combustion engines
h) Movable and immovable parts of ship’s diesel engines
i) Fuels and Combustion
j) Lubricating oil system in ship's diesel engines
k) Starting air system in Ship’s Diesel Engines
l) Cooling system in Ship's diesel engines
m) Propellers and driver systems
n) Pumps and compressors
o) Boilers and turbines
p) Fresh water generators, separators, bilge separator
q) Heating, cooling and air-conditioning systems
r) Engine room preparations before arrival and departure
s) Fuel and lubricating oil lines
t) Cooling water line
u) Compressed air lines
v) Exhaust lines
w) Ballast and bilge lines
x) Fire lines
y) Tanks and layout plans
z) Being familiar with the machinery and equipment operating manuals and their usage
aa) Turbocharger types, operating principles and components
bb) Separators
cc) Steering and steering systems
dd) Electricity production and distribution systems
ee) On board communication standard phrases (SMCP - Chapter B)
ff) Security on board
gg) Reporting the accidents and communication
hh) Preventing pollution during fuel and ballast operations
ii) General emergency alarm
jj) Fire prevention, notification
kk) Man Overboard
ll) Abandoning the ship and muster drills
MATHEMATICS
a) Linear algebra
b) Matrices, determinants
c) Vectors
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
2
d) Complex numbers
e) Indices
f) Algebra
g) Trigonometry
h) Taylor and MacLaurin formula
i) Differential, Integral and integration methods
j) Series
k) Mathematical calculations with integers and common fractions
l) Calculations with decimals and rounding
m) Calculations with exponents and radicals
n) Logarithm, usage of logarithmic charts
o) Algebra
p) Graphics
q) Ratio, deviation and interpolation
r) Limit and Derivative
s) Geometry
t) Calculations for Area and Volume
u) Complex numbers
v) Measuring
w) Uncertainties in measuring
PHYSICS
a) Mass and volume
b) Velocity, acceleration, resistance and force laws
c) Work, energy and power
d) Fluids
e) Heat, temperature, heating value, specific heat capacity
f) Heat transfer
g) Wave movement
h) Electrostatics
i) Current and resistance
j) Electromagnetic induction
k) Electromagnetic wave
CHEMISTRY
a) Basic concepts and laws
b) Atomic structure
c) Chemical bonds
d) Solutions
e) Heat, velocity and stability in chemical reactions
f) Acids and bases
g) Water chemistry, water test and water treatment
h) Corrosion
i) Fuels and oils
j) Sea paints
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
3
MECHANICAL SCIENCES
a) Vectorial algebra and vector systems
b) Force systems, center of mass
c) Physical point statics
d) Stability
e) Moment
f) Friction and friction laws
g) Velocity and acceleration
h) Linear motion
i) Curvilinear motion
j) Newton's second law
k) Physical point dynamics
l) Work and energy
m) Hydrostatics
n) Hydraulics
TECHNICAL DRAWING
a) Types of technical drawing
b) Drawing
c) Perspective, Projection
d) Development
e) Screw threads and fasteners
f) Locking tools and retainers
g) Rivet-type connection
h) Welded connections
i) Scaling
j) Stoppers and inserts
k) Geometric tolerance
l) Cams
m) Bearings
n) Felts
o) Lubricating ball and roller bearings
p) Technical drawing implementations
q) Roughness of the surface
r) Sectioning
s) Finding the real sizes, developments and intersections
t) Gear profile and construction drawings
u) Assembly drawings
SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY TRAINING
It shall include the curricula specified in the Articles 22 and 23 of this Directive. The practical
parts of the trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried out as specified in
ANNEX-16. The student should complete these trainings before joining the ship for maritime
training.
Moreover, the curriculum should include the training in Article 25 along with the training
stated in Article 27.
In addition to the above:
1) MEASURES FOR PROTECTION AND SECURITY OF PASSENGERS AND CREW AT
TIME OF INTERVENTION IN EMERGENCIES
a) Contingency plans for giving response to emergencies
b) Measures for protection and security of passengers in case of emergency
2) ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN AFTER COLLISION AND GROUNDING
a) Measures to be taken when the ship is stranded
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
4
b) Actions to be performed in case of grounding
c) Actions to be performed after collision
d) Damage limitation after fire or explosion and maritime salvage methods
e) Methods for abandonment of the ship
f) Use of auxiliary steering gear and equipping the emergency steering arrangements
g) Tugging and arrangements for tugging
3) RESCUING PEOPLE AT SEA, HELPING THE SHIP IN DISTRESS AND EMERGENCIES
AT PORT
a) Rescuing people on ship in distress
b) Actions to be performed in case of emergency at port
c) Preparations for assisting the ship in distress
4) GIVING RESPONSE TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA
a) Search and rescue
b) International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR)
INTRODUCTION TO SHIP ENGINES
a) Main and Auxiliary Engines
b) Internal combustion engines
c) Diesel Engines and gasoline engines
d) Operating principles
e) Low, medium and high speed engines
f) Boilers
g) Boiler types
h) Steam turbines
i) Steam turbine components
j) Steam turbine circuits
k) Heat exchangers
l) Evaporators and distillation principles
m) Gas turbines
n) Gas turbine cycles
THERMODYNAMICS
a) Definitions and basic principles
b) First law of thermodynamics
c) Thermodynamic systems
d) Heat and work
e) Second law of thermodynamics
f) Entropy and heat energy
g) Carnot principle and cycle
h) Heat machine cycle
i) Compressor cycle
j) Steam cycles
k) Gas turbine cycles
DYNAMICS
a) Velocity and acceleration
b) Linear motion
c) Curvilinear motion
d) Newton's second law
e) Physical point dynamics
f) Work and energy
g) Energy conservation
h) Impulse and Momentum
i) Collision
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
5
MATERIAL KNOWLEDGE
a) Construction and Repair Materials
b) Properties and usage
c) Operations
d) Basic metallurgy, metals and operations
e) Non-metal materials
f) Materials under load
g) Vibration
WORKSHOP
a) Fixed connections
b) Riveting
c) Soldering
d) Self-reliable connections
e) Welding types
f) Arc welding and equipment
g) Arc welding operations
h) Arc welding locations
i) Electrical arc welding principles
j) Oxy-acetylene welding and equipment
k) Oxy-acetylene operations
l) Health and security during welding operations
m) Welding on steels with low carbon levels
n) Welding errors
o) Piping works
p) Operating Security Implementations
q) Definition of maintenance and production on ships
r) Tools and sets in engine room
s) Safety measures in engine workshop
t) Files and filing
u) Beveling
v) Marking
w) Measuring and control
x) Cutting tools
y) Drills, drilling machines and their usage
z) Shaper, planer machines and their usage
aa) Thermal treatments for carbon steels
bb) Adhesives and adhesion
cc) Maintenance
DIESEL ENGINES
a) Diesel engine cycles, two-stroke and four-stroke engines
b) P-V Diagram, timing diagram.
c) Scavenging air systems and turbochargers
d) Low, medium, high speed engines.
e) Structures of trunk engines
f) Structures of crochet engines
g) Valve operating mechanism
h) Bearings
i) Fuel injection systems
j) Governors
k) Combustion
l) Fuels
m) Combustion chambers
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
6
n) Diesel engine systems
o) Cooling water systems
p) Sea water systems
q) Lubrication and lubricating oil systems
r) Starting air systems
s) Exhaust systems
t) Fuel systems
u) Maneuvering preparations
v) Principles for keeping a safe watch
SHIP AUXILIARY ENGINES
a) Basic knowledge in auxiliary boilers
b) Structure of the auxiliary boiler
c) Auxiliary boiler and steam distribution
d) Operation of the auxiliary boiler
e) Heat exchangers
f) Evaporators and distillation principles
g) Types and operating principles of pumps
h) Pumping systems and control systems
i) Ballast, bilge, fire pumps and systems
j) Types and operating principles of air compressors
k) Fuel and lubricating oil separators
l) Bilge separator and waste water systems
m) Evaporators, incinerators
n) Structures, types and operating principles of coolers
o) Ice pound systems
p) Heating-cooling and ventilating systems
q) Alternators, generators and control systems
r) Deck machinery
s) Steering tube system and Shaft system
t) Propeller types
u) Steering principles
v) Hydraulic control systems for steering
w) Electrical control for steering
x) Emergency steering system,
SHIP ENGINE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
1) PREPARING, OPERATING, TROUBLESHOOTING THE ENGINE AND CONTROL
SYSTEMS AND MEASURES FOR PREVENTING DAMAGE
a) Operation and maintenance of main engine and auxiliary systems
b) Steam boilers and auxiliary systems and operation and maintenance of steam systems
c) Other auxiliary systems
d) Operation and maintenance of auxiliary boilers
e) Boiler malfunctions
f) Corrosion on boilers,
g) Use of sea and fresh water on boilers,
h) Fresh water treatment and water test,
i) Operation and maintenance of pumps
j) Operation and maintenance of compressors
k) Pressurized air systems and distribution
l) Bilge separator and operation and maintenance of waste water assembly
m) Operation and maintenance of the oil and fuel separator
2) MEASURES TO PREVENT MARINE POLLUTION
a) MARPOL 73/78
b) Measures to prevent marine pollution and their importance
c) Procedures for preventing marine pollution and relevant equipment
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
7
3) ACTIONS TO BE PERFORMED DURING WATCHKEEPING IN THE ENGINE ROOM
a) Duties on accepting and taking the watch over
b) Routine duties during watchkeeping
c) Importance of engine log books and measurements
d) Duties on watch handover
e) Fundamentals of automation and inspection
f) Security and emergency operations
g) Operation and maintenance of heat exchangers
h) Operation and maintenance of evaporators
i) Operation and maintenance of shaft systems
j) Operation and maintenance of deck machinery
k) Operation and maintenance of the steering system
l) Operation and maintenance of hydraulic steering systems
m) Operation and maintenance of electric steering
n) Safety and emergency procedures for ship drive and control systems
o) Operation of AC and DC systems, electrical and electronic hand tools used in
troubleshooting, maintenance and repair operations and usage of measurement tools
p) Maintenance and operation of emergency steering gear
q) Security measures and fuel supply including sampling
r) Fuel operations, using different quality fuels and related problems
s) Maneuvering and navigation, principles for safe watchkeeping
t) Arranging the safe maintenance and repair implementations, maintenance preparations
u) Scheduled and emergency maintenance, machinery malfunctions and their reasons and
methods for troubleshooting
v) Using the repair and maintenance equipment on board
w) Using electrical and electronic hand tools in troubleshooting, maintenance and repair
operations and using measurement tools, safe operating principles
x) Safe isolation for electrical and other installments and equipment
y) Safety and emergency procedures for maintaining and renewing the electrical power
installment
4) ENGINE ROOM RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
a) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources
b) Effective communication
c) Pioneering and leadership
d) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience
e) Obtaining and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation
f) Importance of group experience
5) USING THE INTERNAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
ELECTROTECHNICS
1) CHARACTERISTICS OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ON BOARD
a) Electron theory
a) Diagrams symbols
b) Simple circuits and Ohm's Law
c) Series and parallel circuits
d) Ammeters, potentiometer
e) Work, energy and power
f) Electrical power supply
g) Conductors
h) Insulation
i) Maintenance principles
j) Batteries
k) Magnetism and electromagnetism
l) Electromagnetic induction
m) Electrical Testing and Measuring Devices
n) Testing and measuring
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
8
o) Security Requirements for Electrical Systems
p) Basic security
q) Cables
r) Alternative current
s) Distribution
t) Transformers
u) Alternators
v) Direct current generators
w) Maintenance of generators and switches
x) Alternative current engines, generators
y) Direct current engines
z) Methods for operating the electric engines
aa) High voltage facilities
bb) Maintenance of engines and starters
cc) Impedance and inductance
dd) Lighting
ee) Troubleshooting
ff) Control systems
gg) Malfunction locations, methods for detecting and troubleshooting
hh) Preparing, operating, parallel connecting and changing the generators
2) MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
a) Safety requirements which shall be fulfilled by the person for being assigned to a duty on
the electrical systems of the ship
b) Safe isolation methods to be followed before assigned to a duty on electrical equipment
c) Maintenance on electrical system equipment, switchboard, electrical motors, generators
and direct current electrical systems and equipment
d) Troubleshooting in electrical systems, error locations and measures preventing damage,
e) Production and operation of electrical testing and measurement devices
AUTOMATIC CONTROL
a) Fundamentals of Control Systems
b) Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) control characteristics and relevant system
instruments for process control
c) Measuring and control.
d) Measuring systems.
e) Control components, sensors
f) Signal measuring, amplifiers and noise reduction methods.
g) Engine room control applications.
h) Main engine speed and load control
i) Auxiliary Machinery load control and synchronization
j) Boiler level, combustion and steam pressure measurements and controls
k) Coolant water, lubrication oil, temperature and pressure controls
l) Separator control systems
m) Pollution and salt rate measurements and controls
n) Tank systems level controls
o) Scavenge air combustion controls
p) Propeller and steering machine control
q) Engine room alarm systems
r) Control systems modelling
s) Open cycle control system
t) Closed cycle control system
u) Functions and performance tests for monitoring systems, automatic controlling devices
and protective devices
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
9
MARITIME LAW
1) BASIC LAW
a) Definition, sources and types of law
b) Fundamental principles of law
c) Basic definitions
d) International law, national law, executions and sanctions
2) MARITIME LAW
a) Definition and classification of Maritime Law
a) Fundamental principles of International Maritime Law
b) Structure and sources of National Maritime Legislation
c) Legal requirements of Safety of Life and Property at Sea
d) Maritime labor law
e) Labor contract, terminating the contract, extending the contract period
f) Definition, powers and responsibilities of Master
g) Ship’s definition, seaworthiness, suitability for voyage and cargo
h) Documents and records to be made available on board
i) Sea accidents and collision
j) Averages
k) Rescue and aid
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING AND ITS USAGE
1) BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
l) Mathematical and logical fundamentals for programming
a) Development in computers and their usage
b) Basic knowledge in hardware and software
2) COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS USED IN MARITIME OPERATIONS
Examples for the usage of computers and computerized systems in maritime operations
3) PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
a) Definition and development of programming languages
b) Examples and sample programs for programming languages
4) USING THE SOFTWARE PACKAGES
a) Examples for software packages
b) Using the computers as word-processors (Word, etc.)
c) Using the calculation tables on computers (Lotus, Excel, Quatropro, etc.)
d) Data storage
e) Computerized communication, web systems, (Web, Internet)
ELECTRONICS
a) Characteristics of basic electronic circuit components
b) Automatic and controlling systems flowcharts
c) Semiconductors theory
d) Diodes
e) Diode circuits
f) Transistors
g) Transistor amplifiers
h) Feedback amplifiers
i) Oscillators
j) Power amplifiers
k) Modulation
l) Electromagnetic waves and propagation
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
10
MACHINE ELEMENTS
a) Structure of machinery components
b) Continuous strength
c) Material related connections
d) Power related connections
e) Plain and roller bearings
f) Couplings
SHIP BUILDING
1) SHIP STRUCTURE
a) Ship sizes and types
b) Ship stresses
c) Hull structure
d) Fore and aft
e) Equipment
f) Steering and propellers
g) Loading line marks and draft values
2) SHIP STABILITY
a) Displacement
b) Buoyancy
c) Fresh water allowance
d) Static stability
e) Initial stability
f) Inclination angle
g) Static stability curves
h) Centre of gravity displacement
i) Declination and its correction
j) Effect of tanks which are not completely full
k) Inclination
l) Full buoyancy loss
HEAT TRANSFER
a) Heat transfer types
b) Heat transfer
c) Heat transfer by convection
d) Heat transfer by radiation
e) Time-dependent and independent heat transfer
f) Single dimensional heat transfer
g) Radial heat transfer
h) Multi-dimensional heat transfer
i) Hydraulic and thermal boundary layer
j) Regularity and Reynolds number
k) Heat transfer in case of condensation and boiling
l) Heat transfer between opposite surfaces
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS
a) Structure and purpose of International Maritime Organization (IMO)
IMO committees and organization structure
General Board, Council, Committees and Secretariat
b) SOLAS,1974, SOLAS PROT 1978, SOLAS PROT 1988 “International
Convention For The Safety Of Life At Sea, 1974”
General knowledge in SOLAS Chapters and relevant Code books
IBC, IMSBC, LSA, FSS, ISM, ISPS, IMDG, FTP, HSC, IS, IGC, INF, BCH
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
11
Code
IAMSAR VOL III
International Code of Signals
c) MARPOL 1973 and MARPOL PROT 1997 “The International Convention For
The Prevention Of Pollution From Ships,1973”
General knowledge in MARPOL Annexes and record books
Oil Record Book
Garbage Record Book
Sulphur Content Monitoring Log
Ballast Water Record Book
d) UNCLOS 1982 “United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, 1982”
e) STCW 1978 and its Annexes “International Convention On Standards Of Training,
Certification And Watchkeeping For Seafarers, 1978”
f) COLREG,1972 and its Annexes “Convention On The International Regulations
For Preventing Collisions At Sea, 1972”
g) LL 1966 and LL PROT 1988 “International Convention On Load Lines,1966”
h) TONNAGE 1969 “International convention on tonnage measurement of ships,
1969”
i) General knowledge in IMO safe implementation books
CSS Code “Code Of Safe Practice For Cargo Stowage And Securing”
BLU Code “Code Of Practice For The Safe Loading And Unloading Of Bulk
Carrıers”
TDC Code “Code Of Safe Practice For Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes”
OSV Code “Code Of Safe Practice For The Carriage Of Cargoes And Persons
By Offshore Supply Vessels”
j) FAL 1965 “Convention On Facilitation Of International Maritime Traffic,1965”
General knowledgein standard IMO FAL documents for port authorities;
IMO General Declaration,
Cargo Declaration
Ship Store’s Declaration
Crew’s Effect Declaration
Crew List, Passenger List
Dangerous Goods
k) SAR 1979 and its Annexes “International Convention On Maritime Search And
Rescue, 1979”
l) SALVAGE 1989 “International Convention On Salvage, 1989”
m) BWM 2004 “International Convention For The Control And Management of
Ships’ Ballast Water And Sediments, 2004”
n) LC 1972 and LC PROT 1996 “Convention On The Prevention Of Marine
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
12
Pollution By Dumping Of Wastes And Other Matter, 1972”
o) INTERVENTION 1969 and INTERVENTION PROT 1973 “Protocol Relating To
Intervention On The High Seas in Cases Of Pollution By Substances Other Than
Oil, 1973”
p) CLC 1969 and CLC PROT 1992 “International convention on civil liability for oil
pollution damage, 1969”
q) FUND 1971 and FUND PROT 2003 “Protocol Of 2003 To The International
Convention On The Establishment of an International Fund For Compensation For
Oil Pollution Damage, 1992”
r) HNS 1996 “International Convention On Liability And Compensation For
Damage in Connection with The Carriage Of Hazardous And Noxious Substances
By Sea, 1996”
s) STP 1971 and SPACE STP 1973 “Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement,
1971”
t) PAL 1974 and PAL PROT 2002 “Protocol To The Athens Convention Relating To
The Carriage Of Passengers And Their Luggage By Sea, 1974”
u) CSC 1972 “International Convention For Safe Containers, 1972”
v) LLMC PROT 1996 “Protocol Of 1996 To Amend The Convention on Limitation
of Liability For Maritime Claims, 1976”
w) HNS 1996 and OPRC-HNS 2000 “Protocol On Preparedness, Response And Co-
Operatıon To Pollution Incidents By Hazardous And Noxious Substances, 2000”
x) SUA 1988 and SUA PROT 2005 “Protocol Of 2005 To The Convention For The
Suppression Of Unlawful Acts Against The Safety Of Maritime Navigation, 2005”
y) MLC 2006 Convention
LEADERSHIP AND TEAM WORK SKILLS
1) MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE CREW
Knowledge on crew management and training
2) LEGISLATION
National legislation knowledge with relevant international maritime legislation and
recommendations
3) SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT
a) Planning and cooperation
b) Personnel assignment
c) Limitations on time and resource
d) Prioritization
4) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN EFFECTIVE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
e) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources
a) Effective communication on board and on shore
b) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience
c) Motivation, pioneering and leadership
d) Obtaining and maintaining awareness regarding a situation
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
13
5) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN DECISION MAKING TECHNIQUES
a) Situation and risk assessment
b) Determining and considering the possible options
c) Choosing how to progress on an action
d) Assessing the effectiveness of the result
The aforementioned trainings shall take four semesters for Engineer Officer competency, five
semesters for Unlimited Engineer Officer competency.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
TRAINING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT AND
PUBLICATIONS EQUIPMENT AND PHYSICAL
ENVIRONMENT
GENERAL
– Library
– Classrooms
– Printing room
– Photocopy machine
– Printing machine
– Scanner
– Projector
– Television-video
– Training cassettes
– Computers
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT FOR BASIC
TRAINING
PHYSICS
– Tools and equipment for mechanical
experiments
– Tools and equipment for hydrostatic
experiments
– Tools and equipment for gas experiments
– Tools and equipment for heat experiments
– Tools and equipment for light experiments
– Tools and equipment for sound experiments
– LABORATORY
MARITIME CHEMISTRY
– Experiment tools and equipment for solutions
– Acidity-alkalinity indicators
– pH meter
– Tools and equipment for water analysis
– Hydrometer
– Oxygenmeter
– Salinometer
– Metal and alloy samples
– Samples of oxide, salt and various chemical
substances
– Samples of different types of corrosion
– Various fuel samples
– Viscometer
– Flash point measuring device
– Explosionmeter
– Toxicitymeter
– LABORATORY
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
14
THERMODYNAMICS AND COOLING-AIR
CONDITIONING
– Low and high pressure indicators
– Start - Stop - Emergency stop buttons
– Leakage current and fuse protection.
– Digital heat indicator
– Digital Thermostat
– Manometers
– Compressor
– Evaparator
– Condenser
– Expansion valve
LABORATORY
– Basic Cooling Training Set
- simple structure showing the basic cooling
system.
- transparent plexiglass structure that allows
the whole system to be examined and
observed.
- Observation window where the gas passage
can be monitored.
- the basic cooling general block diagram on
the Panel.
ELECTROTECHNICS
– Analog Ampermeter
– Analog Voltmeter
– Current transformer
– Voltage transformer
– Plier ammeter
– Megger test device 5000 V
– Megohmmeter (Isolation Monitoring Device)
marine type
– Vatmeter (current-voltage transformer)
– CosQmetre
– Frequency Meter
– Power contactor, thermal switch, overload
relay, time relay, phase sequence relay
– Console in which operation button, stop
button, terminal group and indicator lamp can
be operated
– Battery charger, short circuit protected with
current voltage regulation
– Accumulator (12 Volt or above (alkaline / lead
acid)
– Transformer - 3 Phase Input 3 Phase Output
(5KW Above)
– self-protected equipment in explosive
environments, Explosive-proof switch, signal
button, armature
– Lighting equipment and station fixture (with
mounting station)
– Various types of lighting (LED lighting,
fluorescents, halogens & mercury vapor plant)
– 1.5 mm2 multi-core cable
– Side cutter, pliers, pliers, screwdriver set.
– Cable stripper
– Cable pincers
– Cable bender, marine type cable bender
– Certified marine-type cables, multi-core &
network cable (ribbon cable.)
– Frequency inverter
– Brushless Alternator 10 KVA and above
– Active switch board and alternators: At least
two generators electric motor or diesel engine
driven. machine control panel synchronization
and load sharing panel (sea type), 380 Volt
and over
LABORATORY
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
15
– 380 Volt emergency board connected to the
circuit breaker
– Induction Motor with cage winding (5 kW or
larger) (asynchronous motor with ring)
– DC / AC 1 KW inverter
– Rectifier unit - Miscellaneous
– 3 kW Electronic starter, 3 phase
– Variable frequency drive VFD connected to
the starter circuit (1.2kW or more powerful
three-phase squirrel cage induction motor with
380 Volt minimum capacity)
– Bow Truster propeller panel or equivalent
– Fuel Buster Pump Control Starter Panel No1
and No2 or Equivalent Diagram
– Ventilation / Air conditioning Control Starter
Panel - Diagram
– Air Compressor Control Starter Panel -
Diagram Y
– For operating 3 phase induction motors
Electronic starter minimum 1.2 KW 380 Volt
– Variable frequency drive VFD for driving
electric motors 3-phase
– Filer Gage
– Level sensor, limit switch, temperature switch,
pressure switch, temperature sensor,
speed sensor display, pressure sensor
indicator and sensor warnings are shown
alarm indicator (sea type)
– Internal Safe Zener Barrier Circuit Modules
– Various Electronic Components
– PNP, NPN Transistor, power transistor,
unijunction transistor. M
– Ship Radar, PCBs of marine equipment used
in alarm monitoring systems
– Soldering
– Protoboard
– Osilaskop
– FET (Field Effect Transistor - Field Effect
Transistor)
– MOSFET transistor types SCR
(siliconcontrolled rectifier) Electronic
components for installation Electronic circuit
with PCB
– SCR (silicon-controlled rectifier) Electronic
components for installation Electronic circuit
with PCB
– OP-AMP (Operational Amplifier) OP-AMP
(Operational Amplifier) PCB (Printed Circuit
Board) OP-AMP elements Circuits with PCB -
Circuit Board (Protboard)
– Function Generator
– Analog alarm and display panel (sea type)
– Programmable Logic Controller
– PLC controlled panel
– PID Controller used in marine system
– Circuit exercise with generator control panel
(Problem analysis) Boiler Panel circuit
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
16
Problem Circuit Troubleshooting
TECHNICAL DRAWING AND DESIGN
– 450 900 square
– 300 600 square
– 3600 protractor
– 300 mm ruler
– T-ruler
TECHNICAL DRAWING CLASSROOM
Technical drawing table
SHIP MACHINERY – Two-stroke diesel engine or its full functional
model – Four-stroke diesel engine or its full functional
model – Exhaust and suction valves – Injectors – Relief valves – Fuel pump – Turbocharger – Cover – Liner – Piston and equipment – Governor – Lubricator – Oil mist detector – Bearing block – Bearing shells – Starting air distributor – Starting air valves – A boiler model and equipment – Various pumps – Various valves – Steam traps – Piped coolers/Cooler model and components – Plate type coolers/Cooler model and
components – Air compressors – Piping tools – Steering gear model and components – Telemotor, transmitter and receiver – Deck machinery – Hydraulic pumps – Oil/Fuel separator – Indicator device for diesel engine
LABORATORY
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
17
WORKSHOP – Cutting shears – Pipe bending machine – Oxyacetylene cutting and welding tools – Electric arc welding tools – Soldering tools – Braze welding tools – Gloves, glasses, masks and protective suits – Welding electrodes – Mild steel plates up to 10 mm – Planning machine – Turn bench – Oscillation bench (3 pcs) – Three fold and four fold mirrors for benches – Tool carriers for benches – Benches equipped with clamps – Internal and external compasses, micrometers – Hand tools – Marking table – V blocks, leveling instruments – Upright drilling machine bench – Anvil – Lockers – First-aid cabinet – Crew cabinets
– WORKSHOP
HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC AND
AUTOMATIC CONTROL
– Steering control system that can control
single and double-sided actuators
– Pressure reducing hydraulic system with two
electric actuators and other electrical
auxiliary systems
– Actuators
– Single and double sided flow adjustment
valves
– Hose, speed adjustment valves, T-
connections, pressure gauges, safety valves,
temperature displays, air distributors,
pressure transducers, silencers, fitings
– -Pneumatic system with single and double
acting actuators and hand control valve
– Pneumatic circuit with logic valves and air-
operated valves
– Pneumatic and electric limit switches.
– Solenoids with and without memory
– Power source for electric controls, switch,
buttons, insulated cables
– LABORATORY
Ship Hydrodynamics and Pneumatics
assembly.
FIRE PREVENTION AND FIREFIGHTING
– Respiratory devices
– Fire table
– Fire line generating pressurized water
– Fire hoses
– Foam Applicator
– Fuel and solid fuel required for fire
– Model for search and rescue (6 pcs)
– APPROVED FIRE CENTER
Container and fire equipment stated in
adjacent column in operation
– COMPRESSOR
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
18
– 65 mm Ø fire hose (6 pcs)
– 38 mm Ø fire hose (3 pcs)
– Coupling (3 pcs)
– Multi-purpose fire nozzle (6 pcs)
– Mechanic mixer (2 pcs)
– Foam generator with high expansion
– Water minimax (6 pcs)
– 5 kg CO2 minimax (6 pcs)
– 9 ℓ foam minimax (6 pcs)
– 10 kg powder minimax (10 pcs)
– Fire outfit (5 suits)
– Respiratory devices (5 sets)
– Smoke generator
– Shower (1)
– Stretcher (1)
– First-aid kit (1 box )
– Rescue set with oxygen mask (1 set)
– Fire axe (2)
– 36 m long security line with hook (2)
– TRAINING MOVIES AND VIDEO
CASSETTES/CDs
BASIC SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS
- Metal handheld detector
- Handheld radios
- Alarm circuits
- Door locks
- Physical barriers
- Door alarm and monitoring systems
- Various flash lights and lighting equipment
- Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System
LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES
– Line throwing appliance
– Ram lines
– Parachute Flares
– Smoke generators
– Hand flares
– Guide for muster drills
– Life rafts
– Thermal Protected Suit
– Diving Suit
– Life Jackets
– Life buoys
– Inflatable life rafts
– Lifesaving Boat
– Lifesaving boat equipment
– EPIRP
– SART
– Helicopter rescue sling
– Approved Proficiency in Survival Craft
Training Platform
– Approved Survival at Sea Training pool
or water areas that provide the conditions
stated in Annex-33
KNOWLEDGE IN HEALTH
– First-aid materials
– Tools and equipment available in the ship
hospital
– Materials used for the first medical intervention
to fractures
– Materials and various bandages necessary for
the medical dressing
– Model for artificial respiration
– FIRST-AID CENTRE /SICK BAY
ANNEX - 9
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL TRAINING
19
– Stretcher
– International Communications Book indicating
methods for medical help requests
– Diagrams Showing the Body Structure
ENGINE ROOM SIMULATOR APPROVED SIMULATOR
3. OTHER ISSUES:
Those who completed this training, certify that the curriculum includes relevant
trainings are exempted from the trainings stipulated for obtaining Maritime Security, First Aid
and Advanced Fire Fighting certifications stated in the article 22 and Security Familiarization,
Security Awareness and Designated Security Duties trainings certifications stated in the
article 23.
ANNEX - 10
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
CURRICULUM FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
THERMODYNAMICS
a) Ideal air cycle
b) Vapor
c) Evaporation
d) Thermodynamic characteristics of steams
e) Steam cycles
f) Gases and thermodynamic characteristics of gases
g) Gas-steam mixture
h) Gas turbine cycles
i) Cooling cycle
j) Heat transfer
MECHANICS AND HYDROMECHANICS
a) Friction
b) Inertia
c) Rotational movement
d) Periodical movement
e) Dynamic
f) Work and energy
g) Impulse and Momentum
h) Hydrostatics
i) Hydraulics
COOLING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
a) Coolants
b) Cooling principles
c) Ship cooling systems
d) Components of cooling system
e) Types of compressors and operating principles
f) Operation and performance of the ice pound system
g) Ice Pounds
h) Malfunction in cooling systems and methods for troubleshooting
i) Cooling the units on the container ships
j) Air conditioning and ventilation
k) Ventilation of engine room
l) Air conditioning systems in accommodation areas
m) Specific humidity, relative humidity, condensation point
MATERIAL TECHNOLOGY
a) Cast iron and steel metallurgy
b) Characteristics and tests of materials
c) Thermal treatment on metals
d) Elements in steel and iron alloys
e) Non-ferrous metals
f) Non-metal materials
g) Welding
ANNEX - 10
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
2
h) Tension and stress
i) Tension energy
j) Tension in pressured containers
k) Cutting and twisting
l) Shearing force and bending moment
m) Bending at beams
n) Direct tension and combined bending
SHIP STRUCTURE
1) GENERAL
a) Movement of gravity center
b) Buoyancy
c) Transversal static stability
d) Effect of liquids on stability
e) Correcting the angle of heel
f) TPC and overflow curves
g) Block coefficients
h) Area and volume of ship formats
i) KB, BM and metacenter diagrams
j) Declination
k) Static stability moments
l) Inclination
m) Dry-docking and grounding
n) Damage survey
o) Ship movements
p) Vibrations at ships
q) Steering
r) Resistance, power and fuel consumption
s) Ship propulsion and propellers
t) Ship structures
2) BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR SHIP STRUCTURE, INCLINATION AND STABILITY
a) Ship building tools
b) Welding
c) Bulkheads
d) Waterproof and weather-resistant doors
e) Corrosion and preventing corrosion
f) Surveys and dry-docking operations
g) Stability
3) EFFECT OF DAMAGE AND FLOODING ON INCLINATION AND STABILITY
a) Effect of damage and flooding on inclination and stability
b) Theories of inclination and stability
4) IMO GUIDELINES REGARDING THE SHIP STABILITY
Requirements as per the International Conventions and Codes
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF DIESEL ENGINES
a) Movable and immovable components of diesel engines and their maintenance
b) Scavenging and supercharging
c) Turbochargers, operation and maintenance
d) Driving systems with more than one machine
e) Production of fuel from crude oil
f) Physical and chemical properties of fuels
g) Combustion
h) Combustion tools
i) Fuel injection
j) Preparation of fuel for combustion
ANNEX - 10
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
3
k) Lubricating oils
l) Engine lubrication
m) Lubrication problems and tests
n) Greases
o) Cooling systems
p) Pressurized air and starting air systems
q) Starting air and change of turning direction
r) Exhaust systems
s) Operation and control of diesel engines
t) Fuel operations, using different quality fuels and related problems
u) Engine testing knowledge
v) Remote control of diesel engines
w) Theoretical and real cycles in diesel engines
x) Performance of diesel engines, factors affecting the performance, efficiencies and
powers
y) Indicator devices, indicator diagrams and their evaluation
z) Waste heat utilization
aa) Vibration and vibration isolation in engine
bb) Maintenance preparation
cc) Maintenance planning
dd) Researching, detecting engine malfunctions and safe operating implementations
ee) Security management and planned maintenance implementations
SHIP ENGINE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
1) OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FOR BOILER AND STEAM SYSTEMS
a) Waste heat utilization
b) Boiler types
c) Boiler performance, factors affecting the performance, power and efficiency
d) Security valves
e) Boiler and water level
f) Boiler malfunctions
g) Corrosion on boilers and protection methods
h) Bark formation and methods for elimination
i) Water treatment
j) Water tests
k) Boiler blow off
l) Economizer and superheater
m) Operating principles of evaporators
n) Evaporator materials
o) Controlling the evaporators
p) Steam traps, operation and maintenance
q) Boiler survey
2) OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF AIR COMPRESSORS –
a) Air compressor types
b) Operation and maintenance of air compressors
3) PUMPS
a) Pumps and pump types
b) Characteristics, operation and maintenance of pumps
4) OIL AND FUEL SEPARATORS
Operation and maintenance of oil and fuel separators
5) SHAFT AND STEERING GEAR
a) Shafts
b) Shaft gears
c) Thrust block
d) Stern tubes
ANNEX - 10
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
4
e) Alignment and balancing
f) Shaft, stern tube operation and maintenance
g) Steering gears
h) Control systems
i) Power units
j) Steering tiller gear
k) Propeller, propeller types and maintenance
l) Operation and maintenance of steering gear
m) Operation and maintenance of deck machinery
n) Operation and maintenance of hydraulic steering systems
o) Effective operation, monitoring, performance evaluation and maintenance of ship
propulsion facility and auxiliary machinery
p) Operating limitations of ship propulsion systems
6) FUEL, BALLAST and BILGE OPERATIONS
a) Operation and maintenance of bilge separators
b) Ballast line,
c) Bilge line
d) Fire line
e) Prevention of marine pollution due to oil
f) Waste water and sludge
g) Security measures and fuel supply including sampling
7) MANAGEMENT OF SAFE AND EFFECTIVE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
PROCEDURES
a) Marine Engineering implementations
b) Management of safe and effective maintenance and repair procedures
c) Maintenance planning including legal and class certification
d) Repair planning
8) RESEARCHING, DETECTING THE MACHINERY MALFUNCTIONS AND SAFE
OPERATION IMPLEMENTATIONS
a) Safe operation implementations
b) Detecting the machinery malfunction and location of the malfunctions and actions to be
taken to prevent damage
c) Controlling and adjusting the equipment
d) Non-destructive inspection
ELECTROTECHNICS
a) Theoretical knowledge in marine electrotechnics, electronics, power electronics
b) Implementations of Ohm and Kirchhoff laws
c) Electromagnetism
d) Power factor
e) Multiphase supplies
f) Direct Current Generators
g) Direct current distribution panels
h) Alternative current generators
i) Automatic voltage regulator
j) Shaft generators
k) Alternative current distribution panel
l) Generator protection
m) Single and parallel operation of generator
n) Transformers
o) Converting the alternative current to direct current
p) Distribution
q) Protecting the electrical circuit
r) Cables
s) Direct current and alternative current engines
t) Controlling and protecting the engine
ANNEX - 10
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
5
u) Batteries and accumulators
v) Lamps
w) Deck machinery electrical systems
x) Tanker electrical security systems
y) On board communication systems
z) Emergency systems and their maintenance
aa) Electric supply from shore
bb) Design characteristics of high voltage facility
cc) Troubleshooting the electrical and electronic control devices
dd) Function tests on electrical and electronic control devices and safety devices
MARITIME ENGLISH
a) Principles in English for correspondence and work application
b) Preparing and recording various Engine Room performance reports
c) Correspondences on engine malfunctions, troubleshooting and repair works
d) Correspondences on Spare Parts, Material Requisition and Ordering
e) Correspondence with Classification Society and port state control
f) Dry-docking preparation, records and relevant correspondences
g) Malfunction analysis, troubleshooting, maintenance, repair
h) Principles for Scheduled Maintenance System
i) Inspection principles for the Classification Society survey and port state controls for
different types of ships in accordance with the SOLAS Convention
j) Inspection principles for the Classification Society survey and port state controls for
different types of ships in accordance with the MARPOL Convention
k) Legal and Commercial Certificates of the Ships
l) Survey and Inspection Principles of Legal Certificates
HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC
a) Basic hydraulic principles and symbols
b) Hydraulic Systems
c) Hydraulic pumps
d) Valves and connection parts used in hydraulic systems
e) Hydraulic motors
f) Hydraulic cylinders
g) Operation and maintenance of hydraulic systems
h) Malfunctions in hydraulic systems and methods for troubleshooting
i) Control principles for basic Pneumatic Principles and symbols
j) Controllers
k) Control diagrams
l) Air supply
m) Cylinders and valves
n) Piston speed control
o) Sequential control
p) Operation and maintenance of pneumatic systems
q) Malfunctions in pneumatic systems and methods for troubleshooting
r) Supervision systems
AUTOMATIC CONTROL
a) Fundamentals of Control Systems
b) Measuring and control.
c) Measuring systems.
d) Control components, sensors
e) Signal measuring, amplifiers and noise reduction methods.
f) Engine room control applications.
g) Main engine speed and load control
h) Auxiliary Machinery load control and synchronization
ANNEX - 10
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
6
i) Boiler level, combustion and steam pressure measurements and controls
j) Coolant water, lubrication oil, temperature and pressure controls
k) Separator control systems
l) Ice pound control systems
m) Control system for pump and piping systems
n) Loading equipment and deck machinery control systems
o) Pollution and salt rate measurements and controls
p) Tank systems level controls
q) Scavenge air combustion controls
r) Propeller and steering machine control
s) Engine Room alarm systems
t) Control Systems Modelling
u) Open Cycle Control System
v) Closed Cycle Control System
w) PID Control System. Gain adjustments
x) Control System Inlet-Outlet Connections
y) Control Systems Diagrams, Transfer Functions
z) Stability.
aa) Monitoring Control Elements, Errors and Malfunctions
bb) Analogue and Digital Control Systems.
cc) Digital Control Systems, Data Functions and Calculations
dd) Controlling software version
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS
1) INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME LAW
a) Documents to be made available on board as per the International Conventions
b) Requirements regarding International Convention on Load Lines
c) Requirements regarding International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea
d) Requirements related to MARPOL 73/78 Convention
e) Requirements for Maritime Declaration of Health and International Health Rules
f) Documents affecting safety of passengers, ships, seafarers and cargoes
g) Methods and equipment for preventing maritime pollution
h) National requirements for the implementation of the international conventions
i) MLC 2006
SAFETY AT SEA
1) COLLISION, GROUNDING AND DAMAGE CONTROL
a) Required actions just before and after grounding
b) Required actions just before and after the collision or after the hull loses its integrity in
terms of water proof capacity for any reason
c) Damage control
2) MAINTAINING THE SECURITY AND SAFETY OF THE CREW AND PASSENGER OF
THE SHIP AND OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE LIFE SAVING, FIRE FIGHTING
AND OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS
a) Knowledge in rules regarding life saving appliances
b) Arranging muster drills for fire and abandoning the ship
c) Maintaining the operating conditions of life saving, fire fighting and other security
systems
d) Required actions for protection and security of all people on board in case of
emergencies
e) Required actions to save the ship and reduce damage after fire, explosion, collision or
grounding
3) DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMERGENCY CASE AND DAMAGE CONTROL PLANS,
MANAGEMENT OF EMERGENCY CASES
a) Preparation of contingency plans against emergencies
b) Ship structure including the damage control
ANNEX - 10
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
7
c) Methods and tools for fire protection, alarm and extinguishing
d) Life saving appliances functions and usage
SECURITY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT
1) SECURITY, PROTECTING THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT AND QUALITY
CONCEPTS
a) Security
b) Environmental Protection
c) Quality
2) LEGAL AND COMMERCIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SECURITY AND QUALITY
MANAGEMENT
a) ISM Code
b) Standards for Quality
3) PREPARATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF SECURITY AND QUALITY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
a) Development and implementation of Safety Management System
b) Development and implementation of Quality Management System
c) Internal and external inspections, inspection techniques and implementations
SURVEY OPERATIONS
a) Class institutions
b) Periodical surveys
c) Shipyard and dry-docking operations
d) Surveys conducted by Port Authorities
e) Survey preparations
f) Corrective actions for the nonconformities
g) Controls by the Port State
h) Harmonized Survey and Certification System
STEAM TURBINES
a) Wet steam, saturated steam, hot steam
b) H-S, T-S diagrams
c) Types of steam turbines
d) Action, reaction and compound turbines
e) Movable parts of steam turbines
f) Fixed parts of steam turbines
g) Steam turbine systems
h) Revolution reduction systems
i) Preparation of steam turbines for navigation
j) Principles for watchkeeping on a ship equipped with steam turbines
k) Malfunction in steam turbines and methods for troubleshooting
GAS TURBINES
a) Operating principles of gas turbines
b) Cycles of gas turbines
c) System components
d) Movable parts of gas turbines
e) Fixed parts of gas turbines
f) Combustion systems of gas turbines
g) Compressors and their operation
h) Lubrication in gas turbines and lubrication systems
i) Preparation of gas turbines for navigation
j) Principles for watchkeeping on a ship equipped with gas turbines
k) Malfunction in gas turbines and methods for troubleshooting
ANNEX - 10
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL TRAINING
8
LEADERSHIP AND TEAM WORK SKILLS
1) MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE CREW
Knowledge on crew management and training
2) LEGISLATION
Knowledge on national legislation, relevant international maritime legislation and
recommendations
3) SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT
a) Planning and cooperation
b) Personnel assignment
c) Limitations on time and resource
d) Prioritization
4) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN EFFECTIVE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
a) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources
b) Effective communication on board and on shore
c) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience
d) Motivation, pioneering and leadership
e) Obtaining and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation
5) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN DECISION MAKING TECHNIQUES
a) Situation and risk assessment
b) Defining and creating options
c) Choosing the course of action
d) Assessing the effectiveness of the result
6) STANDARD OPERATING METHODS
Development and implementation of standard operating methods
The above mentioned trainings shall not be given less than 700 hours.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
Management level training shall only be given in the institutions authorized for
operational level trainings. The tools and equipment in the institutions offering Operational
Level Trainings are sufficient for this training.
ANNEX-11
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER
TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER TRAINING
ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
1) MONITORING OPERATION OF THE ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC AND
CONTROL SYSTEMS
a) Basic information on operation of the main drive system including the main
machinery
b) Basic information on operation of the auxiliary machinery
c) Basic information on operation of the steering systems
d) Basic information on operation of the loading and unloading systems
e) Basic information on operation of the windlass, winches and cranes
f) Basic information on operation of the heating, cooling, electrical, automation and
plumbing systems in the accommodation areas of the crew and passenger
g) Basic information on the heat transfer, mechanical and hydromechanical systems
h) Electrotechnology and electric machinery theory
i) Basic information on electronics and power electronics
j) Power distribution panels and electrical equipment
k) Basic information on the automation, automatic control systems and technologies
l) Information on the devices, alarm and monitoring systems
m) Electrical controls
n) Electrical materials technology
o) Electro-hydraulic and electro-pneumatic control systems
p) General information on the dangers and measures for operation of the power
systems over 1,000V
2) MONITORING OPERATION OF THE MAIN AND AUXILIARY MACHINERY &
AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEMS Preparation of the control systems of the main and auxiliary machinery for operation
3) OPERATION OF THE GENERATORS AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
a) Activation of the generators, performing charge distribution and changing the
generator
b) Connecting and disconnecting the switch panel and distribution panel
4) OPERATION AND PROTECTION OF THE POWER SYSTEMS OVER 1000V
a) Theoretical information on the high-voltage technologies
b) Theoretical information on the safety measures and procedures
c) Theoretical information on electrical motors, electrical drive and control systems
d) Practical information on safe operation and maintenance of the high voltage
systems over 1,000V including the special technical types of the high voltage
systems and dangers to occur due to the operation voltage of 1,000V and above
5) OPERATION OF THE COMPUTERS AND COMPUTER NETWORKS ON BOARD
a) Characteristics of main data processing
b) Installation and usage of the on-board computer networks
c) Usage of the bridge, engine room based and commercial computers
6) USAGE OF THE HAND TOOLS, ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC MEASURING
EQUIPMENT FOR TROUBLESHOOTING, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
ACTIVITIES
ANNEX-11
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER
TRAINING
2
a) Electric shock, its causes and measures to be taken against it
b) Usage of the measuring, machinery devices and all hand tools
c) Manufacturing and operational characteristics of the on-board AC and DC systems
and equipment.
MAINTENANCE AND HANDLING
1) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC
DEVICES
a) Safe isolation of the electrical devices and the safety measures to be taken for
operating on the electrical systems
b) Maintenance and repair of the main distribution switchboards of the electrical
systems, electrical motors, generators and DC electrical systems
c) Actions to be taken for the electrical faults, determination of the location of the
faults and prevention of the damage
d) Making the electrical tests and operating the measuring devices
e) Function and performance tests for monitoring systems and their configuration
f) Function and performance tests for automatic control instruments and their
configuration
g) Function and performance tests for protective instruments and their configuration
h) Interpretation of the electrical circuits and electronic diagrams
2) USE OF ALL INTERNAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ON BOARD
3) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF AUTOMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
OF THE MAIN AND AUXILIARY MACHINERY
a) Electrical and mechanical applications knowledge and skills
b) Safe isolation of the instruments and related systems before operation with the
purpose of maintenance and repair
c) Implementation information pertaining to testing, maintenance, trouble-shooting
and repair
d) Testing and detecting the malfunctions, re-installation of the electrical and
electronic control equipment, making them operable and protecting this
4) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE BRIDGE NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT
AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
a) Being familiar with the operating principles and maintenance methods of the
navigational instruments and systems
b) Being familiar with the operating principles and maintenance methods of internal
and external communication systems
c) Theoretical information on the operations related to the electrical and electronic
equipment operating in combustible (inflammable) areas
d) Information on implementation of the safe maintenance and repair methods
e) Information on machinery malfunctions, troubleshooting, location of the
malfunctions and actions to be taken for prevention of the damage to occur as a
result of the malfunction
5) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE ELECTRICAL ELECTRONIC AND
CONTROL SYSTEMS OF THE DECK MACHINERY AND HANDLING
EQUIPMENT
a) Information on electrical and mechanical properties of the systems
b) Safe isolation of the instruments and related systems before operation with the
purpose of maintenance and repair
c) Theoretical information on the operations related to the electrical and electronic
equipment operating in combustible (inflammable) areas
ANNEX-11
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER
TRAINING
3
d) Information on implementation of the safe maintenance and repair methods
e) Information on system malfunctions, troubleshooting, location of the malfunctions
and actions to be taken for prevention of the damage to occur as a result of the
malfunction
6) MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE SAFETY AND CONTROL SYSTEMS IN
THE ACCOMMODATION AREAS OF THE CREW AND PASSENGERS
a) Theoretical information on the operations related to the electrical and electronic
equipment operating in combustible (inflammable) areas
b) Information on implementation of the safe maintenance and repair methods
c) Information on system malfunctions, troubleshooting, location of the malfunctions
and actions to be taken for prevention of the damage to occur as a result of the
malfunction
SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS
The training stated in the Article 22 along with the Security-related Familiarization Training stated
in the Article 23 of this Directive shall include the Security Familiarization, Security
Awareness Training and the Training on Designated Security Duties curriculum. The practical
parts of the trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried out as specified in
ANNEX-16. The student should complete this training before joining the ship for
maritime training.
The training curriculum shall also include the training specified in Articles 25 and 27 of this
Directive and in addition to above:
1) MEASURES FOR PROTECTION AND SECURITY OF THE PASSENGERS AND CREW
DURING INTERVENTION IN CASE OF EMERGENCIES
a) Contingency plans for responding to emergencies
b) Measures for protection and security of the passengers in case of emergencies
2) FIRST STEPS TO BE TAKEN AFTER COLLISION AND GROUNDING
a) Measures to be taken when the ship is stranded (on purpose)
b) Steps to be taken in case of grounding
c) Steps to be taken after collision
d) Limitation of damage after fire or explosion and maritime salvage methods
e) Methods of abandoning the ship
f) Use of auxiliary steering gear and outfitting the emergency steering gear equipment
g) Tugging and arrangements for tugging
3) LIFE SAVING AT SEA, AIDING THE SHIP IN DISTRESS AND EMERGENCIES AT
PORT
a) Rescuing people from the ship in distress
b) Steps to be taken in case of emergencies at port
c) Preparations for aiding the ship in distress
4) GIVING RESPONSE TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA
a) Search and rescue
International Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR)
1) APPLICATION OF THE LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORK SKILLS
a) Information on implementation of the crew management and training on board
b) Duty and work load management; i) Understanding and coordination ii) Manning iii) Time and resource limitations iv) Prioritization
c) Information on effective resource management and its implementation i) Allocation, assignment and prioritization of the resources
ANNEX-11
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER
TRAINING
4
ii) Effective communication on board and ashore iii) Considering the team experience iv) Tenacity (assertiveness) and leadership including motivation v) Raising and maintaining the situational awareness
d) Information and application skills about decision making techniques i) Situation and risk assessment ii) Considering and designating solution oriented options iii) Choosing the course of action iv) Assessment of effectiveness of the result
2) CONTRIBUTING TO THE SAFETY OF THE CREW AND SHIP
a) Personal survival techniques
b) Information on prevention of fires
c) Fire fighting and fire extinguishing skill
d) Information on elementary first-aid
e) Personal safety and social responsibilities
MARITIME ENGLISH
a) Principles of the written English and job application
b) Preparation and recording the various types of performance reports
c) Correspondences pertaining to malfunctions, damage assessment, repair works
d) Correspondences pertaining to spare parts, material request and order placement
e) Correspondences with the classification societies and port state control
f) Dock preparation, docking records and relevant correspondences
g) Malfunction analysis, trouble shooting, maintenance, repair works
h) Principles of scheduled maintenance system
i) Inspection principles pertaining to the classification society surveys and port state
controls to be conducted as per the SOLAS Convention for different types of ships
j) Inspection principles pertaining to the classification society surveys and port state
controls to be conducted as per the MARPOL Convention for different types of ships
k) Legal and commercial certificates of the ships
l) Survey and inspection principles pertaining to the legal certificates
The mandatory training specified above shall be given a total of 320 hours and not
exceeding 8 hours a day.
ANNEX-11
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER
TRAINING
5
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
ITEM
NO
NAME OF THE MATERIAL LABORATORY
NAME
1. Training cassettes/CDs (in accordance with the training provided)
BASIC TRAINING
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT 2. Desk, table (1 for each student)
3. Board
4. The library including the course books stated in the curriculum and certificated by the Board of Education and Discipline and other professional publications (SOLAS, MARPOL, COLREG, MERSAR, IMDG, SMCP, other International Rules and Regulations, Maritime Labor Law, Maritime Commercial Law, Navigation Books, Cargo Operation Books, Books for Ship Building and Stability, Books for Safety at Sea)
5. Analogue Ammeter
6. Analogue Voltmeter
7. Current Transformer, Voltage Transformer
8. Plier ammeter ELECTRO-
TECHNICS
LABORATORY 9. Megger Tester 5000 V
10. Mega ohmmeter
11. Wattmeter (with current-voltage transformer)
12. CosQmetre
13. Frequency Meter
14. Power contactor, Thermal switch Overload Relay Time Relay, Phase Relay
15. A console on which practices can be conducted below mentioned subjects Operating Button Stop Button Ports Sign Lamp
16. Battery charger with short circuit protected and current voltage regulation.
17. Accumulator –(12V or above (alkaline / lead-acid))
18. Transformer (3 phase in, 3 phase out (5 kW or above)
19. In explosive atmospheres / self-secured equipment - Explosive-proof switch, signal-button, armature
20. Lighting equipment and station gear (along with the assembly station)
ANNEX-11
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER
TRAINING
6
ITEM
NO
NAME OF THE MATERIAL LABORATORY
NAME
21. Various types of lighting (LED lighting, fluorescent lights, halogens & mercury vapor)
22. 1.5 mm2 single-core cable
23. Combination Pliers
24. Wire Stripper
25. Wire Bender
26. Cable bender, Sea type cable bender
27. Certified different marine cables, multicore & network cable
28. Frequency inverter
29. Brushless Alternator of 50KVA and above
30. Active switch boards and alternators. At least two generator with electric motor or diesel engine driven, machine control panel synchronization and load sharing panel (sea type) 380Volt and over
31. 380 volt Emergency board connected to circuit breaker.
32. Cage induction motor (5 kW or larger) (asynchronous motor with ring)
33. DC / AC 1 kW converter inverter
34. Rectifier unit - Miscellaneous
35. Electronic starter of 3kW connected to the 3 phase starting circuit
36. Three phase variable frequency drive connected to the starting circuit (Variable frequency drive VFD) (three phase squirrel cage induction motor with a power of 1.2 kW or above )
37. Bow thruster panel or equivalent
38. Fuel Booster Pump Control Starter Panel No 1 and No 2 or equivalent
39. Ventilation/Air Conditioning Control Starter Panel
40. Air Compressor Control Starter Panel
41. Electronic starter to operate the 3 Phase Induction Motors of Minimum 1.2 kW 380V
42. 3 phase variable frequency drive to start the electrical motors (Variable frequency drive VFD)
43. Filer gage
44. Level sensor, limit switch, temperature switch, pressure key, temperature sensor-display, speed sensor display, the pressure sensor-indicator and the sensor alarms Indicated alarm indicator (sea type)
ANNEX-11
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER
TRAINING
7
ITEM
NO
NAME OF THE MATERIAL LABORATORY
NAME
45. Internally Safe Zener Barrier Circuit Modules
46. Various Electronic Components
47. PNP, NPN Transistor, power transistor, unijunction transistor.
48. PCB (Printed Circuit Board) of the marine equipment which are used in the Radar and Alarm monitoring systems of the ship
49. Soldering Iron
50. Circuit Board
51. CRO (Cathode Ray Oscilloscope) Oscilloscope
52. FET (Field Effect Transistor)
53. SCR (silicon-controlled rectifier) Electronic components for installation Electronic circuit with PCB
54. OP-AMP (Operational Amplifier) OP-AMP (Operational Amplifier) PCB (Printed Circuit Board) Electronic components for the OP-AMP circuits Circuits with PCB
55. Function Generator
56. Analogue alarm and display panel (sea type)
57. Programmable Logic Controller
58. PLC Controlled Panel
59. PID (Proportional-Integral-Derivative) Controller which is used in the maritime system
60. Troubleshooting exercises of Generator Control Panel circuit (With problem analysis)
61. Boiler Panel Circuit troubleshooting
62. THERMODYNAMICS AND COOLING-AIR CONDITIONING – Low and high pressure indicators – Start - Stop - Emergency stop buttons – Leakage current and fuse protection. – Digital heat indicator – Digital Thermostat – Manometers – Compressor – Evaporator – Condenser – Expansion valve
LABORATORY – Basic Cooling Training Set - simple structure showing the basic cooling system. - transparent Plexiglas structure that allows the whole system to be examined and observed. - Observation window where the gas passage can be monitored.
ANNEX-11
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ELECTRO-TECHNICAL OFFICER
TRAINING
8
ITEM
NO
NAME OF THE MATERIAL LABORATORY
NAME
- the basic cooling
general block diagram
on the Panel
63. HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC AND AUTOMATIC CONTROL – Steering control system that can control single and double-sided actuators – Pressure reducing hydraulic system with two electric actuators and other electrical auxiliary systems – Actuators – Single and double sided flow adjustment valves – Hose, speed adjustment valves, T-connections, pressure gauges, safety valves, temperature displays, air distributors, pressure transducers, silencers, fittings – -Pneumatic system with single and double acting actuators and hand control valve – Pneumatic circuit with logic valves and air-operated valves – Pneumatic and electric limit switches. – Solenoids with and without memory – Power source for electric controls, switch, buttons, insulated cables
LABORATORY Ship Hydrodynamics and Pneumatics assembly.
3. OTHER ISSUES:
Those who have completed curriculum are exempted from training for Marine
Security, First Aid and Advanced Fire Fighting certificates specified in Article 22 of the
Directive, as well as the certificates specified in Article 23 (except Ship Security Officer),
because of the relevant training of the curriculum.
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
a) Yacht Master (149 GT)
CURRICULUM FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) TRAINING
INTRODUCTION TO YACHT TRAINING (YACHT PERSONNEL INDUCTION
TRAINING)
1. Introduction of yacht types and equipment
i. Motor Yachts
ii. Sailing Yachts
iii. Multi-Hull (Catamaran) Yachts
iv. Definitions of Super Yacht, Mega Yacht, Giga Yacht
v. Introduction to General Motor Yacht equipment
vi. Introduction of general sail yacht equipment and rigging equipment
2. A comprehensive overview of the Yacht Sector.
i. Private and Commercial Yacht industry in Turkey
ii. Overview of the yacht industry in the Mediterranean basin
iii. Private and commercial yacht industry in the world
3. Yacht boat manufacturing and general use materials, maintenance requirements
i. Boats made of steel and aluminum ,materials and maintenance
ii. GRP, composite boats, materials and maintenance
iii. Wooden boats, materials and maintenance
iv. Stainless steel materials and maintenance
vi. Use and maintenance of yacht dinghy, inflatable boat material and outboard engine,
4. Yacht cabin layouts, maintenance
I. Guest cabin arrangement, preparation standards
ii. General guest service standards, table layout
iii. General behavior standards for boat owners and their guests
5. General rules on yacht harbors, marinas and marina life
I. Introduction of yacht harbors, marinas, common areas and inner units
ii. General rules in marinas about life and work in common areas and on boats
iii. Working and living rules in the land and boatyard
6. Hierarchy and command chain on yacht, Charter Yachts and working standards
i. Seasonal Charter Yachts
ii. Annual Charter Yachts
7. Private Yachts and working standards
8. Human life, personnel and human relationships on yachts
9. General customs and social relations
i. General rules of marine customs and customs in yachts
ii. Guest reception, farewell and hospitality rules
iii. Physical standards, overall appearance and hygiene on the boat
10. General maritime English and yacht terminology
11. Yacht recruitment, interview, CV preparation, service contracts, personnel insurances etc.
12. Cruising and maneuvering on yachts, job distributions
I. Yacht-specific electronic navigation aids
ii. Overview of yachts anchors, anchoring techniques
iii. Techniques for maneuvering in marinas, anchorage areas and coastal areas
iv. Maneuvering operation and job distribution
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
2
NAVIGATION
1) COASTAL NAVIGATION PLANNING AND HANDLING AND POSITION FIXING
a) Comprehensive knowledge and practice in Nautical Charts, Notices to Seamen and other nautical publications
b) Using navigational aids such as lights, transmitters/beacons and buoys c) Position fixing for speedlogs considering winds, tides and currents d) Position fixing by various methods during coastal navigation
2) NAVIGATION PLANNING
a) Navigation in draft waters b) Navigation considering meteorological conditions c) Navigation under limited visibility conditions d) Traffic separation arrangements e) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) fields f) Navigation in areas with strong tides
3) REPORTING
a) General Principles for Ship Reporting Systems b) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) Reporting Methods
4) NAVIGATIONAL AIDS
a) Compasses i) Magnetic compasses ii) Identifying magnetic compass errors by the use of ground surveying methods and
making all necessary corrections iii) Gyro compasses iv) Identifying gyro compass errors by the use of ground surveying methods and making
all necessary corrections b) Speedlog types and their use c) Sounding types and their use
5) USING ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT
a) Radar b) ARPA c) Auto-Pilot d) GPS e) NAVTEX f) Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS)
SEAMANSHIP a) Deck equipment and its use
b) Hull maintenance, scraping and painting works
c) Factors affecting ship manoeuvers
d) Turning circle and stopping distance
e) Anchoring
f) Berthing and unberthing
g) Content, application and purpose of COLREG 72
COMMUNICATION AT SEA a) Visual and audible communication methods
b) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases
c) Using International Code of Signals Handbook
d) VHF communication
e) Radio telephone communication
f) Reporting for ships in accordance with the general principles
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
3
METEOROLOGY a) Using barometers, thermometers and other meteorological instruments on board and
interpretation of the measurement values
b) Characteristics of primary pressure systems
c) Recording and reporting weather observations
d) General meteorological conditions of ports
e) Evaluating storm warning signals and weather reports f) Interpreting obtained meteorological information
TRAININGS ON SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY
1) It shall include the Security Familiarization, Security Awareness Training, and Designated
Security Duties training curriculum specified in the Articles 22 and 23 of this Directive. The
practical parts of the trainings specified in Article 22 of this Directive are carried out as
specified in ANNEX-16. The student should complete these trainings before joining the ship
for maritime training.
2) EMERGENCIES
a) Measures to be taken for the protection of the passengers in case of emergencies
b) Initial damage assessment and damage controls
c) Procedures to be followed after collision, measures to be taken after collision
d) Procedures to be followed after grounding
e) Measures to be taken when the ship runs aground or is stranded
f) Actions to be taken in case of man overboard, life saving at sea
3) METHODS FOR PREVENTION OF MARINE POLLUTION
MARITIME ENGLISH
a) Basic English
b) Maritime English
c) Sufficient English knowledge to understand and use charts and nautical publications
d) Sufficient English knowledge to understand meteorological reports
e) Sufficient English knowledge to understand security messages
f) Ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and onboard communication in English
g) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases
(1) The above compulsory training shell not be given in less than 200 hours in total.
(2) Applied training will be provided on the boat for 24 hours during the training.
(3) In the content of the Yacht Master (149 GT) training; yacht personnel induction
training course is mandatory and it will be applied within the training of yacht master
in 16 hours.
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
4
b) Yacht Master (499 GT)
CURRICULUM FOR THE YACHT MASTER (499 GT) TRAINING
INTRODUCTION TO YACHT TRAINING (YACHT PERSONNEL INDUCTION
TRAINING)
1. Introduction of yacht types and equipment
i. Motor Yachts
ii. Sailing Yachts
iii. Multi-Hull (Catamaran) Yachts
iv. Definitions of Super Yacht, Mega Yacht, Giga Yacht
v. Introduction to General Motor Yacht equipment
vi. Introduction of general sail yacht equipment and rigging equipment
2. A comprehensive overview of the Yacht Sector.
i. Private and Commercial Yacht industry in Turkey
ii. Overview of the yacht industry in the Mediterranean basin
iii. Private and commercial yacht industry in the world
3. Yacht boat manufacturing and general use materials, maintenance requirements
i. Boats made of steel and aluminum ,materials and maintenance
ii. GRP, composite boats, materials and maintenance
iii. Wooden boats, materials and maintenance
iv. Stainless steel materials and maintenance
vi. Use and maintenance of yacht dinghy, inflatable boat material and outboard engine,
4. Yacht cabin layouts, maintenance
I. Guest cabin arrangement, preparation standards
ii. General guest service standards, table layout
iii. General behavior standards for boat owners and their guests
5. General rules on yacht harbors, marinas and marina life
I. Introduction of yacht harbors, marinas, common areas and inner units
ii. General rules in marinas about life and work in common areas and on boats
iii. Working and living rules in the land and boatyard
6. Hierarchy and command chain on yacht, Charter Yachts and working standards
i. Seasonal Charter Yachts
ii. Annual Charter Yachts
7. Private Yachts and working standards
8. Human life, personnel and human relationships on yachts
9. General customs and social relations
i. General rules of marine customs and customs in yachts
ii. Guest reception, farewell and hospitality rules
iii. Physical standards, overall appearance and hygiene on the boat
10. General maritime English and yacht terminology
11. Yacht recruitment, interview, CV preparation, service contracts, personnel insurances etc.
12. Cruising and maneuvering on yachts, job distributions
I. Yacht-specific electronic navigation aids
ii. Overview of yachts anchors, anchoring techniques
iii. Techniques for maneuvering in marinas, anchorage areas and coastal areas
iv. Maneuvering operation and job distribution
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
5
NAVIGATION
1) INFORMATION ON CHARTS
a) Introduction to the Globe
b) Projection system
c) Nautical charts
d) Chart catalogues
e) Auxiliary publications for navigation
f) Scales, symbols and abbreviations
g) Notice to the mariners and chart corrections
h) Lights
i) Buoys (IALA Signals)
j) Information on compass
i) Information on magnetic compass
ii) Basic information on gyro compass
iii) Correction of the compass errors
2) THEORETICAL CHART STUDY
a) Measurement of distance on the chart
b) Directions
c) Bearing study
d) Relative/True bearing
e) Coastal navigation and position fixing methods
f) Route study and preparation of the navigational plan
g) Variation - deviation and their corrections
h) Current navigation
i) Tide
3) AUXILIARY INSTRUMENTS FOR NAVIGATION
a) Auto-pilot
b) Speedlogs
c) Soundings
d) Electronic navigation (GPS)
e) Radar and radar observation
f) Navigational publications
4) APPLIED CHART STUDY
a) Preparation of the navigational plan
b) Symbols and abbreviations
c) Lights
d) Buoys (IALA Signals)
e) Depth
f) Bearing study
g) Position fixing
h) Route plotting
i) Current navigation
j) Tide
SEAMANSHIP
1) INFORMATION ON SEAMANSHIP
– Hull types and structural components – Motor and sail boat equipment and rigging types – Deck gear – Directions on hull – Lines and knots – Maritime terms
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
6
– Commands – Steps to be taken in case of collision/grounding – Hull maintenance
2) HANDLING A BOAT
– Factors affecting the maneuver of the motor boat – Factors affecting the maneuver of the sailing boat – Maneuvering by using anchor and line – Steering – Sailing navigation – Anchoring – Berthing and unberthing – "Man Overboard" maneuvers – Handling a motor boat – Handling a sailing boat – Tugging/Being tugged
3) Rules for Preventing Collisions at Sea COLREG content and application
COMMUNICATION AT SEA – Visual and audible communication methods
– Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases
– Using International Code of Signals Handbook – Definition of marine communication and systems used in short distance marine
communication and concepts related to frequencies – Use of VHF telephone and DSC systems in routine communication – Hazard, Emergency and Safety Communication and Procedures Radio telephone
communication – Use of communication systems in hazard communication – Radio telephone communication
METEOROLOGY
1) METEOROLOGICAL EQUIPMENT AND THEIR USAGE
2) BAROMETER AND THERMOMETER
3) ELEMENTS OF METEOROLOGY
a) Wind b) Heat c) Pressure d) Cloud and precipitation
4) WEATHER FRONTS
5) WEATHER REPORTS AND WEATHER FORECAST
6) WINDS AND WIND DIRECTIONS
7) WIND FORCE (BEUFORT) SCALE
8) SYNOPTICAL CHART AND ITS SYMBOLS
SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS
1) The training stated in the Article 22 along with the Security-related Familiarization Training stated in the Article 23 of this Directive shall include the Security Awareness Training and the Training on Designated Security Duties curriculum. The student should complete this training before joining the ship for maritime training.
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
7
MARITIME LAW
1) INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON MARITIME LAW
2) MARPOL 73/78 AND NATIONAL REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO MARINE POLLUTION
3) DEFINITION, POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE MASTER
4) DOCUMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND RECORDS REQUIRED TO BE MADE AVAILABLE
ON BOAT
5) INSURING THE BOAT AND THE PERSONS ON BOARD
6) PORTS ACT
7) PORT ENTRY & PORT CLEARANCE CERTIFICATES AND RELEVANT PROCEDURES
8) LAW ON THE PROTECTION OF LIFE AND PROPERTY AT SEA
9) CABOTAGE LAW
10) RELATED REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH BY THE ACT OF FEES
11) MARITIME LABOUR ACT
12) REGULATION OF THE GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF HEALTH FOR BORDERS AND COASTAL AREAS ON YACHTS
13) INFORMATION ON THE CUSTOMS AND PREVENTION OF SMUGGLING ACT
14) MARITIME REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH BY THE PENAL AND PENAL PROCEDURE LAWS
15) TURKISH COMMERCIAL CODE PROVISIONS RELATED TO YACHTS
MOTOR, ELECTRIC AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION
1) DIESEL AND GASOLINE ENGINES USED ON BOATS
A) Fuel systems
B) Cooling systems
C) Air inlet and outlet systems
D) Lubricating systems
E) Transmission and Machinery control systems
2) ELECTRICAL WINDLASS
3) FUEL, OIL, WATER AND WASTE WATER TANKS
4) SHOWER, WC SYSTEMS
5) PUMPS
6) AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
7) WATERMAKERS AND HYDROPHORE SYSTEMS
8) BASIC ELECTRIC AND BOAT ELECTRICS
9) REPAIR WORKS AND TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE
MARITIME ENGLISH
1) BASIC ENGLISH
2) MARITIME ENGLISH
3) ENGLISH TO UNDERSTAND AND USE THE CHARTS AND NAUTICAL
PUBLICATIONS
4) ENGLISH TO UNDERSTAND THE METEOROLOGICAL REPORTS
5) ENGLISH REQUIRED TO UNDERSTAND THE SECURITY MESSAGES
6) ENGLISH SUFFICIENT TO UNDERSTAND THE NOTICES TO MARINERS FOR
CORRECTION OF CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
8
7) SHIP-TO-SHIP, SHIP-TO-SHORE AND ONBOARD COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH
8) USE OF THE IMO STANDARD MARINE COMMUNICATION PHRASES
(1) The compulsory training stipulated above shall not be given for less than 350 hours
and for a period shorter than 4 months in total.
(2) During the training period, an applied training of 35 hours shall be provided on
board.
(3) In the content of the Yacht Master (499 GT) training; yacht personnel induction
training course is mandatory and it will be applied within the training of yacht master in 16
hours.
c) Yacht Master (Unlimited)
CURRICULUM FOR THE YACHT MASTER (UNLIMITED) TRAINING
INTRODUCTION TO YACHT TRAINING (YACHT PERSONNEL INDUCTION
TRAINING)
1. Introduction of yacht types and equipment
i. Motor Yachts
ii. Sailing Yachts
iii. Multi-Hull (Catamaran) Yachts
iv. Definitions of Super Yacht, Mega Yacht, Giga Yacht
v. Introduction to General Motor Yacht equipment
vi. Introduction of general sail yacht equipment and rigging equipment
2. A comprehensive overview of the Yacht Sector.
i. Private and Commercial Yacht industry in Turkey
ii. Overview of the yacht industry in the Mediterranean basin
iii. Private and commercial yacht industry in the world
3. Yacht boat manufacturing and general use materials, maintenance requirements
i. Boats made of steel and aluminum ,materials and maintenance
ii. GRP, composite boats, materials and maintenance
iii. Wooden boats, materials and maintenance
iv. Stainless steel materials and maintenance
vi. Use and maintenance of yacht dinghy, inflatable boat material and outboard engine,
4. Yacht cabin layouts, maintenance
I. Guest cabin arrangement, preparation standards
ii. General guest service standards, table layout
iii. General behavior standards for boat owners and their guests
5. General rules on yacht harbors, marinas and marina life
I. Introduction of yacht harbors, marinas, common areas and inner units
ii. General rules in marinas about life and work in common areas and on boats
iii. Working and living rules in the land and boatyard
6. Hierarchy and command chain on yacht, Charter Yachts and working standards
i. Seasonal Charter Yachts
ii. Annual Charter Yachts
7. Private Yachts and working standards
8. Human life, personnel and human relationships on yachts
9. General customs and social relations
i. General rules of marine customs and customs in yachts
ii. Guest reception, farewell and hospitality rules
iii. Physical standards, overall appearance and hygiene on the boat
10. General maritime English and yacht terminology
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
9
11. Yacht recruitment, interview, CV preparation, service contracts, personnel insurances etc.
12. Cruising and maneuvering on yachts, job distributions
I. Yacht-specific electronic navigation aids
ii. Overview of yachts anchors, anchoring techniques
iii. Techniques for maneuvering in marinas, anchorage areas and coastal areas
iv. Maneuvering operation and job distribution
NAVIGATION
1) PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT OF A VOYAGE
a) Routing in a navigation period including navigation training; navigation under all
conditions; sailing in dangerous waters, with limited view, in iced waters, in various
meteorological conditions; navigation rules with traffic separation scheme and suitable
methods for ocean passages considering the regions where current and tide are effective
b) Information required to be included in the navigational plan (Emergency anchoring
coordinates, Medical aid stations on route, Estimated arrival time, Effects of regional
currents on route, etc.)
c) Determination of the need for oil, fresh water, victualing and spare part necessary for the
voyage as per the navigation period
d) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) Fields and procedures
e) Use of the guidebooks
f) Explanation of all great circle sailing procedures
g) Recording navigation, log books, keeping log books
h) Routing in accordance with the "General Principles on Ships’ Routing"
i) Reporting in accordance with Guidelines and Criteria for Ship Reporting Systems
2) POSITION FIXING UNDER ALL CONDITIONS AND VERIFYING THE
ACCURACY OF THE FIXED POSITIONS OBTAINED BY ANY TOOL/METHOD
a) All explanations about position fixing under all conditions by terrestrial observations,
using correct charts and publications and coastal navigation
b) Explanation of all celestial navigation subjects for position fixing by celestial
observations under all conditions
c) Use of modern electronic navigational aids and position fixing under all conditions by
having information about the operating principles, limitations, error sources of such
equipment, detection and correction of errors
3) COMPASSES, DETECTING THE COMPASS ERROR AND APPLICATION OF
THE CORRECTION
a) Magnetic compass, information about its structure and operating principles, its errors and
corrections, application of correction to the route
b) Gyro compass, information about its structure and operating principles, its errors and
corrections, application of correction to the route
c) Types of gyro compass, systems connected to the main gyro, operation and maintenance of
the main gyro
4) TIDE CALCULATIONS
a) Tide and current calculations
b) Use of publication related to tide and currents
c) Using the harmonic method for tide calculation
d) Pole navigation
e) Navigation in ice
f) Navigation for the purpose of rescue aid
g) Navigation in tropical storms
h) Management of all steps of a navigation
WATCHKEEPING STANDARDS 1) KEEPING A SAFE WATCH
a) Bridge organization
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
10
b) Responsibilities of the officers and distribution of the duties
c) Conformity to the duty
d) Watchkeeping on deck
e) Watchkeeping at port
f) Watchkeeping at anchor
g) Watchkeeping in gangway
h) Navigational watchkeeping
i) Navigational planning, preparation documents
j) Issues to be considered in navigational watchkeeping change
k) System controls to be carried out en route
l) Navigation under limited conditions
m) Navigation in coastal waters and narrow canals
n) Preparation for port entrance
2) SHIP REPORTING SYSTEMS
3) REPORTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE VESSEL TRAFFIC SERVICES
4) BRIDGE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (BRM)
a) Principles of Bridge Resource Management
b) Definition of the resources, Effective use of humans resources and devices
c) Allocation, assigning and prioritization of the resources
d) Providing the effective communication
e) Affirmation and leadership
f) Raising and maintaining awareness regarding a situation, considering the team experience
g) Providing against any situation
5) RULES FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS AT SEA
6) PROTECTION OF THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT
SHIP STRUCTURE
1) SHIP STRUCTURE a) Wooden, Polyester, Epoxy, Steel Plate Hulls as to the Construction Techniques and their
Maintenance
b) Ship building tools
c) Welding, types of welding, welding errors and welding inspection methods
d) Bulkheads
e) Waterproof and weather-resistant doors - companion skylights
f) Corrosion, galvanic corrosion and its prevention
2) SURVEYS
a) Propeller shaft survey
b) Docking survey
c) Hull and machinery renewal surveys
3) SHIP BALANCE
a) Concepts of KM, KG and GM
b) Transversal initial balance
c) Longitudinal balance and trim concept
d) Static stability curve
e) Losing balance
f) Balance in docking
g) Dynamic balance
4) EFFECT OF DAMAGE AND FLOODING ON TRIM AND BALANCE a) Balance of the damaged ship
b) IMO rules on balance of a damage ship
c) Effect of being damaged and flooding on trim and balance and the measures to be taken
d) Theories pertaining to trim and balance
e) IMO guidelines on stability of the ship
f) Requirements and responsibilities of the international conventions and codes
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
11
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS
1) SUPERVISION AND CONTROL OF CONFORMITY WITH THE LEGAL
REQUIREMENTS AND MEASURES IN ORDER TO PROVIDE SAFETY OF LIFE
AT SEA AND FOR PROTECTION OF THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT
a) Documents to be made available on board as per the International Conventions
b) Responsibilities related to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea
(SOLAS)
c) Responsibilities related to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution
from Ships (MARPOL)
d) Maritime declaration of health and requirements set forth by the International Health Rules
(IHR)
e) Responsibilities within the scope of the international regulations affecting security of the
ship, passengers, crew and cargo
f) Methods and means for prevention of the marine environment pollution from ships
g) National legislation for implementation of the international conventions
SHIP MACHINERY a) Operating the drive systems and other engineering systems by the remote control system
b) Operating principles of the marine power systems
c) Auxiliary machinery of the ship
d) Marine engineering terms
e) Fuel consumption
TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
1) TECHNICAL STATUS PROTECTION MANAGEMENT
a) Classification status as to the ship types
b) Change in class and withdrawal of class
c) Follow-up on survey status; planning future actions and preparing the ship
d) Follow-up on rules and regulations, customization of the ships in accordance with the
foregoing
e) Follow-up of the ship's papers and inspections
2) MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT
a) Maintenance planning
b) Maintenance of the hull, deck and machinery
c) Maintenance records and correspondences
d) Maintenance costs
e) Docking, maintenance in dock
3) PERSONNEL, TRAINING, SECURITY AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT WITHIN
THE SCOPE OF TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
a) Planning of the training
b) Safe operation methods
c) Material follow-up, keeping records and planning of the needs and supply
4) CHARTERING
SAFETY AT SEA 1) COLLISION, GROUNDING AND DAMAGE CONTROL
a) Measures to be taken when a ship is deliberately grounded on a sand beach (beaching) b) Steps to be taken just before and after grounding c) Refloating the grounded ship with or without aid d) Actions to be taken just before and after the collision or after the hull loses its integrity in
terms of water proof capacity for any reason
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
12
e) Implementation of the damage control procedures
2) EMERGENCY STEERING
3) EMERGENCY TUGGING ARRANGEMENTS AND TUGGING PROCEDURES
4) COORDINATION OF THE RESCUE AND AID OPERATIONS
5) MAINTAINING SECURITY AND SAFETY OF THE CREW AND PASSENGERS
OF THE SHIP AND OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE LIFE SAVING, FIRE
FIGHTING AND OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS a) Rules related to the life-saving appliances b) Arrangement of the muster practices for fire and abandonment of the ship c) Maintenance of working conditions of the life-saving, fire fighting and other security
systems d) Actions to be taken for protection and security of all people on board in case of
emergencies e) Actions to be taken to save the ship and reduce damage after fire, explosion, collision or
grounding
6) DEVELOPMENT OF THE CONTINGENCY AND DAMAGE CONTROL PLANS
AND MANAGEMENT OF THE EMERGENCIES a) Preparation of possible contingency plans against emergencies b) Ship structure including the damage control c) Fire protection, alarm and extinguishing methods and tools d) Functions and usage of the life-saving appliances
7) ARRANGEMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF PROVIDING MEDICAL CARE ON
BOARD a) Medical publications b) International medical guide for ships c) International code of signals (medical part) d) Medical first aid to be rendered in the accidents related to dangerous cargoes
MARITIME ENGLISH 1) SHIP STRUCTURE AND SECTIONS
a) Cargo gears of the ships b) Windlass and rope winches, anchoring gears, lines and manoeuvring commands c) Ship crew, their duties, working organization on board
2) ENGLISH FOR NAVIGATION AND METEOROLOGY a) Planning and management of navigation b) Ship's reporting systems c) Terms to be used on the meteorological reports
3) RECORDS, DOCUMENTS, CORRESPONDENCES a) Board documentation b) Port documentation c) Cargo documentation d) Ship log book and other record books, log book English e) Charter convention, sailing order f) Preparation letter g) Record of the cargo operations h) Ship correspondences, notifications
4) ENGLISH USED DURING THE SHIP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR WORKS a) Maintenance planning b) Principles of the Planned Maintenance System c) Preparing the ship for docking, docking and ship plans d) Malfunctions, troubleshooting, repair correspondences
5) SURVEY AND INSPECTION ENGLISH a) SOLAS, MARPOL and other International Conventions b) Types of survey and inspections
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
13
c) Flag state and port state controls and inspections d) Class surveys e) Check lists f) English to be used in surveys and inspections
6) ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION a) Use of the International Code of Signals b) Ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and onboard communication in English c) Use of the Standard Marine Communication Phrases (SMCP) in English d) English needed for transmitting and receiving the emergency and security messages
7) ENGLISH FOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION a) Human body b) Diseases, medical drugs c) Medical emergency communication d) Medical pages of the Code of Signals e) Medical care on board f) International Medical Guide and related sections of the other maritime medical
publications
ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION
USE OF THE AUTOMATIC RADAR PLOTTING APPLIANCES (ARPA) 1) BASIC CONCEPT AND USE OF THE MARINE RADAR SYSTEM
a) Basic principles of radar b) Safe distances c) Radiation risk and measures d) Other compulsory and optional auxiliary instruments to be connected to the radars e) Characteristics of the radar settings and factors affecting performance f) External factors to radar adjustment affecting radar detection g) Factors that may lead to misinterpretation h) Performance standards – Resolution A.477(XII)
2) ADJUSTING AND USING THE RADAR AS TO THE MANUFACTURER
SUGGESTIONS a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display b) Measuring the range and bearings c) Determining the danger lines and effective use of radar in navigation
3) MANUAL RADAR PLOTTING APPLICATION a) Formation of the relative movement triangle b) Definition of the route, speed and visions of other ships c) Definition of CPA and TCPA d) Taking the effect of course and speed changes into consideration e) Reporting radar plotting data
4) USE OF THE RADAR TO PROVIDE SAFE NAVIGATION a) Basic Radar controls Gain, Tune and Ledge controls b) VRM and EBL concepts and their usage c) RM, TM concepts and their differences d) SP, MP, LP concepts and their differences e) Auxiliary functions on radar f) Fixing the position of ship by radar g) Definition of the auxiliaries for radar navigation and security h) Use of the parallel lines for radar navigation
5) USE OF RADAR FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS OR CLOSE QUARTERS
SITUATIONS a) Implementation of the rules for prevention of collisions to b) avoid collisions or close quarters situations c) Use of the modern electronic navigational aids (GPS etc.) and position fixing under all
conditions by having information about the operating principles, limitations, error sources of these equipment, detection and correction of the errors,
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
14
6) EXPLANATION OF AN ARPA SYSTEM a) Visual characteristics of the ARPA system b) ARPA and IMO performance standards c) Tracing the echoes related to route by ARPA d) Monitoring ability and limits e) Process delays and errors
7) USAGE OF AN ARPA SYSTEM a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display b) Obtaining target info c) Errors in interpretation of the target data d) Errors in definition and description of the displayed data e) System usage applications for data verification f) Risks of over-reliance on ARPA g) Obtaining data from the ARPA displays h) Implementation of the rules for preventing collision
8) ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM (ECDIS) a) IMO performance standards b) Raster and Vector chart modes and their characteristics c) Other compulsory and optional auxiliary navigational instruments to be connected to the
ECDIS d) Voyage planning by using ECDIS e) Updating the ECDIS charts f) Points to take into consideration when navigating with ECDIS g) Management of the system files & data and operating methods h) Using the ECDIS playback function to review route planning of the navigation and system
functions
METEOROLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY
1) SYNOPTICAL CHARTS AND WEATHER FORECAST a) Regions generally forming low and high pressure
b) Obtaining the transmitted Synoptical charts by adjusting the relevant channels in facsimile
c) Symbols and abbreviations used in the synoptical charts
d) Interpreting the synoptical charts
e) Programming the Navtex instrument, message types and channel selection
f) Interpreting the Navtex weather forecast messages
g) Obtaining EGC messages by the INMARSAT-C instrument
h) Interpreting the weather forecasts from the EGC messages sent in different formats
worldwide
i) Using the local meteorological measurements for weather forecast
j) Weather condition depending on the main air mass types
k) Synoptical and prognostic charts and forecasts
l) Classification of the marine forecast codes and fax transmissions
m) Main types, sources and movements of floating ice
n) Guiding principles related to safe navigation close to ice
o) Conditions, dangers and solutions of ice accumulation on the upper structure of the ship
2) CHARACTERISTICS OF THE DIFFERENT AIR SYSTEMS a) Formation, structure and weather condition depending on the main weather fronts
b) Frontal and non-frontal pressure regions and related weather condition
c) Formation of the non-frontal air systems and weather condition
d) Tropical cyclones
3) OCEAN CURRENT SYSTEMS a) Circulation of surface water in the oceans and connected seas
b) Voyage planning principles according to the wave heights and weather conditions
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
15
c) Formation of the sea waves and swells
MARITIME LAW
1) INTRODUCTION TO MARITIME LAW Definition, scope and branches of the maritime law
2) MARITIME PUBLIC LAW Definition, scope and branches of the maritime public law
3) PRIVATE MARITIME LAW Definition, scope and branches of the private maritime law
4) SHIP a) Ship definitions b) Registration of the ships c) Right to fly flag d) Ship's seaworthiness, suitability for voyage and cargo e) Inspections and dimensions of ships f) Provisions stipulated for safety of life and property at sea g) Number and competence of the seafarers h) Legal aspects of pilotage i) Board documentation (Documents to be made available on board, ship’s certificate of
registry, ship’s log book, tonnage certificate, etc.)
5) MASTER a) Definition of the master b) Powers and responsibilities of the Master as per the public law c) Powers and responsibilities of the Master as per the private law d) Disciplinary power of the Master on board and his/her powers and duties in case of a crime
6) SHIPOWNER a) Definition of the shipowner b) Shipowner, responsibilities and rights
7) MARINE ACCIDENTS a) Collision b) Sea Protest c) Rescue and aid
8) OUR NATIONAL MARITIME LEGISLATION IN GENERAL a) Cabotage Law b) Maritime Labor Act c) Law of Arrest and Seizure at Sea d) Provisions of the penal and procedure laws related to shipping e) Information on the Customs and Smuggling Legislation f) Ports Act and port regulations g) Regulations on Seafarers h) Coastal Health Legislation i) Related sections of the Act of Fees j) Instructions of the Master (taking over, keeping and using) k) Act No. 4922 on Smuggling
MARINE INSURANCES
1) INSURANCE AND INSURANCE LAW a) Definition of the insurance
b) Legal and economic requirements of the insurance
c) Types of insurance
d) Marine insurances
e) Insurance policy
2) BOAT AND MACHINERY INSURANCES
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
16
a) Scope and conditions of the insurance
b) Relations with insurance company
3) CLUB INSURANCES a) Scope and conditions of the insurance
b) Relations with insurance company
c) Definition of the Claim and situations to give rise to a Claim
SHIP MANEOUVRING
1) FACTORS AFFECTING THE SHIP MANEUVERING
a) Environmental Conditions
b) Sufficiency in manoeuvre
2) DRIVING POWER AND RESISTANCE IN MANOEUVRE
a) Resistance types related to the air
i) Still air resistance
ii) Wind resistance
b) Resistance types related to the water
3) ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THE MAIN MACHINERY ACCORDING
TO THEIR FUNCTIONS IN MANOEUVRING AND TYPES
4) PROPELLER
a) FIXED PITCH PROPELLER
b) Variable pitch propeller
c) Effects of the right and left hand propellers ahead
d) Ships with double propeller
5) STEERING
a) Effects of the steering in ships with single propeller
b) Effects of the steering in ships with double propeller
6) BOW THRUSTER, AFT THRUSTER
a) Operating principles
b) Its effects when used with the steering
7) LINES
a) Effects of the lines during boarding/shore off
b) Other line manoeuvres
8) TURNING CIRCLE
9) SHALLOW WATER
a) Definition of the shallow water
b) Effects of the shallow water
c) Navigation at shallow waters, bank absorption
10) PROPER METHODS FOR ANCHORING AND KNOTTING
11) TUGBOAT
a) Tugboat line knotting methods
b) Using the tugboats in manoeuvres
LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORK SKILLS
1) MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE CREW Information on the crew management and training
2) LEGISLATION Information on the relevant international maritime legislation, recommendations and the
national legislation
3) SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT a) Plan and mutual aid
b) Assignment of the crew
c) Time and resource limitations
ANNEX-12
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE YACHT MASTER (149 GT) - YACHT
MASTER (499 GT) AND UNLIMITED YACHT MASTER TRAINING
17
d) Prioritization
4) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING EFFECTIVE RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT a) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing the resources
b) Effective communication on board and ashore
c) Decisions reflecting importance of the team experiences
d) Motivation, pioneering and leadership
e) Raising and maintaining the situational awareness
5) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING DECISION MAKING
TECHNIQUES a) Situation and risk assessment
b) Determining and considering the emerging options
c) Ability to choose how to progress an action
d) Assessment of effectiveness of the result
6) STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES Development, application and supervision of the standard operating procedures
(1) The above mentioned compulsory training shall not take longer than 600 hours (longer
then 3.5 months and less than 5 months providing that maximum 8-hour training is
given each day).
(2) In the content of Yacht Master (unlimited) training; yacht personnel induction training
course is mandatory and it will be applied within the training of yacht master in 16
hours.
2 TOOLS – EQUIPMENT
b) Yacht Master (149 GT) Training
Tools and equipment stated in the Deck Restricted Operational Level Training shall be
available for this training.
c) Yacht Master (499 GT) Training
Tools and equipment stated in the Deck Operational Level Training shall be available
for this training.
d) Yacht Master (unlimited) Training
Tools and equipment stated in the Deck Management Level Training shall be available
for this training.
3. OTHER ISSUES
The Yacht Master (unlimited) Training is provided only at the training institutions
authorized for the Deck Operational Level trainings.
ANNEX - 13
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY TRAINING FOR FISHING BOAT
DECK RATINGS
1
1) CURRICULUM
BASIC FIRST AID TRAINING CURRICULUM
1) ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN IMMEDIATELY IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT OR ANOTHER
MEDICAL EMERGENCY
a) Evaluating the accidents and threats for personal safety
b) Evaluating the structure and functions of the body
c) Urgent measures required to be taken in case of emergency
i) Locating the accident site
ii) Implementing the resuscitation techniques
iii) Controlling the bleeding
iv) Appropriate use of the basic shock management
v) Appropriate intervention procedures to the accidents related to the electric shocks
vi) Appropriate intervention procedures to the burn injuries due to fire and boiling water
vii) Saving and transferring an injured person
viii) Putting on bandages
ix) Using the materials in the emergency kit
BASIC TRAINING CURRICULUM ON FIRE PREVENTION AND
FIREFIGHTING
1) MINIMIZING THE FIRE RISK AND PREPARING FOR FIREFIGHTING
a) Firefighting organization
b) Firefighting equipment
c) Locations of the emergency escape routes
d) Fire and explosion components (the fire triangle)
e) Types and sources of combustion
f) Flammable materials, fire dangers and spread of fire
g) Being cautious and careful at all times
h) Movements and manners on board
i) Fire/smoke detection and automatic alarm systems
j) Classification of fire and applicable fire extinguishing materials
2) FIREFIGHTING AND EXTINGUISHING
a) Firefighting equipment and their locations on board
b) Fixed equipment and their usage
c) Firefighter equipment and their usage
d) Personal equipment and their usage
e) Firefighting instruments/equipment and their usage
f) Firefighting procedures, methods and their implementation
g) Firefighting agents and their usage
ANNEX - 13
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY TRAINING FOR FISHING BOAT
DECK RATINGS
2
CURRICULUM FOR THE PERSONAL SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES TRAINING AT
SEA
1) SURVIVAL AT SEA AFTER ABANDONING THE SHIP
a) Types of possible emergency cases i) Collision ii) Fire iii) Sinking
b) Types of the lifesaving appliances on board
c) Equipment on the life rafts and lifesaving boats
d) Location of the personal lifesaving appliances
e) Importance of training and practice
f) Use of personal protective equipment
g) Preparing for the emergencies
h) Movements and manners when the life rafts and lifesaving boat stations are called
i) Movements and manners when abandoning the ship
j) Movements and manners at sea
CURRICULUM FOR THE PERSONNEL SAFETY AND SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY TRAINING
1) COMPLIANCE WITH THE EMERGENCY CASE METHODS
a) Types of possible emergency cases i) Collision ii) Fire iii) Sinking
b) Being familiar with the probability plans (probability emergency plans) on board to
intervene in case of emergency
c) Emergency signals
d) Special duties assigned to the crew in the role schedule
e) Muster stations
f) Proper use of personal equipment
g) Actions to be taken to find out possible emergency cases including fire, collision, sinking
and flooding
h) Movements and manners when emergency alarm signals are triggered
i) Importance of training and practice
j) Escape routes, internal communication and alarm systems
2) MEASURES TO BE TAKEN TO PROTECT THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT FROM
POLLUTION
a) Effects of operational pollution or pollution due to accidents in marine environment
b) Basic environmental conservation methods
c) Basic knowledge in the complexity and variety of the marine environment
3) SUPERVISING THE SAFE IMPLEMENTATIONS
a) Importance of abiding by the safe operation implementations
b) Available safety and protection equipment for protection against potential dangers on board
c) Measures to be taken before entering enclosed areas
d) Knowledge in international measures about accident prevention and occupational health
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 32 hours.
ANNEX - 13
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY TRAINING FOR FISHING BOAT
DECK RATINGS
3
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
S.NO MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME
1. Training cassettes/CDs(in accordance with the training
delivered)
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT FOR
BASIC TRAINING 2. Desk, table (1 for Each Student)
3. Board
4. Library including the course books stated in the curriculum
certificated by the Board of Education and Discipline and other
professional publications (SOLAS, MARPOL, COLREG,
MERSAR, IMDG, SMCP, other International Rules and
Regulations, Maritime Labor Act, Maritime Commercial Law,
Navigation Books, Cargo Operation Books, Books for Ship
Building and Stability, Books for Safety at Sea)
5. Ram Lines BASIC MARINE
SAFETY
LABORATORY
6. Life Buoys (Qty: Student Capacity/6)
7. Life Jackets (Qty: Student Capacity/6)
8. Parachute Flares
9. Hand Flares
10. Smoke Signals
11. Line Throwing Appliance
12. Diving Suit
13. Thermal Protected Suit
14. Signals, Flags, Table of Figures
15. Simple Handheld VHF Radio
16. Life Raft and Hydrostatic Lock
17. Foam Applicator Unit
18. Fire Hose, Fire Blanket, Nozzle Types, Multi-Purpose Nozzle,
Sleeve and Sleeve Key
19. Water Minimax, CO2 Minimax, Foam Minimax, Powder
Minimax (1 for Each)
20. Fire Alarm, Fire Alarm Button, Smoke Detectors
21. Emergency Escape Breathing Device (EEBD)
ANNEX - 13
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY TRAINING FOR FISHING BOAT
DECK RATINGS
4
S.NO MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME
22. Fire Outfit (1 Suit) (Additionally, Axe, Life Line, Light, Helmet,
Gloves, Boots)
23. Fire Hoses
24. Model for Search and Rescue (1 pc)
25. Respiratory Device Set (Mask, Oxygen Tube, Depressurizing
Valve), (1 pc)
26. First-aid materials
27. Tools and equipment available in the ship hospital
28. Materials used for the first medical intervention to fractures
29. Materials and various bandages necessary for the medical
dressing
30. Model for artificial respiration
31. Stretcher
32. International Communications Book indicating methods for
medical help requests
33. Diagrams Showing the Body Structure
34. Special Bandages
3) OTHER MATTERS
The above-mentioned trainings will be theoretically organized. Applied parts will be
supported with visual video and training documents during training.
ANNEX - 14
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FISHING VESSEL SKIPPER TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
SKIPPER TRAINING CURRICULUM
NAVIGATION
1. Knowledge in magnetic and gyro compasses and detection of the errors.
2. Knowledge in Charts:
. Symbols and abbreviations
. Chart Corrections
. Port charts
. Usage of the navigational publications and charts
. Notices to seamen
3. Knowledge in Coastal Navigation
. Coastal navigation and methods for position fixing
. Lights, buoy systems and other auxiliary navigational instruments
4. Electronic Navigational Instruments;
. Echo Sounder,
. Radar observation
. GPS and Currentmeters (Doppler)
SEAMANSHIP
1. Contents of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
(COLREG 1972) and its execution.
2. Deck equipment and its usage.
3. Fishing equipment and its usage.
4. Hull maintenance, scraping, paste and painting works.
5. Ship maneuvers and factors affecting maneuvering;
a) Berthing, unberthing,
b) Anchoring,
c) Turning circle and stopping,
d) In case of man overboard.
6. VHF communication, visual and audio communication.
7. General meteorological conditions at ports and coastal areas.
8. Act on Safety of Life and Property at Sea and related regulations.
9. Legislation on Marine Pollution and International conventions. 10. Legislation on National Sea Resources and its execution.
ANNEX - 14
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FISHING VESSEL SKIPPER TRAINING
2
SAFETY AT SEA
1. Measures to be taken when the ship is grounded or stranded.
2. Measures to be taken after collision and fire.
3. Abandoning the ship.
4. Tugging and Being Tugged.
5. Measures to be taken in case that the fishing equipment (trawl, purse etc.)
crashes into the ground or another object at sea bottom.
6. First aid.
The above mentioned trainings shall not take less than 240 hours in total.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
Tools and equipment, stated in context with the Deck Restricted Operational Level
Training shall be kept available.
ANNEX - 15
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPEN SEA FISHING VESSEL SKIPPER
TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
CURRICULUM FOR THE OPEN SEA FISHING VESSEL SKIPPER
TRAINING
NAVIGATION
1. Knowledge in magnetic and gyro compasses and detection of the errors.
2. Knowledge in Charts; a) Knowledge in the chart projection,
b) Symbols and abbreviations,
c) Notices to seamen,
d) Chart corrections.
3. Knowledge in Navigation; . Lights, buoy systems and other auxiliary navigational instruments,
. Usage of the navigational publications and charts,
. Fixing a position for celestial observation,
. Fixing a position for terrestrial observation,
. Electronic systems;
.. Radar and radar plotting,
.. GPS,
.. Navtex
... Speedlog,
... Echo Sounder,
... Auto-Pilot,
... Currentmeter (Doppler),
4. Navigational Planning; . Ocean navigation,
. In restricted waters,
. In iced water,
. Under limited visibility conditions,
. At traffic separation,
. Under the tidal and current effects.
ANNEX - 15
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPEN SEA FISHING VESSEL SKIPPER
TRAINING
2
SEAMANSHIP 1. Content of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
(COLREG 1972) and its execution, 2. Watchkeeping arrangement and methods, 3. Hull maintenance, scraping, paste and painting works, 4. Factors affecting the ship’s maneuver, 5. Turning circle and stopping distance, 6. Anchoring (Single and double anchors), anchor dragging, 7. Berthing and unberthing, 8. Manoeuvers in case of man overboard, 9. Navigating at different waters, 10. International Conventions related to Marine Pollution, 11. Structure and stability of the fishing boat, 12. Power units in the fishing boats, 13. National and International Legislation on Sea Resources, 14. Fishing boats' security codes FAO, ILO, IMO, 15. Handling the fisheries and stowage, 16. Carrying the cooled cargoes, 17. International Maritime Law
MARITIME SAFETY AND COMMUNICATION 1. Emergency planning, 2. Measures to be taken when the ship is aground and stranded, 3. Measures to be taken after collision and fire, 4. Abandoning the ship, 5. Using the emergency steering, 6. Knowledge in first aid procedures, execution of the Medical Guides and
notifying by Radio, 7. Procedures for Man Overboard, 8. Possible emergency cases at ports, 9. Search and Rescue Organization (MERSAR), 10. Measures to be taken in case that the fishing equipment (Trawl, purse etc.)
crashes into the ground or another object at sea bottom, 11. General knowledge in GMDSS usage, 12. Understanding the navigational and meteorological warning information in
English, 13. Using the Morse alphabet and International Code of Signals, 14. Using the English Standard Marine Communication Phrases (SMCP).
METEOROLOGY
1. Knowledge in the characteristics of various weather systems,
2. Meteorological instruments on board and their usage,
3. Avoiding meteorologically dangerous areas,
4. Weather fronts,
5. Weather reports and forecasts,
. Weather information stations for seamen
. Recording and reporting the weather observations,
. Weather forecasts.
6. Tidal and ocean currents. The above mentioned trainings shall not take less than 340 hours in total.
2 TOOLS – EQUIPMENT
ANNEX - 15
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPEN SEA FISHING VESSEL SKIPPER
TRAINING
3
Tools and equipment, stated in context with the Deck Restricted Operational Level Training,
shall be kept available.
ANNEX - 16
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BASIC MARITIME SAFETY TRAININGS
1
1) CURRICULUM
CURRICULUM FOR THE BASIC FIRST AID TRAINING
1) ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN IMMEDIATELY IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT OR ANOTHER
MEDICAL EMERGENCY CASE
a) Evaluating the accidents and threats for personal safety
b) Evaluating the structure and functions of the body
c) Urgent measures required to be taken in case of emergency i) Locating the accident site ii) Implementing the resuscitation techniques iii) Controlling the bleeding iv) Appropriate use of the basic shock management v) Appropriate intervention procedures to the accidents related to the electric shocks vi) Appropriate intervention procedures to the burn injuries due to fire and boiling water vii) Saving and transferring an injured person viii) Putting on bandages ix) Using the materials in the emergency kit
(1) The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 18 hours.
CURRICULUM FOR THE BASIC FIRE PREVENTION AND FIRE FIGHTING
TRAINING
1) MINIMIZING THE FIRE RISK AND PREPARING FOR FIRE FIGHTING
a) Fire fighting organization
b) Fire fighting equipment
c) Locations of the emergency escape routes
d) Fire and explosion components (the fire triangle)
e) Types and sources of combustion
f) Flammable materials, fire dangers and spread of fire
g) Being cautious and careful at all times
h) Movements and behaviors on board
i) Fire/smoke detection and automatic alarm systems
j) Classification of fire and applicable fire extinguishing materials
2) FIRE FIGHTING AND EXTINGUISHING
a) Fire fighting equipment and their locations on board
b) Fixed equipment and their usage
c) Firefighter equipment and their usage
d) Personal equipment and their usage
e) Fire fighting instruments/equipment and their usage
f) Fire fighting procedures, methods and their implementation
g) Fire fighting agents and their usage
h) Using the respiratory equipment
3) APPLIED FIRE TRAINING
In the Approved Training Facility;
a) Use various types of portable fire extinguishers
ANNEX - 16
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BASIC MARITIME SAFETY TRAININGS
2
b) Use self-contained breathing apparatus
c) Extinguish smaller fires, e.g., electrical fires, oil fires, propane fires
d) Extinguish extensive fires with water, using jet and spray nozzles
e) Extinguish fires with foam, powder or any other suitable chemical agent
f) Enter and pass through, with lifeline but without breathing apparatus, a compartment into
which high-expansion foam has been injected
g) Fight fire in smoke-filled enclosed spaces wearing self-contained breathing apparatus In
closed areas filled with smoke, fire using an independent breathing apparatus
struggle
h) Extinguish fire with water fog or any other suitable fire-fighting agent in an
accommodation room or simulated engine-room with fire and heavy smoke
i) Extinguish oil fire with fog applicator and spray nozzles, dry chemical powder or foam
applicators
j) Effect a rescue in a smoke-filled space wearing breathing apparatus
The trainings given above shall be given at least 18 hours. At least 8 hours of these trainings
are practiced. The practices of these trainings are given by authorized training institutions for
"Fire Prevention and Fire Fighting Basic Training Practices" indicated in the GAEBS
Module.
CURRICULUM FOR PERSONAL SURVIVAL TECHNIQUES AT SEA TRAINING
1) SURVIVAL AT SEA AFTER ABANDONING THE SHIP
a) Types of possible emergency cases i) Collision ii) Fire iii) Sinking
b) Types of the lifesaving appliances on board
c) Equipment on the liferafts and lifesaving boats
d) Location of the personal lifesaving appliances
e) Principles about survival
f) Importance of training and practice
g) Use of personal protective equipment
h) Preparing for the emergencies
i) Movements and manners when the liferafts and lifesaving boat stations are called
j) Movements and manners when abandoning the ship
k) Movements and manners at sea
l) Movements and manners on liferafts and lifesaving boats
m) Main dangers for survivors
The trainings given above shall be given at least 18 hours. At least 8 hours of these trainings
are practiced. The practices of these trainings are given by authorized training institutions for
"Practices for the Training of the Personal Survival Techniques at Sea" indicated in the
GAEBS Modules.
ANNEX - 16
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BASIC MARITIME SAFETY TRAININGS
3
CURRICULUM FOR THE PERSONAL SAFETY AND SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITIES TRAINING
1) COMPLIANCE WITH THE EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
a) Types of possible emergency cases i) Collision ii) Fire iii) Foundering
b) Knowledge of shipboard contingency plans for response to emergencies
c) Emergency signals
d) specific duties allocated to crew members in the muster list;
e) Muster stations
f) correct use of personal safety equipment
g) Action to take on discovering potential emergency, including fire, collision, foundering and
ingress of water into the ship
h) Action to take on hearing emergency alarm signals
i) Value of training and drills
j) Knowledge of escape routes and internal communication and alarm systems
2) PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT POLLUTION OF THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT
a) ımpact of shipping on the marine environment and the effects of operational or accidental
pollution on it.
b) Basic environmental protection methods
c) Basic knowledge of complexity and diversity of the marine environment.
3) Observe safe working practices
a) Importance of adhering to safe working practices at all times
b) Safety and protective devices available to protect against potential hazards aboard ship
c) Precautions to be taken prior to entering enclosed spaces
d) Familiarization with international measures concerning accident prevention and
occupational health
4) CONTRIBUTE TO EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATIONS ON BOARD SHIP.
a) the principles of, and barriers to, effective communication between individuals and teams
within the ship
b) Ability to establish and maintain effective communications
5) CONTRIBUTE TO EFFECTIVE HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS ON BOARD SHIP
a) Importance of maintaining good human and working relationships aboard ship
b) Basic teamworking principles and practice, including conflict resolution
c) Social responsibilities; employment conditions; individual rights and obligations;
d) The dangers of drug and alcohol abuse
6) UNDERSTAND AND TAKE NECESSARY ACTIONS TO CONTROL FATIGUE
a) Importance of obtaining the necessary rest
b) Effects of sleep, schedules, and the circadian rhythm on fatigue
c) Effects of physical stressors on seafarers
d) Effects of environmental stressors in and outside the ship and their impact on seafarers
e) Effects of schedule changes on seafarer fatigue
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 18 hours.
CURRICULUM FOR THE TRAINING OF PROFICIENCY IN USING SURVIVAL
CRAFTS
1) TAKE CHARGE OF LIFERAFTS OR LIFEBOATS DURING AND AFTER LAUNCH
ANNEX - 16
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BASIC MARITIME SAFETY TRAININGS
4
a) Construction and outfit of survival craft and individual items of their equipment, particular
characteristics and facilities of survival craft.
b) Various types of device used for launching liferafts and lifeboats
c) Methods of launching and recovering liferafts and lifeboats in a rough sea
d) Methods of recovering liferafts and lifeboats
e) Action to be taken after leaving the ship
f) Dangers associated with use of on-load release devices
g) Maintenance procedures
2) OPERATING A LİFE BOAT CRAFT ENGINE
Methods of starting and operating a lifeboats engine.
3) MANAGEMENT OF SURVIVORS (INJURED PERSONS) AND LIFERAFTS AND
LIFEBOATS AFTER ABANDONING THE SHIP
a) Handling liferafts and lifeboats in rough weather
b) Use of painter, sea-anchor and all other equipment
c) Apportionment of food and water in liferafts and lifeboats
d) Action taken to maximize detectability and location of liferafts and lifeboats
e) Method of helicopter rescue
f) Effects of hypothermia and its prevention;
g) Use of protective covers and garments, including immersion suits and thermal protective
aids
h) Use of rescue boats and motor lifeboats for marshalling liferafts and rescue of survivors and
persons in the sea
i) Beaching liferafts and lifeboats
4) USE LOCATING DEVICES, INCLUDING COMMUNICATION AND SIGNALING
APPARATUS AND PYROTECHNICS a) Satellite EPIRBs and SARTs b) Radio life-saving appliances carried in liferafts and lifeboats c) Pyrotechnical danger signals and their usage
5) FIRST-AID TO SURVIVORS (INJURED PERSONS)
a) Use of first-aid kit and resuscitation techniques b) Controlling the bleeding and shock c) Management of injured persons
The trainings given above shall be given at least 18 hours. At least 8 hours of these
trainings are practiced. The practices of these trainings are given by authorized training
institutions for "Practices for the Training of the Proficiency in Survival Craft" indicated in the
GAEBS Modules.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
S.NO MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME
1. Training cassettes/CDs(in accordance with the training
delivered) TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT FOR
BASIC TRAINING 2. Desk, table (1 for Each Student)
3. Board
4. Library including the course books stated in the curriculum
certificated by the Board of Education and Discipline and other
professional publications (SOLAS, MARPOL, COLREG,
MERSAR, IMDG, SMCP, other International Rules and
Regulations, Maritime Labor Act, Maritime Commercial Law,
Navigation Books, Cargo Operation Books, Books for Ship
Building and Stability, Books for Safety at Sea)
ANNEX - 16
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BASIC MARITIME SAFETY TRAININGS
5
S.NO MATERIAL NAME LABORATORY NAME
5. Ram Lines BASIC MARINE
SAFETY
LABORATORY
6. Life Buoys (Qty: Student Capacity/6)
7. Life Jackets (Qty: Student Capacity/6)
8. Parachute Flares
9. Hand Flares
10. Smoke Signals
11. Line Throwing Appliance
12. Diving Suit
13. Thermal Protected Suit
14. Signals, Flags, Table of Figures
15. Simple Handheld VHF Radio
16. Liferaft and Hydrostatic Lock
17. Foam Applicator Unit
18. Fire Hose, Fire Blanket, Nozzle Types, Multi-Purpose Nozzle,
Sleeve and Sleeve Key
19. Water Minimax, CO2 Minimax, Foam Minimax, Powder
Minimax (1 for Each)
20. Fire Alarm, Fire Alarm Button, Smoke Detectors
21. Emergency Escape Breathing Device (EEBD)
22. Fire Outfit (1 Suit) (Additionally, Axe, Life Line, Light, Helmet,
Gloves, Boots)
23. Fire Hoses
24. Model for Search and Rescue (1 pc)
25. Respiratory Device Set (Mask, Oxygen Tube, Depressurizing
Valve), (1 pc)
26. First-aid materials
27. Tools and equipment available in the ship hospital
28. Materials used for the first medical intervention to fractures
29. Materials and various bandages necessary for the medical
dressing
30. Model for artificial respiration
31. Stretcher
32. International Communications Book indicating methods for
medical help requests
33. Diagrams Showing the Body Structure
34. Special Bandages
3. OTHER MATTERS
From the relevant parts in the Basic Maritime Safety Trainings, Proficiency in Survival Craft,
Personnel Survival Techniques at Sea Training and Fire Prevention and Fire Fighting are
carried out at the facilities specified in Annexes 31, 32 and 33 of this Directive.
ANNEX - 17
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP SECURITY TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
a) Ship Security Officer Training
SHIP SECURITY OFFICER TRAINING CURRICULUM
1) GENERAL KNOWLEDGE AND MARITIME SECURITY POLICIES
a) History of the criminal activities at sea
b) Existing threats and their nature (piracy, armed attack, terror, fugitives, smuggling etc.)
c) Ship and port operations and their nature
d) Definitions
e) International legislation on security
f) Legal regulations by governments on security
g) Legal boundaries of the actions to be performed by the ship security officer
h) Processing the information on security and communication and their privacy
i) Terms and definitions related to the Marine Security
2) SECURITY RESPONSIBILITIES
a) Responsibilities of the state which is a party to SOLAS and STCW 78 Convention
b) Security Organization
c) Company and its responsibilities
d) Ship and its responsibilities
e) Port Facility and its responsibilities
f) Ship Security Officer and his/her responsibilities
g) Company Security Officer and his/her responsibilities
h) Port Facility Security Officer and his/her responsibilities
i) Security personnel assigned a duty within the scope of Ship Security Plan
j) Security personnel assigned a duty within the scope of Port Facility Security Plan
k) Other Personnel
3) MAINTAINING AND SUPERVISING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF A SHIP SECURITY
PLAN
a) Responsibilities of international maritime security policy and responsibilities of
Governments, companies and designated persons, including elements that may relate to
piracy and armed robbery
b) Purpose for and the elements that make up a ship security plan, related procedures and
maintenance of records, including those that may relate to piracy and armed robbery
c) Procedures to be employed in implementing a ship security plan and reporting of security
incidents
d) Maritime security levels and the consequential security measures and procedures aboard
ship and in the port facility environment
e) The requirements and procedures for conducting internal audits, on-scene inspections,
control and monitoring of security activities specified in a ship security plan
f) The requirements and procedures for reporting to the company security officer any
efficiencies and non-conformities identified during internal audits, periodic reviews, and
security inspections
g) the methods and procedures used to modify the ship security plan
h) Procedures of security-related contingency plans and the procedures for responding to
security threats or breaches of security, including provisions for maintaining critical
operations of the ship/port interface, including also elements that may relate to piracy and
armed robbery
i) Maritime security terms and definitions, including elements that may relate to piracy and
armed robbery
4) EVALUATING THE SECURITY RISKS, THREATS AND VULNERABILITY
a) Methods of risk assessment and assessment tools
ANNEX - 17
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP SECURITY TRAINING
2
b) Security assessment documentation, including the Declaration of Security
c) Methods used to circumvent security measures, including those used by pirates and armed
robbers
d) Enabling recognition, on a non-discriminatory basis, of persons posing potential security
risks
e) Enabling recognition of weapons, dangerous substances and devices and awareness of the
damage they can cause
f) Crowd management and control techniques, where appropriate
g) Handling sensitive security-related information and security-related communications
h) Implementing and co-ordinating searches
i) Methods for physical searches and non-intrusive inspections
5) CARRYING OUT REGULAR INSPECTIONS OF THE SHIP TO ENSURE THAT
APPROPRIATE SECURITY MEASURES ARE IMPLEMENTED AND MAINTAINED
a) Designating and monitoring restricted areas
b) controlling access to the ship and to restricted areas on board ship
c) Methods for effective monitoring of deck areas and areas surrounding the ship
d) Security aspects relating to the handling of cargo and ship’s stores with other shipboard
personnel and relevant port facility security officers
e) Methods for controlling the embarkation, disembarkation and access while on board of
persons and their effects
6) ENSURING THAT SECURITY EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, IF ANY, ARE PROPERLY
OPERATED, TESTED AND CALIBRATED
a) Various types of security equipment and systems and their limitations, including those that
could be used in case of attacks by pirates and armed robbers
b) Procedures, instructions and guidance on the use of ship security alert systems
c) Methods for testing, calibrating, and maintaining security systems and equipment,
particularly whilst at sea
7) ENCOURAGING SECURITY AWARENESS AND VIGILANCE
a) Training, drill and exercise requirements under relevant conventions, codes and IMO
circulars, including those relevant to anti-piracy and anti-armed robbery
b) Methods for enhancing security awareness and vigilance on board
c) Methods for assessing the effectiveness of drills and exercises
The mandatory training specified above is given as 14 hours in 2 days
b) Security-related familiarization training
CURRICULUM FOR THE SECURITY FAMILIARIZATION TRAINING
1. Before being assigned to shipboard duties, all persons employed or engaged on a
seagoing ship which is required to comply with the provisions of the ISPS Code, other than
passengers, shall receive approved security-related familiarization training, taking account of the
guidance given in Code B-VI
a. Report a security incident, including a piracy or armed robbery threat or attack;
b. Know the procedures to follow when they recognize a security threat; and
c. Take part in security-related emergency and contingency procedures.
2. Seafarers with designated security duties engaged or employed on a seagoing ship shall,
before being assigned such duties, receive security-related familiarization training in their
assigned duties and responsibilities, taking into account the guidance given in Code B-VI
3. The security-related familiarization training shall be conducted by the ship security
officer or an equally qualified person.
The mandatory training specified above is given as 4 hours in 1 day when given as a course.
ANNEX - 17
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP SECURITY TRAINING
3
c) Security Awareness Training
CURRICULUM FOR THE SECURITY AWARENESS TRAINING
1) CONTRIBUTING TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF MARINE SECURITY WITH
ENHANCED AWARENESS
a) Basic knowledge in maritime security terms and definitions including the factors which
can be related to piracy and armed robbery
b) Basic knowledge in responsibilities of states, companies and persons and international
maritime security policies
c) Basic knowledge in maritime security levels and their effects on the security measures and
procedures on board and at port facilities
d) Basic knowledge in the security reporting procedures
e) Basic knowledge in probability plans on security
2) RECOGNIZING THE SECURITY THREATS
a) Basic knowledge in the techniques used for elimination of the security measures
b) Basic knowledge providing the recognition of the potential security threats including the
factors which can be related to the piracy and armed robbery
c) Basic knowledge to recognize guns, dangerous goods and devices
d) Raising awareness about the damages by guns, dangerous goods and devices
e) Basic knowledge to manage information and communication on security
3) UNDERSTANDING THOSE METHODS FOR RAISING AWARENESS IN SECURITY
AND VIGILANCE AND THE REASON WHY THESE METHODS ARE REQUIRED
Basic knowledge in training, practice and exercise requirements implemented within the scope
of relevant conventions, codes and IMO notices including those against piracy and armed
robbery.
The mandatory training specified above is given as 6 hours in 1 day.
c) Training Curriculum on designated security duties
CURRICULUM FOR THE DESIGNATED SECURITY DUTIES TRAINING
1) MAINTAINING THE CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN A SHIP SECURITY PLAN
a) Working knowledge of maritime security terms and definitions, including elements that
may relate to piracy and armed robbery
b) Knowledge of international maritime security policy and responsibilities of Governments,
companies and persons, including working knowledge of elements that may relate to
piracy and armed robbery
c) Knowledge of maritime security levels and their impact on security measures and
procedures aboard ship and in the port facilities
d) Knowledge of security reporting procedures
e) Knowledge of procedures and requirements for drills and exercises under relevant
conventions, codes and IMO circulars, including working knowledge of those that may
relate to piracy and armed robbery
f) Knowledge of the procedures for conducting inspections and surveys and for the control
and monitoring of security activities specified in a ship security plan
g) Knowledge of security-related contingency plans and the procedures for responding to
security threats or breaches of security, including provisions for maintaining critical
operations of the ship/port interface, and including also working knowledge of those that
may relate to piracy and armed robbery
ANNEX - 17
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP SECURITY TRAINING
4
2) RECOGNITION OF SECURITY RISKS AND THREATS
a) Knowledge of security documentation, including the Declaration of Security
b) Knowledge of techniques used to circumvent security measures, including those used by
pirates and armed robbers
c) Knowledge enabling recognition of potential security threats
d) Knowledge enabling recognition of weapons, dangerous substances and devices and
awareness of the damage they can cause
e) Knowledge of crowd management and control techniques, where appropriate
f) Knowledge in handling security-related information and security-related communications
g) Knowledge of the methods for physical searches and non-intrusive inspections
3) UNDERTAKING THE REGULAR SECURITY INVESTIGATIONS OF THE SHIP
a) Knowledge of the techniques for monitoring restricted areas
b) Knowledge of controlling access to the ship and to restricted areas on board ship
c) Knowledge of methods for effective monitoring of deck areas and areas surrounding the
ship
d) Knowledge of inspection methods relating to the cargo and ship’s stores
e) Knowledge of methods for controlling the embarkation, disembarkation and access while
on board of persons and their effects
4) PROPER USE OF THE SECURITY EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IF ANY
a) General knowledge of various types of security equipment and systems, including those
that could be used in case of attacks by pirates and armed robbers, including their
limitations
b) Knowledge of the need for testing, calibrating, and maintaining security systems and
equipment, particularly whilst at sea
The training specified above is given as 10 hours in 2 days.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
Metal hand detector
Handheld radios
Alarm circuits
Door locks
Physical barriers
Door alarm and monitoring systems
Various types of hand lanterns and lighting devices
Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System
Various types of locks
3 OTHER CONDITIONS
Security-Related Familiarization Training can be given as a single curriculum by
combining the Security Awareness Training and Designated Security Duties Training
Curricula. In this case this trainings is given as 16 hours in 2 days.
ANNEX - 18
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
a) Training on Radar Observation and Plotting
TRAINING ON RADAR OBSERVATION AND PLOTTING
1) IDENTIFICATION, CLASSIFICATION AND OPERATING PRINCIPLES OF RADARS
Radiation danger and marking the safe distance
2) RADAR BLOCK DIAGRAM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE COMPONENTS
a) Radiation danger and marking the safe distance
b) Amplitude, Frequency, Pulse Width, Pulse Repetition Frequency, Power Definitions and
its effects on Radar
c) Radar controls
d) Activating and deactivating the radar
e) Echo principle and factors affecting the echo quality, false echoes
f) Distance and Bearing Difference
g) Distance Calibration
h) Calculating the radar range and effects of the propagation conditions
3) SET UP AND OPERATE RADAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER
INSTRUCTIONS
a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display
b) Measuring the range and the bearings
c) Performance measurements
d) Operational modes of the display (True and Relative Movement, North Up, Course Up,
Head Up)
e) Measuring the bearing and the distance by the use of radar
f) Methods for position fixing by the use of radar, navigational aid selection
g) Methods for Parallel Index
h) Use of radar with the purpose of preventing collision and methods for plotting
i) Calculation of RS and CPA by the use of radar in case of a contact
j) Methods for plotting the contacts on maneuver plate
k) IMO standards related to radars.
4) MANUAL RADAR PLOTTING APPLICATION
a) True and relative movement
b) True and relative vectors
c) Formation of relative motion triangle
d) Identifying the route, speed and vision of contacts
e) Defining CPA and TCPA
f) Considering the effect of route and speed changes
g) Reporting radar plotting data.
5) USE OF RADAR TO PROVIDE SAFE NAVIGATION
a) Fix vessels position by radar
b) Identify aids to radar navigation and safety
c) Use parallel indexing in radar navigation
6) USE RADAR TO AVOID COLLISIONS OR CLOSE ENCOUNTERS
Application of Rules on Prevention of Collision to avoid collisions or close encounters
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 21 hours.
ANNEX - 18
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY TRAINING
2
b) Training on the Use of Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA)
TRAINING ON THE USE OF AUTOMATIC RADAR PLOTTING AID (ARPA)
1) BASIC CONCEPT AND USE OF MARINE RADAR SYSTEM
a) Basic principles of radar
b) Safe distances
c) Radiation risk and measures
d) Characteristics of radar settings and factors affecting performance
e) External factors in radar adjustment affecting radar detection
f) Factors that may lead to misinterpretation
g) Performance standards – Decision A.477(XII)
2) SET UP AND OPERATE RADAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER
INSTRUCTIONS
a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display
b) Measuring the range and the bearings
3) MANUAL RADAR PLOTTING APPLICATION
a) Construct the relative motion triangle
b) Determine course, speed and aspect of other ships
c) Determine CPA and TCPA
d) Recognize the effect of course and speed changes
e) Report radar plot data
4) USE OF RADAR TO PROVIDE SAFE NAVIGATION
a) Fixing the position of ship by the use of radar
b) Definition of auxiliaries for radar navigation and security
c) Use of parallel lines for radar navigation
5) USE OF RADAR FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS OR NEAR MISSES
a) Implementation of Rules on Prevention of Collision in order to
b) avoid collisions or near misses
6) EXPLANATION OF AN ARPA SYSTEM
a) ARPA system display characteristics
b) IMO performance standards for ARPA
c) Acquisition of targets
d) Tracking capabilities and limitations
e) Processing delays
7) OPERATE OF AN ARPA SYSTEM
a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display
b) Obtaining and improving the target data
c) Errors in interpretation of target data
d) Errors in definition and explanation of the displayed data
e) System utilization applications for data verification
f) Risks of over-reliance on ARPA
g) Obtaining data from ARPA displays
h) Implementation of rules on prevention of collision
i) Use of ARPA with other modern electronic navigational systems
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 21 hours.
ANNEX - 18
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY TRAINING
3
c) Training on Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS)
TRAINING ON ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY and INFORMATION SYSTEM
(ECDIS)
1) LEGAL STATUS AND REQUIREMENTS
a) Requirements for keeping an ECDIS available and equivalence
b) Performance Standards
c) Information
d) Training Requirements
2) ELECTRONIC CHART TYPES
a) Commonly Used Electronic Chart Types (Vector and Raster Charts)
3) ECDIS INFORMATION
a) Terms and Definitions
b) Information Installation
c) ENC Preparation
d) Information Quality
e) Reference Systems
f) Loading and Storage
4) ECDIS INFORMATION DISPLAY
a) Presentation Library
b) Change of Chart Display
c) Selection of Chart Information
d) Display Modes
5) SENSORS
a) Performance Limits
b) Sensor Systems
c) Information Reference System
d) Selection of the Proper Sensor Information
e) Reasonable Sensor Information Entries
6) MAIN NAVIGATIONAL FUNCTIONS AND SETTINGS
a) Automatic Functions
b) Manual Functions
c) Personal Chart Entries
d) Display of Navigational Signals
e) Additional Information
f) Vector Types
7) SPECIAL FUNCTIONS FOR ROUTE PLANNING
a) Selection of Marine Area
b) Route Planning Information
c) Route Plotting
d) Adjusting a Planned Route
e) Curved Route Planning
f) Security Values
g) Navigational Safety Controls
h) Final Route
8) SPECIAL FUNCTIONS FOR ROUTE MONITORING
a) Monitored Area
b) Required Route
c) Vector-Time
d) Control Measurements
e) Look-Ahead Function
f) Alarms
g) Current and Wind
ANNEX - 18
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY TRAINING
4
9) UPDATING
a) Preparation and Distribution of Updates
b) Manual, Semi-Automatic and Automatic Updates
c) Updating On Board
d) Updating and Safe Navigation
10) USE OF OTHER NAVIGATIONAL FUNCTIONS
a) Layout of the Radar Image on ECDIS
b) Automatic Tracking
c) Display of the information obtained from Radar, ARPA or AIS
11) INCORRECT INFORMATION DISPLAY
a) Possible Errors on ECDIS Display
b) Possible Errors on Own-Ship Display
c) Accuracy of the Displayed Information
12) INTERPRETING ERRORS
Interpreting Errors and Correction of the Errors
13) SITUATION INDICATORS, ALARMS
a) Definitions and Meanings of Indicators and Alarms
b) Nautical Sensors and Alarms
c) Information and Chart Alarms
14) DOCUMENTATION
a) Automatic Voyage Record
b) Replaying the Visited Traces
15) ACCURACY OF THE DISPLAYED INFORMATION
a) Online Test
b) Manual and Visual Tests
c) Verifying the Proper Operation of the System
16) SUPPORTING
a) Activation of the Support System
b) Reduced Functional Capacities
c) Periodical Function Test
17) RISKS OF OVER-RELIANCE ON ECDIS
Limitations of ECDIS
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than five days and 40 course
hours.
d) Bridge Resource Management (BRM) Training
BRIDGE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (BRM) TRAINING
1) REVIEW OF THE MAIN PRINCIPLES
a) Principles of bridge watchkeeping
b) Charts and Nautical publications
c) Methods for position fixing
d) Records and Log Books
2) BEING FAMILIAR WITH THE BRIDGE
a) Steering, Machinery and Electronic Navigation Systems
b) Machinery and steering controls
c) Pilot card and bridge poster
3) TACTICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SHIP
a) Height, width, draft, air draft
ANNEX - 18
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY TRAINING
5
b) Turning circles
c) Advancement-transferring and stopping distances
d) Effects of inclination and trim
e) Effects of wind and currents
f) Effect of squad
4) BEHAVIOR
a) Minimum security restrictions
b) Efficient and effective use of available man power
5) BEING AWARE OF THE CULTURAL DIFFERENCES
a) Being aware of the cultural differences and similarities
b) Behaviors in different cultures
6) MUTUAL INFORMATION TRANSFER
a) Providing bridge crew with information related to the voyage beforehand
b) Information exchange with the pilot
c) Providing the team with information regarding various cases during the voyage
d) Information transfer in watchkeeping handover
7) DANGEROUS CASES AND FURTHER ACTIONS
a) Behaviors of master, pilot and bridge watchkeeping personnel
b) Man overboard
c) Machinery/steering malfunction
d) Electronic navigational aids malfunction
e) Emergency maneuvering procedures
8) EFFECTS OF THE SHALLOW WATER
a) Definition of shallow water
b) Increasing shallow water effect as depth decreases
c) Definition and calculation of squad
d) Performing the standard maneuvers at shallow water
9) EMERGENCY PLANNING
Planning the actions to be taken in case of emergency
10) AUTHORITY
a) Authority of the master and duties, powers and responsibilities of the bridge
watchkeeping personnel
b) Use of power and authority when pilot is on board
c) Use of authority as appropriate to the hierarchical level
11) MANAGEMENT ON BRIDGE
a) Well-balanced and good management
b) Distribution of duty in accordance with the potential and capabilities of bridge
watchkeeping personnel
12) WORK LOAD AND STRESS
a) Measures avoiding the work overload and stress
b) Well-balanced share of work load between bridge watchkeeping personnel
13) SYSTEMATIC ANCHORING AND BELAYING PRINCIPLES
a) Selection of anchor location
b) Systematic anchoring principles
c) Planning the actions to be taken before belaying
d) Preparing an alternative emergency plan (machinery malfunction etc.)
e) Use of the checklists before maneuvering
f) Recording the maneuver (bridge and machinery log books)
14) HUMAN FACTOR IN ERRORS
a) Taking measures against possible errors
b) Learning from errors
c) Implementation of the bridge watchkeeping personnel instructions through the voyage
15) DECISION MAKING
a) Validating the obtained data
ANNEX - 18
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY TRAINING
6
b) Identifying and providing the missing information
c) Determination of priorities and prioritizing the implementations
16) CRISIS MANAGEMENT
a) Master's awareness of his and bridge watchkeeping personnel's stress levels
b) Informing the bridge watchkeeping personnel about possible over stress situations
17) PLANNING AND EXECUTING A VOYAGE (PASSAGE PLAN)
a) Listing the charts and nautical publications to be used
b) Effects of tide and current
c) Weather and sea conditions through the voyage
d) Identifying the routes and their restrictions
e) Identifying the alternative routes
f) Navigational aids to be used
g) VTS information, communication principles
h) Forbidden areas
i) Escaping routes
j) Shelter port/area
k) Safety of the cargo and relevant special conditions
l) Plotting the route of a voyage berth-to-berth
m) Preparing the checklists for departure, arrival and entrance to narrow waters
n) Planning the pilot boarding-landing principles by using the maneuver data of the ship
o) Supervising the implementation of a planned voyage at all times
p) Obeying the environmental protection rules and other rules regarding crew, ship and
cargo safety
q) Performing the boarding-transition and leaving procedures in the traffic separation areas
as to the rules
r) Keeping all necessary records
s) Safe unberthing and berthing
18) PARALLEL INDEX
a) Information on parallel index
b) Port entrance by using parallel index
c) Berthing by the use of parallel index
d) Navigating on dangerous zones by the use of parallel index,
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than five days as 40 course hours.
e) Engine Room Resource Management (ERM) Training
CURRICULUM FOR THE ENGINE ROOM RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (ERM)
TRAINING
1) LEGAL STATUS AND REQUIREMENTS
a) ERM Training Requirement
a) Performance Standards
b) Information
c) Training Requirements
2) ERM INFORMATION
a) Terms and Definitions
b) Abbreviations
c) Loading and Storage
3) DISPLAY OF ERM INFORMATION
a) Changing the Ship Types
b) Selection of the Ship Types
4) SHIP SPECIFICATION
a) Basic Information on the Ship
b) Characteristics of Main Engine
5) RECOGNIZING THE SIMULATOR MACHINERY SYSTEM COMPONENTS
a) Diesel Main Engine
ANNEX - 18
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY TRAINING
7
b) Electrical System
c) Auxiliary Machinery and Systems
6) RECOGNIZING THE MODULE SYSTEMS OF SIMULATOR DIESEL MAIN ENGINE
a) Main Engine Control System
b) Fresh Water Cooling System
c) Sea Water Cooling System
d) Fuel Supply System
e) Fuel Transfer System
f) Oil and Fuel Separation System
g) Lubricating and Coolant Circulation System
h) Air Compressor System
i) Exhaust and Turbocharger System
j) Combustion Control and Adjustment System in Cylinders
k) Local Main Engine Control System
7) RECOGNIZING SIMULATOR ELECTRIC MODULE SYSTEMS
a) Electrical Power System On Board
b) Electrical Distribution System On Board
c) Automatic Circuit Breakers
d) Isolation Monitoring
e) Diesel Generator
f) Shaft Generator
g) Emergency Diesel Generator
h) Coastal Feeding Distribution Switchboard
i) Main Distribution Switchboard
j) Emergency Distribution Switchboard
k) Auxiliary Diesel
8) RECOGNIZING SIMULATOR AUXILIARY MACHINERY MODULE SYSTEMS
a. Boiler
b. Boiler Fuel
c. Bilge System
d. Steering System
e. Central Fire Alarm System
f. CO2 System
g. Main Fire and Foam System
h. Ice Pounds System
i. Air Conditioning System
8) INCORRECT INFORMATION DISPLAY
a) Possible Errors on ERM Display
b) Accuracy of the Displayed Information
9) INTERPRETING ERRORS
Interpreting Errors and Correction of the Errors
10) SITUATION INDICATORS, ALARMS
Definitions and Meanings of Indicators and Alarms
11) MANAGEMENT AT ENGINE CONTROL
a) Well-balanced and good management
b) Distribution of duty in accordance with the potential and capabilities of engine
watchkeeping personnel
12) WORK LOAD AND STRESS
a) Measures avoiding the work overload and stress
b) Well-balanced share of work load between engine watchkeeping personnel
13)HUMAN FACTOR IN ERRORS
a) Taking measures against possible errors
b) Learning from errors
ANNEX - 18
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY TRAINING
8
14) DECISION MAKING
a) Validating the obtained data
b) Identifying and providing the missing information
c) Determination of priorities and prioritizing the implementations
13. BEHAVIOR
Efficient and effective use of available man power
16) BEING AWARE OF THE CULTURAL DIFFERENCES
a) Being aware of the cultural differences and similarities
b) Behaviors in different cultures
17)INFORMATION EXCHANGE
a) Providing engine crew with information related to the voyage beforehand
b) Providing the team with information regarding various cases during the voyage
c) Information transfer in watchkeeping handover
18)DANGEROUS CASES AND FURTHER ACTIONS
a) Behaviors of chief engineer and engine watchkeeping personnel
b) Chief engineer's awareness of his and engine watchkeeping personnel's stress levels
c) Informing the engine watchkeeping personnel about possible over stress situations
d) Main Engine malfunction
e) Electrical System malfunction
f) Auxiliary system malfunction
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than five days and 40 course hours.
f) High Voltage (Over 1000 V Training)
HIGH VOLTAGE (OVER 1000 V) TRAINING
OPERATINAL LEVEL;
1) Hazards due to high voltage systems;
2) Functional, operational and safety requirements in High Voltage systems used in ships
3) Basic arrangement and protective equipment of high voltage systems
4) Safety procedures related to High Voltage systems
5) Priorities in case of malfunction.
MANAGEMENT LEVEL:
1) Functional, operational and safety requirements in High Voltage systems used in ships
2) Appointment of suitable personnel for repair and maintenance of various types of High
Voltage switches
3) Corrective actionsto be made in eliminating faults in the high voltage system
4) Developing the switching strategy for the isolation components of the High Voltage system;
5) Selection of suitable devices for insulation and testing of High Voltage equipment;
6) In High Voltage system used in ships, carry out the switching and insulation procedure,
together with safety documents.
7) Performing insulation resistance and polarization index tests in High Voltage equipment
The above training shall be at least 16 hours per level.
ANNEX - 18
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NAVIGATIONAL SAFETY TRAINING
9
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
a) Training on Radar Observation and Plotting
Approved Radar Simulator
b) Use of Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA) Training
Approved ARPA Radar Simulator (Display, Engine and Steering Commands shall
have the ability to meet ARPA Radar functions.)
c) Electronic Chart Display and Information System (ECDIS) Training
Approved ECDIS Simulator
d) Bridge Resource Management (BRM) Training
Approved Bridge Simulator
e) Engine Room Resource Management (ERM) Training
Approved Engine Simulator
3 OTHER ISSUES
Trainings which are required to obtain the relevant seafarer's certificate of
competency, may be given at the training institutions authorized to provide these trainings for
certificate of competency.
In accordance with these trainings, no certificate is issued to the Seafarer's Book.
ANNEX - 19
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FIRST-AID AND MEDICAL CARE
TRAININGS
1
1) CURRICULUM
a) First-Aid Training
FIRST-AID TRAINING
a) Apply immediate first-aid in case of an accident or illness on board
b) First-aid kit
c) Body structure and function
d) Toxicological hazards on board, including use of the
e) Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods (MFAG) or its
national equivalent
f) Examination of casualty or patient
g) Spinal injuries
h) Burns, scalds and effects of heat and cold
i) Fractures, dislocations and muscular injuries
j) Medical care of rescued persons
k) Radio medical advice
l) Pharmacology
m) Sterilization
n) Cardiac arrest, drowning and asphyxia
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 18 hours.
b) Medical Care Training
MEDICAL CARE TRAINING
1) PROVIDING MEDICAL CARE FOR PATIENTS AND INJURED PERSONS ON BOARD
a) First-Aid
b) Care for people injured during the accident
i. head and spinal injuries
ii. injuries of ear, nose, throat and eyes
iii. external and internal bleeding
iv. burns, scalds and frostbite
v. fractures, dislocations and muscular injuries
vi. wounds, wound healing and infection
vii. pain relief
viii. techniques of sewing and clamping
ix. management of acute abdominal conditions
x. minor surgical treatment
xi. dressing and bandaging
c) Methods for patient care i) General principles ii) Care
d) Diseases i) Medical conditions and emergencies ii) Sexually transmitted diseases
ANNEX - 19
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FIRST-AID AND MEDICAL CARE
TRAININGS
2
iii) Tropical and infectious diseases e) Alcohol and drug abuse
f) Dental care
g) Gynecology, pregnancy and childbirth
h) Medical care of rescued people
i) Death at sea
j) Hygiene
k) External aid
l) Environmental control on board
2) DISEASE PREVENTION
a) Disinfection, disinfestation and de-ratting
b) Vaccinations
3) KEEPING RECORDS AND REGULATIONS
a) Keeping the medical records
b) International and national maritime medical regulations
4) COORDINATION METHODS FOR MEDICAL ASSISTANCE TO SHIPS
a) External assistance i) Radio Medical advice ii) Evacuation and transportation of patients and injured persons by helicopter or other
vehicles iii) Medical care of sick seafarers involving cooperation with port health authorities or
out-patient wards in port
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 21 hours.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
a) Medical First-Aid Training On Board
Human skeleton model or diagram
Poster showing the internal organs
Medical First-Aid Guide for the Ship Master
Splints in various sizes for fractures and dislocations
CPR model (Adult)
Bandages
b) Medical Care Training on Board
Arm model for suturing
Artificial respiration model (Adult)
Models and tools for injection applications
3 OTHER CONDITIONS
Similar subjects in the above mentioned training can be compiled as a single course. In
this case the training shall not take less than 32 hours.
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
1
1) CURRICULUM
a) Basic Training for Oil and Chemical Tankers Cargo Operations
The minimum requirements for the content and period of training specified for seafarers for the Basic
Certificate of Cargo Operations on Oil and Chemical Tankers, and issued by the administration, are
shown below.
BASIC TRAINING FOR OIL AND CHEMICAL TANKERS CARGO OPERATIONS
1) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF TANKERS:
a) types of oil and chemical tankers
b) general arrangement and construction
2) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF CARGO OPERATIONS:
a) piping systems and valves
b) cargo pumps
c) loading and unloading
d) tank cleaning, purging, gas-freeing and inerting
3) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF OIL AND
CHEMICALS:
a) pressure and temperature, including vapour pressure/temperature relationship
b) types of electrostatic charge generation
c) chemical symbols
4) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF TANKER SAFETY CULTURE AND
SAFETY MANAGEMENT
5) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH TANKER
OPERATIONS, INCLUDING:
a) health hazards
b) environmental hazards
c) reactivity hazards
d) corrosion hazards
e) explosion and flammability hazards
f) sources of ignition, including electrostatic hazards
g) toxicity hazards
h) vapour leaks and clouds
6) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF HAZARD CONTROLS:
a) inerting, water padding, drying agents and monitoring techniques
b) anti-static measures
c) ventilation
d) segregation
e) cargo inhibition
f) importance of cargo compatibility
g) atmospheric control
h) gas testing
7) UNDERSTANDING OF INFORMATION ON A MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
(MSDS)
8) FUNCTION AND PROPER USE OF GAS-MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND
SIMILAR EQUIPMENT
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
2
9) PROPER USE OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES,
INCLUDING:
a) breathing apparatus and tank-evacuating equipment
b) protective clothing and equipment
c) resuscitators
d) rescue and escape equipment
10) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES IN
ACCORDANCE WITH LEGISLATION AND INDUSTRY GUIDELINES AND
PERSONAL SHIPBOARD SAFETY RELEVANT TO OIL AND CHEMICAL
TANKERS, INCLUDING:
a) precautions to be taken when entering enclosed spaces
b) precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work
c) safety measures for hot and cold work
d) electrical safety
e) ship/shore safety Checklist
11) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF FIRST AID WITH REFERENCE TO A MATERIAL
SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)
12) Tanker fire response organization and action to be taken
13) Fire hazards associated with cargo handling and transportation of hazardous and noxious
liquids in bulk
14) Fire-fighting agents used to extinguish oil and chemical fires
15) Fixed fire-fighting foam system operations
16) Portable fire-fighting foam operations
17) Fixed dry chemical system operations
18) Spill containment in relation to fire-fighting operations
19) Basic knowledge of emergency procedures, including emergency shutdown
20) Basic knowledge of the effects of oil and chemical pollution on human and marine life
21) Basic knowledge of shipboard procedures to prevent pollution
22) Basic knowledge of measures to be taken in the event of spillage, including the need to:
a) report relevant information to the responsible persons
b) assist in implementing shipboard spill-containment procedures
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 14 hours.
b) Advanced Training on Cargo Operations on Oil Tankers
The minimum requirements for the content and period of training specified for seafarers for the Advanced
Training Certificate of Cargo Operations on Oil Tankers, and issued by the administration, are shown
below.
ADVANCED TRAINING FOR OIL TANKERS CARGO OPERATIONS
1) Knowledge of oil tanker design, systems and equipment, including:
a) general arrangement and construction
b) pumping arrangement and equipment
c) tank arrangement, pipeline system and tank venting arrangement
d) gauging systems and alarms
e) cargo heating systems
f) tank cleaning, gas-freeing and inerting systems
g) ballast system
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
3
h) cargo area venting and accommodation ventilation
i) slop arrangements
j) vapour recovery systems
k) cargo-related electrical and electronic control system
l) environmental protection equipment, including Oil Discharge Monitoring Equipment
(ODME)
m) tank coating
n) tank temperature and pressure control systems
o) fire-fighting systems
2) PUMP THEORY AND CHARACTERISTICS, CARGO PUMP TYPES AND SAFE
OPERATIONS
3) TANKER SAFETY CULTURE COMPETENCY AND SAFE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
IMPLEMENTATION
4) MONITORING THE SAFETY SYSTEMS INCLUDING EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
5) CARGO MEASUREMENTS AND CALCULATIONS
6) EFFECTS OF BULK LIQUID CARGOES ON TRIM, STABILITY AND STRUCTURAL
INTEGRITY
7) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF OIL CARGO-RELATED OPERATIONS,
INCLUDING:
a) loading and unloading plans
b) ballasting and deballasting
c) tank cleaning operations
d) inerting
e) gas-freeing
f) ship-to-ship transfers
g) load on top
h) crude oil washing
8) DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION OF CARGO-RELATED OPERATION PLANS,
PROCEDURES AND CHECKLISTS
9) ABILITY TO CALIBRATE AND USE MONITORING AND GAS-DETECTION SYSTEMS,
INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT
10) ABILITY TO MANAGE AND SUPERVISE PERSONNEL WITH CARGO-RELATED
RESPONSIBILITIES
11) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF THE PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES OF OIL CARGOES
12) UNDERSTANDING THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN A MATERIAL SAFETY
DATA SHEET (MSDS)
13) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF THE HAZARDS AND CONTROL
MEASURES ASSOCIATED WITH OIL TANKER CARGO OPERATIONS, INCLUDING:
a) toxicity
b) flammability and explosion
c) health hazards
d) inert gas composition
e) electrostatic hazards
14) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF DANGERS OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH
RELEVANT RULES/REGULATION
15) UNDERSTANDING OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES, INCLUDING RISK
ASSESSMENT AND PERSONAL SHIPBOARD SAFETY RELEVANT TO OIL TANKERS:
a) precautions to be taken when entering enclosed spaces, including correct use of different
types of breathing apparatus
b) precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work
c) precautions for hot and cold work
d) precautions for electrical safety
e) use of appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
4
16) Knowledge and understanding of oil tanker emergency procedures:
a) Ship emergency response plans
b) Cargo operations emergency shutdown
c) Actions to be taken in the event of failure of systems or services essential to cargo
d) Fire-fighting on oil tankers
e) Enclosed space rescue
f) Use of a material safety data sheet (MSDS)
17) ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN FOLLOWING COLLISION, GROUNDING, OR SPILLAGE
18) KNOWLEDGE OF MEDICAL FIRST AID PROCEDURES ON BOARD OIL TANKERS
19) UNDERSTANDING OF PROCEDURES TO PREVENT POLLUTION OF THE
ATMOSPHERE AND THE ENVIRONMENT
20) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE PREVENTION OF POLLUTION FROM SHIPS
(MARPOL), AS AMENDED, AND OTHER RELEVANT IMO INSTRUMENTS, INDUSTRY
GUIDELINES AND PORT REGULATIONS AS COMMONLY APPLIED
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 28 hours.
c) Advanced Training for Chemical Tankers Cargo Operations
The minimum requirements for the content and period of training specified for seafarers for the Advanced
Training Certificate of Chemical Tankers Cargo Operations, and issued by the administration, are
shown below.
ADVANCED TRAINING FOR CHEMICAL TANKERS CARGO OPERATIONS
1) CHEMICAL TANKER DESIGNS, SYSTEMS, AND EQUIPMENT:
a) General arrangement and construction
b) Pumping arrangement and equipment
c) Tank construction and arrangement
d) Pipeline and drainage systems
e) Tank and cargo pipeline pressure and temperature control systems and alarms
f) Gauging control systems and alarms
g) Gas-detecting systems
h) Cargo heating and cooling systems
i) Tank cleaning systems
j) Cargo tank environmental control systems
k) Ballast systems
l) Cargo area venting and accommodation ventilation
m) Vapour return/recovery systems
n) Fire-fighting systems
o) Tank, pipeline and fittings’ material and coatings
p) Slop management
2) KNOWLEDGE OF PUMP THEORY AND CHARACTERISTICS, INCLUDING TYPES OF
CARGO PUMPS AND THEIR SAFE OPERATION
3) PROFICIENCY IN TANKER SAFETY CULTURE AND IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
4) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF MONITORING AND SAFETY SYSTEMS,
INCLUDING THE EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SYSTEM
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
5
5) ABILITY TO PERFORM CARGO MEASUREMENTS AND CALCULATIONS
6) KNOWLEDGE OF THE EFFECT OF BULK LIQUID CARGOES ON TRIM AND
STABILITY AND STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
7) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF CHEMICAL CARGO-RELATED
OPERATIONS:
a) Loading and unloading plans
b) Ballasting and deballasting
c) Tank cleaning operations
d) Tank atmosphere control
e) Inerting
f) Gas-freeing
g) Ship-to-ship transfers
h) Inhibition and stabilization requirements
i) Heating and cooling requirements and consequences to adjacent cargoes
j) Cargo compatibility and segregation
k) High-viscosity cargoes
l) Cargo residue operations
m) Operational tank entry
8) DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION OF CARGO-RELATED OPERATION PLANS,
PROCEDURES AND CHECKLISTS
9) ABILITY TO CALIBRATE AND USE MONITORING AND GAS-DETECTION SYSTEMS,
INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT
10) ABILITY TO MANAGE AND SUPERVISE PERSONNEL WITH CARGO-RELATED
RESPONSIBILITIES
11) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF THE CHEMICAL AND THE PHYSICAL
PROPERTIES OF NOXIOUS LIQUID SUBSTANCES:
a) Chemical cargoes categories (corrosive, toxic, flammable, explosive)
b) Chemical groups and industrial usage
c) Reactivity of cargoes
12) UNDERSTANDING THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN A MATERIAL SAFETY
DATA SHEET (MSDS)
13) UNDERSTANDING OF THE HAZARDS AND CONTROL MEASURES ASSOCIATED
WITH CHEMICAL TANKER CARGO OPERATIONS:
a) Flammability and explosion
b) Toxicity
c) Health hazards
d) Inert gas composition
e) Electrostatic hazards
f) Reactivity
g) Corrosivity
h) Low-boiling-point cargoes
i) High-density cargoes
j) Solidifying cargoes
k) Polymerizing cargoes
14) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF DANGERS OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH
RELEVANT RULES/REGULATIONS
15) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES,
INCLUDING RISK ASSESSMENT AND PERSONAL SHIPBOARD SAFETY RELEVANT
TO CHEMICAL TANKERS:
a) Precautions to be taken when entering enclosed spaces, including correct use of different
types of breathing apparatus
b) Precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work
c) Precautions for hot and cold work
d) Precautions for electrical safety
e) Use of appropriate personal protective equipment (ppe
16) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF CHEMICAL TANKER EMERGENCY
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
6
PROCEDURES:
a) Ship emergency response plans
b) Cargo operations emergency shutdown
c) Actions to be taken in the event of failure of systems or services essential to cargo
d) Fire fighting on chemical tankers
e) Enclosed space rescue
f) Cargo reactivity
g) Jettisoning cargo
h) Use of a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
17) ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN FOLLOWING COLLISION, GROUNDING, OR SPILLAGE
18) KNOWLEDGE OF MEDICAL FIRST AID PROCEDURES ON BOARD CHEMICAL
TANKERS, WITH REFERENCE TO THE MEDICAL FIRST AID GUIDE FOR USE IN
ACCIDENTS INVOLVING DANGEROUS GOODS (MFAG)
19) UNDERSTANDING OF PROCEDURES TO PREVENT POLLUTION OF THE
ATMOSPHERE AND THE ENVIRONMENT
20) UNDERSTANDING OF RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL
CONVENTION FOR THE PREVENTION OF POLLUTION FROM SHIPS (MARPOL) AND
OTHER RELEVANT IMO INSTRUMENTS, INDUSTRY GUIDELINES AND PORT
REGULATIONS AS COMMONLY APPLIED
21) PROFICIENCY IN THE USE OF THE IBC CODE AND RELATED DOCUMENTS
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 28 hours.
d) Basic Training for Liquefied Gas Tankers Cargo Operations
The minimum requirements for the content and period of training specified for seafarers for the Basic
Training Certificate in Liquefied Gas Tankers Cargo Operations, and issued by the administration, are
shown below.
BASIC TRAINING IN LIQUEFIED GAS TANKERS CARGO OPERATIONS
1) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF LIQUEFIED GAS TANKERS
a) Types of liquefied gas tankers
b) General arrangement and construction
2) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF CARGO OPERATIONS:
a) Piping systems and valves
b) Cargo handling equipment
c) Loading, unloading and care in transit
d) Emergency shutdown (esd) system
e) Tank cleaning, purging, gas-freeing and inerting
3) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF LIQUEFIED GASES,
INCLUDING:
a) properties and characteristics
b) pressure and temperature, including vapour pressure/temperature relationship
c) types of electrostatic charge generation
d) chemical symbols
4) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH TANKER
OPERATIONS:
a) Health hazards
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
7
b) Environmental hazards
c) Reactivity hazards
d) Corrosion hazards
e) Explosion and flammability hazards
f) Sources of ignition
g) Electrostatic hazards
h) Toxicity hazards
i) Vapour leaks and clouds
j) Extremely low temperatures
k) Pressure hazards
5) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF HAZARD CONTROLS:
a) Inerting, drying and monitoring techniques
b) Anti-static measures
c) Ventilation
d) Segregation
e) Cargo inhibition
f) Importance of c cargo compatibility
g) Atmospheric control
h) Gas testing
6) UNDERSTANDING OF INFORMATION ON A MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
(MSDS)
7) FUNCTION AND PROPER USE OF GAS-MEASURING INSTRUMENTS AND
SIMILAR EQUIPMENT
8) PROPER USE OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES:
a) breathing apparatus and tank evacuating equipment
b) protective clothing and equipment
c) resuscitators
d) rescue and escape equipment
9) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES IN
ACCORDANCE WITH LEGISLATION AND INDUSTRY GUIDELINES AND PERSONAL
SHIPBOARD SAFETY RELEVANT TO LIQUEFIED GAS TANKERS:
a) Precautions to be taken when entering enclosed spaces
b) Precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work
c) Safety measures for hot and cold work
d) Electrical safety
e) Ship/shore safety checklist
10) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF FIRST AID WITH REFERENCE TO A MATERIAL SAFETY
DATA SHEET (MSDS)
11) TANKER FIRE ORGANIZATION AND ACTION TO BE TAKEN
12) SPECIAL HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH CARGO HANDLING AND
TRANSPORTATION OF LIQUEFIED GASES IN BULK FIRE-FIGHTING AGENTS USED
TO EXTINGUISH GAS FIRES
13) FIXED FIRE-FIGHTING FOAM SYSTEM OPERATIONS
14) PORTABLE FIRE-FIGHTING FOAM OPERATIONS
15) FIXED DRY CHEMICAL SYSTEM OPERATIONS
16) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF SPILL CONTAINMENT IN RELATION TO FIRE-
FIGHTING OPERATIONS
17) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF EMERGENCY PROCEDURES, INCLUDING EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
18) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE EFFECTS OF POLLUTION ON HUMAN AND
MARINE LIFE
19) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF SHIPBOARD PROCEDURES TO PREVENT POLLUTION
20) BASIC KNOWLEDGE OF MEASURES TO BE TAKEN IN THE EVENT OF
SPILLAGE, INCLUDING THE NEED TO:
a) Report relevant information to the responsible persons
b) Assist in implementing shipboard spill-containment procedures
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
8
c) Prevent brittle fracture
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 14 hours.
e) Advanced Training in Liquefied Gas Tankers Cargo Operations
The minimum requirements for the content and period of training specified for seafarers for the Advanced
Training Certificate in Liquefied Gas Tankers Cargo Operations, and issued by the administration, are
shown below.
ADVANCED TRAINING IN LIQUEFIED GAS TANKERS CARGO OPERATIONS
1) LIQUEFIED GAS TANKER DESIGN, SYSTEMS, AND EQUIPMENT:
a) Types of liquefied gas tankers and cargo tanks construction
b) General arrangement and construction
c) Cargo containment systems, including materials of construction and insulation
d) Cargo-handling equipment and instrumentation, including:
i. Cargo pumps and pumping arrangements
ii. Cargo pipelines and valves
iii. Expansion devices
iv. Flame screens
v. Temperature monitoring systems
vi. Cargo tank level-gauging systems
vii. Tank pressure monitoring and control systems
e) Cargo temperature maintenance system
f) Tank atmosphere control systems (inert gas, nitrogen), including storage, generation
and distribution systems
g) Cofferdam heating systems
h) Gas-detecting systems
i) Ballast system
j) Boil-off systems
k) Reliquefaction systems
l) Cargo emergency shut down system (esd)
m) Custody transfer system
2) KNOWLEDGE OF PUMP THEORY AND CHARACTERISTICS, INCLUDING TYPES
OF CARGO PUMPS AND THEIR SAFE OPERATION
3) KNOWLEDGE OF THE EFFECT OF BULK LIQUID CARGOES ON TRIM AND
STABILITY AND STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
4) PROFICIENCY IN TANKER SAFETY CULTURE AND IMPLEMENTATION OF
SAFETY MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
5) PROFICIENCY TO APPLY SAFE PREPARATIONS, PROCEDURES AND
CHECKLISTS FOR ALL CARGO OPERATIONS:
a) Post docking and loading:
i. Tank inspection
ii. Inerting (o2 reduction, dewpoint reduction)
iii. Gassing-up
iv. Cooling down
v. Loading
vi. Deballasting
vii. Sampling, including closed-loop sampling
b) Sea passage:
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
9
i. Cooling down
ii. Pressure maintenance
iii. Boil-off
iv. Inhibiting
c) unloading:
i. Unloading
ii. ballasting
iii. stripping and cleaning systems
iv. systems to make the tank liquid-free
d) pre-docking preparation:
i. Warm-up
ii. Inerting
iii. Gas-freeing
e) ship-to-ship transfer
f) Proficiency to perform cargo measurements and calculations, including:
i. Liquid phase
ii. Gas phase
iii. On board quantity (obq)
iv. Remain on board (rob)
v. Boil-off cargo calculations
6) Proficiency to manage and supervise personnel with cargo-related responsibilities
7) Knowledge and understanding of basic chemistry and physics and the relevant definitions
related to the safe carriage of liquefied gases in bulk in ships:
a) The chemical structure of gases
b) The properties and characteristics of liquefied gases (including co2) and their vapours,
Including:
i. Simple gas laws
ii. States of matter
iii. Liquid and vapour densities
iv. Diffusion and mixing of gases
v. Compression of gases
vi. Reliquefaction and refrigeration of gases
vii. Critical temperature of gases and pressure
viii. Flashpoint, upper and lower explosive limits, auto-ignition temperature
ix. Compatibility, reactivity and positive segregation of gases
x. Polymerization
xi. Saturated vapour pressure/reference temperature
xii. Dewpoint and bubble point
xiii. Lubrication of compressors
xiv. Hydrate formation
c) The properties of single liquids
d) The nature and properties of solutions
e) Thermodynamic units
f) Basic thermodynamic laws and diagrams
g) Properties of materials
h) Effect of low temperature – brittle fracture
8) Understanding the information contained in a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
9) Knowledge and understanding of the hazards and control measures associated with liquefied
gas tanker cargo operations:
a) Flammability
b) explosion
c) toxicity
d) reactivity
e) corrosivity
f) health hazards
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
10
g) inert gas composition
h) electrostatic hazards
i) polymerizing cargoes
10) PROFICIENCY TO CALIBRATE AND USE MONITORING AND GAS DETECTION
SYSTEMS, INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT
11) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF DANGERS OF NON-COMPLIANCE
WITH RELEVANT RULES/REGULATIONS
12) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF SAFE WORKING PRACTICES,
INCLUDING RISK ASSESSMENT AND PERSONAL SHIPBOARD SAFETY RELEVANT
TO LIQUEFIED GAS TANKERS:
a) Precautions to be taken when entering enclosed spaces (such as compressor rooms),
including the correct use of different types of breathing apparatus
b) Precautions to be taken before and during repair and maintenance work, including work
affecting pumping, piping, electrical and control systems
c) Precautions for hot and cold work
d) Precautions for electrical safety
e) Use of appropriate personal protective equipment (ppe)
f) Precautions for cold burn and frostbite
g) Proper use of personal toxicity monitoring equipment
13) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING OF LIQUEFIED GAS TANKER
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES:
a) ship emergency response plans
b) cargo operations emergency shutdown procedure
c) emergency cargo valve operations
d) actions to be taken in the event of failure of systems or services essential to cargo
e) operations
f) fire-fighting on liquefied gas tankers
g) jettisoning of cargo
h) .enclosed space rescue
14) Actions to be taken following collision, grounding or spillage and envelopment of
the ship in toxic or flammable vapour
15) Knowledge of medical first-aid procedures and antidotes on board liquefied gas tankers,
with reference to the Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents involving Dangerous Goods
(MFAG)
16) Understanding of procedures to prevent pollution of the environment
17) Knowledge and understanding of relevant provisions of the International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL) and other relevant IMO instruments, industry
guidelines and port regulations as commonly applied
18) Proficiency in the use of the IBC and IGC Codes and related documents
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 28 hours.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
a) Trainings on Oil Tankers
i. Diagrams and posters for oil tankers
ii. Movies for tankers
iii. Tank and circuit plans for oil tankers
iv. Posters for valve types used on oil tankers
v. Posters for pump types used on oil tankers
vi. Publications on tankers (OCIMF, MARPOL)
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
11
vii. Books on the sample ship used in cargo calculations (Ullage Tables, Loading
Manual)
viii. ASTM Tables
ix. Plans on INERT and COW systems
x. Approved Personal Computer assisted liquid cargo handling simulator (for
Training on Oil Tanker Operations)
xi. Liquid cargo control room equipment (For on board training) Resuscitation
(Ambu) monitoring equipment
xii. Respirator
xiii. Portable Oxygenmeter
xiv. Flammable Gas Detector
xv. Portable Interferometer
xvi. Portable Toxic Gas Detector
xvii. Toxic gas detector chemical absorption tubes (for benzene carbon monoxide
Hydrogen Sulphite)
xviii. Tank Cleaning Equipment
b) Trainings on Chemical Tankers
i. Diagrams and posters for chemical tankers
ii. Movies for chemical tankers
iii. Tank and circuit plans on chemical tankers
iv. Posters for valve types used on chemical tankers
v. Posters for pump types used on chemical tankers
vi. Publications on chemical tankers (OCIMF, MARPOL)
vii. Books on the ship used in cargo calculations (Ullage Tables, Loading
Manual)
viii. Approved Personal Computer assisted liquid cargo handling simulator (for
Training on Chemical Tanker Operations)
ix. Liquid cargo control room equipment (For on board training)
x. Resuscitation (Ambu) monitoring equipment
xi. Respirator
xii. Portable Oxygenmeter
xiii. Flammable Gas Detector
xiv. Portable Interferometer
xv. Portable Toxic Gas Detector
xvi. Toxic gas detector chemical absorption tubes (for benzene carbon monoxide
Hydrogen Sulphite)
xvii. Tank Cleaning Equipment
c) Training on Liquefied Gas Tankers
i. Diagrams and posters for liquefied gas tankers
ii. Movies for liquefied gas tankers
iii. Tank and circuit plans on liquefied gas tankers
iv. Posters for valve types used on liquefied gas tankers
v. Posters for pump types used on liquefied gas tankers
vi. Publications on liquefied gas tankers (OCIMF, MARPOL)
vii. Books on ship used in liquefied gas cargo calculations (Ullage Tables, Loading
Manual)
viii. Approved Personal Computer assisted liquid cargo handling simulator (for
Training on Liquefied Gas Tanker Operations)
ix. Liquid cargo control room equipment (For on board training)
x. Resuscitation (Ambu) monitoring equipment
xi. Respirator
ANNEX - 20
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE TRAINING OF SEAFARERS SERVING ON
TANKERS
12
xii. Portable Oxygenmeter
xiii. Flammable Gas Detector
xiv. Portable Interferometer
xv. Portable Toxic Gas Detector
xvi. Toxic gas detector chemical absorption tubes (for benzene carbon monoxide
Hydrogen Sulphite)
xvii. Tank Cleaning Equipment
ANNEX - 21
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED FIRE-FIGHTING TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
ADVANCED FIRE-FIGHTING TRAINING
1) CONTROLLING FIRE-FIGHTING OPERATİONS ABOARD SHIPS
a) Fire classes and chemistry
b) Fire protection and firefighting equipment
c) Fire protection measures
d) Fire-fighting procedures at sea and in port, with particular emphasis on organization,
tactics and command
e) Use of water for fire-extinguishing, the effect on ship stability, precautions and corrective
procedures
f) Communication and co-ordination during fire-fighting operations
g) Ventilation control, including smoke extraction
h) Control of fuel and electrical systems
i) Fire-fighting process hazards (dry distillation, chemical reactions, boiler uptake fires,
etc.)
j) Fire fighting involving dangerous goods
k) Fire precautions and hazards associated with the storage and handling of materials
(paints, etc.)
l) Management and control of injured persons
m) Procedures for co-ordination with shore-based fire fighters
n) Requirements regarding flag state and class surveys
2) ORGANIZATION AND TRAINING FIRE PARTIES
a) Preparation of the contingency plans
b) Composition and allocation of personnel to fire parties
c) Strategies and tactics for control of fires in various parts of the ship
3) INSPECTION AND SERVICE FIRE-DETECTION AND FIRE EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
a) Firefighting systems
b) Fire detection systems
c) Fixed fire extinguishing systems
d) Mobile and portable fire extinguishing equipment (including appliances, pumps, rescue, ,
salvage, life support, personal protective and communication equipment, etc.)
e) Firefighting techniques for various fire incidents where fuel is also involved
4) INVESTIGATION AND COMPILING REPORTS ON INCIDENTS INVOLVING FIRE
a) Requirements for legal and class surveys
b) Evaluating the reasons of fire incidents
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 21 hours.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
Approved Fire Training Center with the specifications listed in Annex 31 of this
Directive.
ANNEX - 22
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR PROFICIENCY IN FAST RESCUE BOATS
TRAINING
1
1) CURRICULUM
PROFICIENCY IN FAST RESCUE BOATS TRAINING
1) CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND OUTFITTING OF FAST RESCUE
BOATS
a) Construction and outfitting of fast rescue boats and individual items of their equipment
b) Maintenance and emergency repairs of fast rescue boats and the normal inflation and
deflation of buoyancy compartments of inflated fast rescue boats
2) TAKE CHARGE OF THE LAUNCHING EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCE AS
COMMONLY FITTED, DURING LAUNCHING AND RECOVERY
a) Assessment of the readiness of launching equipment and launching appliance of fast rescue
boats for immediate launching and operation
b) Understand the operation and limitations of the winch, brakes, falls, painters, motion-
compensation and other equipment as commonly fitted
c) Safety precautions during launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat
d) Launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat in prevailing and adverse weather and sea
conditions
3) TAKE CHARGE OF A FAST RESCUE BOAT AS COMMONLY FITTED, DURING
LAUNCHING AND RECOVERY
a) Assessment of the readiness of fast rescue boats and related equipment for immediate
launching and operation
b) Safety precautions during launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat
c) Launching and recovery of a fast rescue boat in prevailing and adverse weather and sea
conditions
4) TAKE CHARGE OF A FAST RESCUE BOAT AFTER LAUNCHING
a) Particular characteristics, facilities and limitations of fast rescue boats
b) Procedures for the righting of a capsized fast rescue boat
c) How to handle a fast rescue boat in prevailing and adverse weather and sea conditions
d) Navigational and safety equipment available in a fast rescue boat
e) Search patterns and environmental factors affecting their execution
5) OPERATING A FAST RESCUE BOAT ENGINE
Methods of starting and operating a fast rescue boat engine and its accessories
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 16 hours.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
Approved Training Platform for Using the Survival Crafts specified in Annex 32 to
this Directive.
ANNEX - 23
MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR SEAFARERS SERVING ON
PASSENGER SHIPS
1
1) CURRICULUM
CURRICULUM FOR SEAFARERS SERVING ON PASSENGER SHIPS
TRAINING
1) CROWD MANAGEMENT TRAINING
a) Knowledge on lifesaving appliances and control plans i) Muster list and emergency instructions ii) Emergency exits iii) Restrictions on the use of elevators
b) Assisting passengers en route to muster and embarking stations. i) Giving clear and reassuring orders ii) Passenger control in corridors, staircases and passageways iii) Maintaining escape routes clear of obstructions,
iv) Methods available for evacuation of disabled persons and persons needing
special assistance, and
v) Search of accommodation spaces,
c) Mustering procedures
i) Importance of keeping order,
ii) Use procedures for reducing and avoiding panic,
iii) Use, where appropriate, passenger lists for evacuation counts,
iv) Ensure that the passengers are suitably clothed and have donned their
lifejackets correctly.
2) SAFETY TRAINING FOR PERSONNEL PROVIDING DIRECT SERVICE TO
PASSENGERS IN PASSENGER SPACES
a) Communication
i) The language or languages appropriate to the principal nationalities of
passengers carried on the particular route,
ii) The likelihood that an ability to use an elementary English vocabulary for
basic instructions can provide a means of communicating with a passenger in
need of assistance whether or not the passenger and crew member share a
common language,
iii) The possible need to communicate during an emergency by some other means,
such as by demonstration, or hand signals, or calling attention to the location of
instructions, muster stations, life-saving devices or evacuation routes, when
oral communication is impractical,
i) The extent to which complete safety instructions have been provided to
passengers in their native language or languages,
ii) The languages in which emergency announcements may be broadcast during
an emergency or drill to convey critical guidance topassengers and to facilitate
crew members in assisting passengers.
b) Lifesaving appliances Teaching passengers to use personal lifesaving appliances
c) Embarking passenger procedures Embarking and disembarking passengers, with special attention to disabled persons and persons needing assistance.
ANNEX - 23
MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR SEAFARERS SERVING ON
PASSENGER SHIPS
2
3) CRISIS MANAGEMENT AND HUMAN BEHAVIORS
a) General information i) General design and layout of ships ii) Safety regulations iii) Emergency plans and procedures
b) Developing of ship-specific emergency procedures i) Emergency organization on board ii) Proper use of human and material resources iii) Responding to emergencies and control iv) Leadership ability v) Preventing and relieving the people's stress in working environment vi) Controlling the crew and passengers in case of emergencies vii) Human behaviors and reactions viii) Establishment and maintenance of effective communication
4) PASSENGER SAFETY, CARGO SAFETY AND HULL INTEGRITY TRAINING a) Loading and embarkation procedures
i) Loading and discharging vehicles, rail cars and other cargo transport
units, including related communications,
ii) Lowering and hoisting ramps,
iii) Setting up and stowing retractable vehicle decks, and
iv) Embarking and disembarking passengers, with special attention to
disabled persons and persons needing assistance. b) Carriage of dangerous goods
Ability to apply any special safeguards, procedures and requirements regarding the carriage of dangerous goods on board ro-ro passenger ships.
c) Securing the cargoes i) Apply correctly the provisions of the Code of Safe Practice for Cargo
Stowage and Securing to the vehicles, rail cars and other cargo
transport units carried,
ii) Use properly the cargo-securing equipment d) Stability, trim and stress calculations
i) Proper use of the stability and stress information provided, ii) Calculate stability and trim for different conditions of loading, using the iii) stability calculators or computer programs provided, iv) Calculate load factors for decks, v) Calculate the impact of ballast and fuel transfers on stability, trim and stress.
e) Opening, closing and securing hull openings i) Apply properly the procedures established for the ship regarding the
opening, closing and securing of bow, stern and side doors and ramps and to correctly operate the associated systems,
ii) Conduct surveys on proper sealing. f) Ro-Ro deck atmosphere i) Use equipment, where carried, to monitor atmosphere in ro-ro Cargo spaces, and apply properly the procedures established for the ship for ventilation of ro-ro cargo spaces during loading and discharging of vehicles, while on voyage and in emergencies.
The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 24 hours.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
Passenger Vessels Training for Seafarers
Ship Damage Control Plans, passenger ship illustrations and posters
Movies about passenger ships
Related publications
ANNEX - 24
MINIMUM TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MARINE COOK
1
1) CURRICULUM
MARINE COOK TRAINING
1. Implementation of general safety procedures in kitchen.
2. Implementation of health rules and food hygiene practices 3. Causes of food poisoning
4. Measures for preventing the marine pollution, environmental responsibilities
5. Personal hygiene, needs and compliance
6. Food safety
7. Knowledge on food ingredients and stock control
8. Creating a balanced menu for kitchen.
9. Sorting out amounts and portions, victualing
10. Knowledge on available dishes
11. Multiculturalism and religious awareness 12. Knowledge on cooking various meals
13. Preparing bread, dough and cake
14. Garbage management
15. English meanings of supplied food items.
(1) The courses with the titles mentioned above shall not take less than 40 hours.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
This training can only be provided in training institutions equipped with a kitchen.
2 OTHER ISSUES
This is not a cook training program. Pursuant to the Regulations, only those people
with a cook certificate can attend this training. However, graduates of the department
of food and beverage services of high schools and schools of higher education,
department of gastronomy and catering of universities are exempted from this
education.
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
1
1) CURRICULUM
NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING COURSE TRAINING CURRICULUM
SEAMANSHIP LOADING/UNLOADING EQUIPMENT
– Winches, derricks
– Cranes (shore – ship)
– Crane barges
– Slings, pallets, pallet nets, chain and wire pallets, animal containers, etc.
– Blocks, tackles, chain blocks, power calculations
WORK ORDER ON BOARD
– Crew
– Duties of officers and ratings
– Administration scheme
– Rules and customs/traditions on board
MAINTENANCE ON BOARD
– Maintenance planning
– Daily, voyage-based and annual maintenance of the deck department
– Periodical and as-required maintenance works
– Maintenance that can be done at sea, at port and in dry dock
– Planning and implementation of the maintenance and repairs in dry dock
– Assigning and stocking the material and equipment to be used in maintenance
– Maintenance of the ship against corrosion
– Corrosion and its causes
– Surface preparation before painting, scaling
– Scaling, sand-grid scaling by hand tools, mechanical tools
– Paints and painting techniques
– Planning the painting works and stocking, storing the paints
– Maintenance of wooden parts
– Maintenance of aluminum parts
– Maintenance and repair of manila, synthetic and wire lines
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
2
– Maintenance of safety equipment
– Maintenance inside accommodation
– Maintenance of anchoring gear and the chain locker
– Maintenance of hold and hatch covers
– Maintenance of ballast tanks
– Maintenance of fresh water tanks
– Maintenance of the moving/mobile equipment of the ship, lubricating procedures
– Maintenance of loading/unloading gears
– Measuring the plate thickness
– Changing the plates, cutting and welding works
– Planning and implementation of hot works
– Maintenance of deck gears like windlass, winches
– Maintenance of side ladder, davits, skylights and manhole covers
– Deck and Engine Department cooperation in planning of maintenance and materials
SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS Training stated in Article 22 along with the Familiarization Training on Security stated in Article 23 of this
Directive shall include Security Awareness Training and Designated Security Duties Training curricula
1) Advanced Fire Fighting Training
(Prevention and Control of Fire and Fire Fighting on Board)
INSPECTING THE FIRE FIGHTING OPERATIONS ON BOARD
– Fire classes and fire chemistry
– Fire protection and fire fighting equipment
– Fire protection measures
– Procedures for fire fighting at port and sea, especially focusing on organization,
tactics and control
– Fire extinguishing by using water, its effect on ship’s stability, measures and correction
procedures
– Communications and coordination during firefighting operations
– Ventilation control, including smoke absorbers
– Controlling the fuel and electric systems
– Dangers which may occur during the firefighting process (dry treatment, chemical reactions,
boiler uptake fires, etc.)
– Firefighting where hazardous materials are involved
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
3
– Fire measures and dangers regarding storage and handling of materials
(paint, etc.)
– Management and control of the injured people
– Procedures for coordination with the fire brigade on shore
ORGANIZATION AND TRAINING OF FIRE TEAMS
– Preparation of the contingency plans
– Crew structure of the fire teams and their deployment
– Organization of fire drills
Inspection and Use of Fire Detection and Fire Extinguishing Systems and Equipment
– Firefighting systems
– Fire detection systems
– Fixed fire systems
– Movable and portable fire extinguishing equipment (including devices, pumps, lifesaving,
rescue, life support, personal protective and communication equipment, etc.)
– Firefighting techniques for various fire incidents where fuel is also involved
Issuing Surveys and Reports For Fire-Related Accidents
– Evaluation of the reasons of fire-related accidents
2) Medical First-Aid Training
(Medical First-Aid On Board)
IMMEDIATE FIRST-AID IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT OR DISEASE ON BOARD
– First-aid kit
– Structure and functions of human body
– Perils on board related to toxicity and relevant documentation such as "Medical First Aid Guide for Use
in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods"
(MFAG) or its equivalent applicable in Turkey
– Examination of patient or injured person
– Spine injuries
– Burn injuries due to fire and boiling water/steam, effects of cold and hot
– Fractures, dislocations and muscular injuries
– Medical care for rescued persons
– Medical advice via radio
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
4
– Pharmacology
– Sterilization
– Heart failure, drowning and asphyxia
MEASURES FOR PROTECTION AND SECURITY OF PASSENGERS AND CREW AT TIME OF INTERVENTION TO
EMERGENCY CASES
– Contingency plans for giving response to emergency cases
– Measures for protection and safety of passengers in case of emergencies
ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN FOLLOWING COLLISION AND GROUNDING
– Measures to be taken when the ship is stranded
– Required actions in case of grounding
– Required actions following collision
– Limitation of damage after fire or explosion and ways of ship rescue
– Methods for abandoning the ship
–Use of auxiliary steering gear and equipping the emergency steering gear equipment
– Tugging and arrangements for tugging
SAVING SURVIVORS AT SEA, HELPING THE SHIP IN DISTRESS AND EMERGENCY CASES AT PORT
– Rescuing people from the ship in distress
– Required actions in case of emergencies at port
– Preparations for assisting the ship in distress
RESPONSE TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA
– Search and rescue
– IAMSAR
NAVIGATION
DEFINITION OF NAVIGATION, BASIC KNOWLEDGE ON THE SHAPE OF THE EARTH AND COORDINATES
–Definition of Navigation
–The Universe, Solar system and Earth
–Shape of the earth, equator, poles, latitude and longitude
– Latitude and longitude differences
NAUTICAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, CHARTS AND PUBLICATIONS
– General knowledge about nautical tools and equipment, charts and publications
– Chart projection systems
–Characteristics of nautical charts
– Drawing a Mercator chart
DISTANCE AND DIRECTION CONCEPT AT SEA
– Distance and Direction
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
5
– Measuring and calculating the distances on chart and while navigating
– Rhumb line and great circle arc
– Course and bearing (relative, true)
– Finding direction at sea
COMPASSES
– Compasses
– Magnetic compass, reading the compass, degree and rhumb systems
– Magnetic field of the Earth
– Natural and artificial magnetic variation and deviation
– Structure of magnetic compass, errors and corrections
– Gyro compass, structure, operation and errors, correcting gyro errors
– Finding the compass error, its implementation on course and bearings
COASTAL NAVIGATION, METHODS AND TYPES OF POSITION FIXING, METHODS FOR MATHEMATICAL
NAVIGATION
– Position lines and positions
– Methods for fixing a position on coastal navigation
– Mathematical Navigation
ARRANGING, CORRECTING AND USING THE CHARTS AND THE PUBLICATIONS
– Information obtained from charts, light books and other publications
– Symbols, abbreviations and acronyms used in charts
– Arranging the charts and the publications, chart folio systems
– Notice to mariners, correcting the charts and publications
– Chart catalogs and how to use them
– Electronic charts and ECDIS system
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS, LIGHTS AND BUOYS
– Aids to navigation at sea and on shore, how to use them
– Lights and fog signals
– Using the light books
– Identifying the lights and buoys, their characteristics
– Radio navigational aids, their symbols, charts and publications
DEPTH AND MEASURING DEPTH
– Showing depths on the charts
– Measuring depth
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
6
– Echo sounders
– Manual echo sounders
– Electronic echo sounders (echo-sounders)
– Navigation using echo sounders
SPEED AND MEASURING THE SPEED
– Speed and calculating the speed
– Speed over water and earth
– Speedlogs
CURRENT NAVIGATION AND TIDE CALCULATIONS
– Current and current navigation
– Current systems on earth
– Tide and tidal currents
– Usage of current charts and current atlases
–Tide tables
–Calculating low-water and high-water periods using the current tables
– Calculating depth for a certain period using the current tables
– Calculating the slack water periods and the speed of the current for a certain period
–Using the American and British tide tables
– Voyage planning considering the tide and tidal currents
– Current, drift, course correction for drift and its implementation
GREAT CIRCLE NAVIGATION
– Great circle arc
– Planning and calculation methods for great circle navigation
– Great circle navigation using charts, formulas, mathematical tables and
other various tables
– Composite navigation
CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
– Solar system
– Celestial sphere and its coordinates
– Hour angle
– Daily movements of the coordinates and horizontal system
– Measuring the altitude of the celestial bodies from the horizon
– Sextant, its structure and usage
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
7
– Sextant and altitude corrections
–Amplitude
–Time and time equation
–Nautical Almanac
– Finding stars and celestial satellites
– Finding latitude at meridian transit
– Measuring the altitude of the celestial bodies from the horizon
– Using celestial navigation charts
– Fixing a celestial position
CELESTIAL NAVIGATION
– Using electronic systems to fix a position and navigate
– Basic principles in hyperbolic navigation systems
– Satellite navigation systems
– GPS and DGPS
– Structure, adjustments and usage of Radar and ARPA
– Radar Observation and Plotting
– Manual potting on maneuver plate or radar
– Automatic plotting
– Safe navigation methods using radar and ARPA
BRIDGE EQUIPMENT - NAVIGATIONAL INSTRUMENTS
– Bridge control systems
– Steering and steering gears
– Auto-pilot and emergency steering equipment
NAVIGATIONAL BRIDGE RECORDS AND KEEPING A LOG BOOK
– Navigational records
– Keeping a log book
– Other recording books other than the bridge log book
– Automatic recorders
METEOROLOGY
– Meteorological instruments used on board
– Structure and physical characteristics of the atmosphere
– Atmospheric pressure
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
8
– Wind
– Clouds and precipitation
– Visibility
– Pressure and wind system over the oceans
– Mid-Latitude cyclones
– Anticyclones and other pressure systems
– Marine meteorological services
– Recording and reporting weather observations
– Weather forecast
SHIP STRUCTURE
SHIP STRUCTURE
– Sizes and types of ships
– Hull stresses
– Hull structure
– Fore and aft
– Equipment
– Steering and Propellers
– Loading line marks and draft values
SHIP STABILITY
– Displacement
– Buoyancy
– Fresh water allowance
– Static stability
– Initial stability
– Declination angle
– Static stability curves
– Shifting of gravity center
– Declination and its correction
– Effect of tanks not completely full
– Trim
– Loss of full floatability / buoyancy
WATCHKEEPING STANDARDS
MAINTAINING A SAFE NAVIGATIONAL WATCHKEEPING
– Duties, authorities and responsibilities of the officers and the crew on navigational watch
KNOWLEDGE ON PREVENTION OF COLLISION AT SEA
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
9
–The content, implementation and the purpose of COLREG 72
RULES FOR KEEPING A NAVIGATIONAL WATCH
– Rules to be followed when keeping a navigational watch
– Port Watch
EFFECTIVE BRIDGE TEAMWORK PROCEDURES
– Bridge teamwork procedures
USING ROUTING
– Meteorological routing
– Using routing in accordance with the general conditions for ship routing
PROTECTING MARINE ENVIRONMENT AND PREVENTING POLLUTION
– MARPOL 73/78
– Methods and auxiliary equipment against pollution
CARGO OPERATIONS AND SHIP STABILITY
CARGO SPACES AND CARGO GEARS ON BOARD
– General knowledge on types of cargo ships
– Cargo gears, winches, derricks, cranes
– Hatch covers
– Holds of dry cargo vessels, preparation for cargo, stowage and lashing of cargoes
– Preparing for and supervising loading and unloading operations
EFFECT OF CARGO ON SEAWORTHINESS AND STABILITY OF SHIP
– Draft, trim and stability
– Protection of cargoes
– Cargo on deck
– Container cargo
– Cargo in bulk
– Grain in bulk
SAFE CARGO HANDLING, BULKING AND PROTECTION
–Supervising the cargo
–Providing effective communications during loading and unloading
– Loading and unloading operations, where to look to assess the damage due to the corrosion and extreme
weather conditions
–Arranging a plan to include the sections to be inspected in each case in a way that covers all of the
sections of the ship within a specific period of time
–Identifying the structural elements of the ship that are critical for the security of the ship
–Stipulating the reasons of corrosion and how to identify and prevent it in the cargo sections and ballast
tanks
–Knowledge on the procedures stating how to carry out the inspections
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
10
– Explaining how to make a safe damage and loss assessment
– Explaining the objectives of the "Enhanced Survey Program"
– Dangerous, risky and harmful cargoes
– Cargo handling gears, preparation, maintenance and security
– Oil tanker piping and pumping arrangements
– Entering into enclosed spaces
– General cargo calculations and cargo plans for different types of ships
SHIP TRIM, STABILITY AND STRESS CALCULATIONS
– Displacement calculation
– Draft survey
– Trim calculation
– GM calculation
– Stress calculation
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS
BASIC KNOWLEDGE ON IMO CONVENTIONS RELATED TO MARINE SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF MARINE
ENVIRONMENT
– International Convention on Load Lines, 1966
– SOLAS, 1974 and amendments
– SOLAS- Sections and stability
– SOLAS- Fire prevention, alarm and extinguishing
– SOLAS- Lifesaving appliances and arrangements
– SOLAS- Radio-telegram and radio phone
– SOLAS- Radio communications
– SOLAS- Carriage of grain
– SOLAS- Carriage of dangerous cargo and ISM
– STCW, 1995
– ITU Radio Regulations
– STP Convention, 1971
– SPACE STP, 1973
– PAL, 1974 and Tonnage 1969
– MARPOL 73/78
– LDC-1972
– INTERVENTION-1969
– CLC-1969
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
11
SHIP MANEUVERS
SHIP MANEUVERS AND HANDLING
– Turning circles and stopping distances
– Effects of wind and current on ship handling
– Maneuvers for rescuing the man overboard
– Squad, shallow water and similar effects
– Methods for proper anchoring and mooring
MARITIME LAW
BASIC LAW
– Definition, sources and types of the law
– Fundamental principles of the law
– Basic definitions
– International Law, National Law, execution and sanctions
MARITIME LAW
– Definition and classification of Maritime Law
– Fundamental principles of International Maritime Law
– Structure and sources of National Maritime Legislation
– Requirements of Act on Safety of Life and Property at Sea
– Maritime Labor Law
– Definition, powers and responsibilities of Master
– Definition, seaworthiness, voyage and cargo worthiness of ship
– Documents and records required to be made available on board
– Sea accidents and collision
– Averages
– Rescue and aid
MARITIME MANAGEMENT
MARITIME COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT
– Carriage conditions pursuant to the Charter Convention, voyage instructions
– Statement of facts and time sheet
MARITIME TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
– Follow-up on rules and regulations, ensuring that the ships are compatible with the possible
amendments
– Follow-up on ship documents and supervisions
ANNEX - 25
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR NAVIGATION AND SHIP HANDLING
COURSE
12
– Maintenance records, correspondences
– Personnel, Training, Security and Supply Management within the Scope of Technical Management
– Material follow-up, keeping records and planning the needs and the supply
SAFETY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT
SAFETY, PROTECTION OF MARINE ENVIRONMENT AND QUALITY CONCEPTS
– Safety
– Environmental Protection
– Quality
LEGAL AND COMMERCIAL REQUIREMENTS REGARDING SECURITY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT
– ISM Code
– Standards for Quality
PREPARATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
– Establishment and implementation of Safety Management System
– Establishment and implementation of Quality Management System
– Internal and external audits, auditing techniques and practicing
COMMUNICATION AT SEA
– Methods for visual and audio communication
– Using the English Standard Marine Communication Phrases (SMCP)
– Using International Code of Signals
– VHF communication
– Radio Telephone Communications
Above mentioned course trainings shall not take less than 480 hours and 4 months.
Note: Candidates who have left the Naval Forces, graduates of the Petty Officer
Naval School Boatswain Department can be excluded from the "Seamanship" and "Safety At
Sea" courses; graduates of the Radio Department can be excluded from the "Communication
At Sea" course; and graduates of the Radar Department can be excluded from the
"Navigation" and "Electronic Navigation" courses.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
The tools and equipment specified in the minimum requirements for Operational level
training shall be kept available.
ANNEX - 26
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE
1
1) CURRICULUM
SHIP ENGINE COURSE TRAINING CURRICULUM
STATICS
– Vectorial algebra and vector systems
– Force systems, center of gravity
– Static of material point
– Stability
– Moment
– Friction and friction principles
MECHANICAL SCIENCES
– Vectorial algebra and vector systems
– Force systems, center of gravity
– Static of material point
– Stability
– Moment
– Friction and friction principles
– Velocity and acceleration
– Linear movement
– Curve movement
– Newton's second law
– Dynamic of the material point
– Work and energy
– Hydrostatic
-Hydraulic
TECHNICAL DRAWING
– Types of technical drawing
– Line drawing
– Perspective projection
- Development
– Screw threads and fasteners
– Locking tools and retainers
– Rivet-type connection
– Welded connections
– Scaling
ANNEX - 26
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE
2
– Stoppers and inserts
– Geometric tolerance
– Cams
– Bearings
– Felts
– Lubricating ball and roller bearings
– Technical drawing applications
– Surface roughness
– Taking a sectional view
– Calculating intersections, developments and true-sizes
– Gear profile and construction drawings
– Installation drawings
SAFETY AT SEA AND SHIP SECURITY TRAININGS Training stated in the Article 22 along with the Familiarization Training on Security stated in the
Article 23 of this Directive shall include Security Awareness Training and Designated Security
Duties Training curricula
1) Advanced Firefighting Training
(Prevention and Control of Fire and Fire Fighting on Board)
INSPECTING THE FIRE FIGHTING OPERATIONS ON BOARD
– Fire classes and fire chemistry
– Fire protection and firefighting equipment
– Fire protection measures
– Procedures for firefighting at port and sea, especially focusing on organization,
tactics and control
– Fire extinguishing by using water, its effect on ship’s stability, measures and correction
procedures
– Communications and coordination during firefighting operations
– Ventilation control, including smoke absorbers
– Controlling the fuel and electric systems
– Dangers which may occur during fire fighting process (dry treatment, chemical reactions,
boiler uptake fires, etc.)
– Firefighting where hazardous materials are involved
– Fire measures and dangers regarding storage and handling of materials
(paint, etc.)
– Management and control of the injured people
ANNEX - 26
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE
3
– Procedures for coordination with the fire brigade on shore
ORGANIZATION AND TRAINING OF FIRE TEAMS
– Preparation of the contingency plans
– Crew structure of the fire teams and their deployment
– Organization of fire drills
Inspection and Use of Fire Detection and Fire Extinguishing Systems and Equipment
– Firefighting systems
– Fire detection systems
– Fixed fire systems
– Movable and portable fire extinguishing equipment (including devices, pumps, life saving,
rescue, life support, personal protective and communication equipment, etc.)
– Firefighting techniques for various fire incidents where fuel is also involved
Issuing Surveys and Reports For Fire-Related Accidents
– Evaluation of the reasons of fire-related accidents
2) Medical First-Aid Training
(Medical First-Aid On Board)
IMMEDIATE FIRST-AID IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT OR DISEASE ON BOARD
– First-aid kit
– Structure and functions of human body
– Perils on board related to toxicity and relevant documentation such as "Medical First Aid
Guide for Use in Accidents Involving Dangerous Goods"
(MFAG) or its equivalent applicable in Turkey
– Examination of patient or injured person
– Spine injuries
– Burn injuries due to fire and boiling water/steam, effects of cold and hot
– Fractures, dislocations and muscular injuries
– Medical care for rescued persons
– Medical advice via radio
– Pharmacology
– Sterilization
– Heart failure, drowning and asphyxia
MEASURES FOR PROTECTION AND SECURITY OF PASSENGERS AND CREW AT TIME OF
INTERVENTION IN EMERGENCY CASES
ANNEX - 26
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE
4
– Contingency plans for giving response to emergency cases
– Measures for protection and safety of passengers in case of emergencies
ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN FOLLOWING COLLISION AND GROUNDING
– Measures to be taken when the ship is stranded
– Required actions in case of grounding
- Required actions following collision
– Limitation of damage after fire or explosion and ways of ship rescue
– Methods for abandoning the ship
–Use of auxiliary steering gear and equipping the emergency steering gear equipment
– Tugging and arrangements for tugging
SAVING SURVIVORS AT SEA, HELPING THE SHIP IN DISTRESS AND EMERGENCY CASES AT PORT
– Rescuing people from the ship in distress
– Required actions in case of emergencies at port
– Preparations for assisting the ship in distress
RESPONSE TO A DISTRESS SIGNAL AT SEA
– Search and rescue
– IAMSAR
INTRODUCTION TO MARINE ENGINES
Main and Auxiliary Engines
– Internal combustion engines
– Diesel and gasoline engines
– Operating principles
– Slow, middle and high speed engines
– Boilers
– Types of boilers
– Steam turbines
– Steam turbine components
– Steam turbine lines
– Heat exchangers
– Evaporators and distillation principles
– Gas turbines
- Gas turbine cycles
THERMODYNAMICS
– Definitions and basic principles
– First law of thermodynamics
ANNEX - 26
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE
5
– Thermodynamic systems
– Heat and work
– Second law of thermodynamics
– Entropy and heat energy
– Carnot principle and cycle
– Heating machine cycle
– Compressor cycle
– Steam cycles
– Gas turbine cycles
DYNAMICS
– Velocity and acceleration
– Linear movement
– Curve movement
– Newton's second law
– Dynamic of the material point
– Work and energy
– Conservation of energy
– Impulse and momentum
–Collision
MATERIAL SCIENCE
Building and Repair Materials
– Characteristics and usage
– Operations
– Basic metallurgy, metals and operations
– Non-metal materials
– Materials under load
–Vibration
ANNEX - 26
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE
6
DIESEL ENGINES
- Diesel engine cycles, two-stroke and four-stroke engines
- P-V Diagram, (T-S) Timing diagram.
- Scavenging air systems and turbochargers
- Low, middle and high speed Engines.
- Structures of trunk engines
- Structures of crochet engines
- Valve operating mechanisms
- Bearings
- Fuel injection systems
- Governors
- Combustion
- Fuels
- Combustion chambers
- Diesel engine systems
- Cooling water systems
- Sea water systems
- Lubrication and lubricating oil systems
- Starting air systems
- Exhaust systems
- Fuel systems
- Maneuver preparations
- Principles for keeping a safe watch
ANNEX - 26
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE
7
SHIP AUXILIARY ENGINES - Basic knowledge on the auxiliary boiler
– Structure of the auxiliary boiler
– Auxiliary boiler and steam distribution
– Operation of the auxiliary boiler
– Heat exchangers
– Evaporators and distillation principles
– Types and operating principles of pumps
– Pumping and control systems
– Ballast, bilge, fire pumps and systems.
– Types and operating principles of air compressors
- Fuel and lubricating oil separators
– – Bilge separator and waste water systems
– Evaporators and Incinerators
– Alternators, generators and control systems
--Deck machinery
--Stern tube and Shaft system
–Types of propellers
--Steering Principles
--Hydraulic control systems for steering
--Electric control for steering
--Emergency steering system,
MARINE ENGINE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
–operation and maintenance of auxiliary boilers
–boiler malfunctions
–corrosion on boilers,
–Use of sea and fresh water on boilers,
–fresh water treatment and water test,
–operation and maintenance of pumps
– operation and maintenance of compressors
– pressurized air systems and distribution
– bilge separator, operation and maintenance of waste water assembly
– operation and maintenance of fuel and lubricating oil separator
Measures Required for the Prevention of Marine Pollution
-MARPOL 73/78
- Actions to be taken during watchkeeping in engine room
ANNEX - 26
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE
8
- Basics of automation and audit
- Security and emergency case procedures
-Operation and maintenance of heat exchangers
– Operation and maintenance of evaporators
– Operation and maintenance of shaft systems
– Operation and maintenance of deck machinery
– Operation and maintenance of the steering system
– Operation and maintenance of hydraulic rudder systems
– Operation and maintenance of electric steering
– Operation of AC and DC systems, use of electric and electronic hand tools and
measuring instruments utilized for troubleshooting, maintenance and repair
– Operation and maintenance of emergency steering
– Security measures and fuel supply including sampling
– Fuel operations, using different quality fuels and related problems
– Maneuvering and navigation, principles for safe watchkeeping
– Arrangements for safe maintenance and repair, preparations for maintenance
– Scheduled and urgent maintenance, reasons for engine malfunctions, methods for
troubleshooting - Using the repair and maintenance equipment on board
- Use of electric and electronic hand tools and measuring instruments utilized for
troubleshooting, maintenance and repair, safe operating
ELECTROTECHNICS
Characteristics of Ship Electric Systems
– Electron theory
- Diagrams, symbols
– Simple circuits and Resistance (Ohm) Law
– Serial and parallel circuits
– Ammeters and potentiometer
– Work, energy and power
– Electrical power supply
– Conductors
– Insulation
– Maintenance principles
– Batteries
– Magnetism and electromagnetism
– Electromagnetic induction
– Electric Test and Measuring Instruments
– Testing and measuring
– Safety Requirements for Electric Systems
– Basic security
– Electric Test and Measuring Instruments
– Testing and measuring
– Safety Requirements for Electric Systems
ANNEX - 26
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE
9
– Basic security
– Cables
– Alternative current
– Distribution
– Transformers
– Alternators
– Direct Current Generators
– Maintenance of generators and switches
– Alternative current engines and generators
– Direct current engines
– Maintenance of engines and starters
– Impedance and inductance
– Lighting
– Troubleshooting
– Control Systems
– Malfunction analysis and repair methods
AUTOMATIC CONTROL
+- Fundamentals of Control Systems
- Measuring and Control.
- Measuring Systems.
- Control Components. Sensors
- Signal Measuring. Amplifiers and Noise reduction methods.
- Engine Room Control Applications.
- Main Engine Speed and Load Control
- Auxiliary Engines Load Control and Synchronization.
- Boiler level, combustion and steam pressure measuring and control
- Cooling water, lubrication oil, temperature and pressure control
- Separator control systems
- Pollution and salt rate measuring and control
- Tank systems level controls
- Scavenge air combustion control
- Propeller and steering machine controls
- Engine Room alarm systems
- Control Systems Modelling.
- Open Cycle Control System
- Closed Cycle Control System
MACHINE ELEMENTS
– Structure of machine elements
– Continuous strength
– Material connections
ANNEX - 26
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SHIP ENGINE COURSE
10
– Power connections
– Sliding and roller bearings
–Clutches
HEAT TRANSFER
- Types of heat transfer
- Heat conduction
-Heat transfer by cnvection
- Heat transfer by radiation
- Time-dependent and independent heat transfer
- one-dimensional heat transfer
- Radial heat transfer
- Multi-dimensional heat transfer
- Hydraulic and thermal lboundary layer
- Regularity and Reynolds analogy
- Heat transfer during condensation and boiling
- Heat transfer between opposite surfaces
Above mentioned course trainings shall not take less than 480 hours and 4 months.
Note: Candidates who have left the Naval Forces, graduates of the Petty Officer Naval
School Boiler Department can be excluded from the "Mechanical Sciences", "Technical Drawing",
"Material Science" and "Heat Transfer" courses; graduates of the Electricity Department can be
excluded from the "Technical Drawing" and "Electrotechnics" courses; graduates of the Technician
Department can be excluded from the "Technical Drawing" and "Material Science" courses; and
graduates of the Electronics Department can be excluded from "Electrotechnics" course.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
The tools and equipment specified in the minimum requirements for Operational level
training shall be kept available.
ANNEX - 27
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL OFFICERS
1
1) CURRICULUM
NAVAL OFFICERS COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING AT DECK MANAGEMENT
LEVEL
MARITIME COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT
1) MARITIME MARKETS
2) LINER SERVICE
3) TRUMP MANAGEMENT
4) FREIGHT AND CHARTER
5) FREIGHT MARKETS
6) FREIGHT CONTRACTS
7) NAVIGATION-BASED FREIGHT CONTRACT ELEMENTS
8) TIME-BASED FREIGHT CONTRACT ELEMENTS
9) BAREBOAT CHARTER ELEMENTS
10) CHARTER NEGOTIATIONS, BID AND COUNTERBID METHODS
11) FREIGHT AND ABBREVIATIONS USED
12) BILL OF LADING
a) Accredited relations
b) Letter of Indemnity
13) AGENCIES AND AGENCY TYPES
14) NOTICE OF READINESS, SOF, TIME SHEET, MADE RECEIPT, MANIFESTS,
SHIPPING NOTE
15) INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL TERMINOLOGY
16) CARGO BROKERS
17) CONVENIENT FLAG COUNTRIES
18) FREIGHT CONFERENCES
19) INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATIONS
TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
1) TECHNICAL STATUS PROTECTION MANAGEMENT
a) Class status as to the types of ships
b) Change in class, cancellation of class
c) Follow-up on survey status; planning future actions and preparing the ship
d) Follow-up on rules and decisions, ensuring that the ships are compatible with the possible
amendments
e) Follow-up on the ship documents and inspections
2) MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT
a) Maintenance planning
b) Maintenance on hull, deck and machinery
c) Records and correspondences regarding maintenance
d) Maintenance costs
e) Docking, maintenance in dock
PERSONNEL, TRAINING, SECURITY AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT WITHIN
THE SCOPE OF TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
a) Planning of training
b) Safe operating methods
c) Material follow-up, keeping records and planning the needs and the supply
ANNEX - 27
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL OFFICERS
2
MARINE INSURANCES
1) INSURANCE AND INSURANCE LAW
a) Definition of insurance
b) Legal and economic requirements of insurance
c) Types of insurance
d) Marine insurances
e) Insurance policy
2) BOAT AND MACHINERY INSURANCES
a) Scope and conditions of insurance
b) Relations with the insurance company
3) CLUB INSURANCES
a) Scope and conditions of insurance
b) Relations with the insurance company
The above mentioned training shall not take less than 16 hours in total.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
The points specified in the minimum requirements for Deck Management Level shall
be considered.
3 OTHER CONDITIONS
The points specified in the minimum requirements for Deck Management Level shall
be considered.
ANNEX - 28
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
1
1) CURRICULUM
NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING AT DECK
MANAGEMENT LEVEL
NAVIGATION
1) PLANNING AND MANAGING A VOYAGE
a) Routing in a navigation period including ocean transit with suitable methods considering the
regions where the currents and tides are effective, navigation rules with traffic separation
scheme, navigation in dangerous waters, under limited visibility conditions, in iced waters,
in various meteorological conditions, navigation in all conditions and navigation planning
b) Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) Fields and procedures
c) Using guide books
d) Explanation of all Great Circle sailing procedures
e) Recording navigation, log books, keeping a log book
f) Routing in accordance with the "General Principles on Ships’ Routing"
g) Reporting in accordance with the "Guidelines and Criteria for Ship Reporting Systems"
2) POSITION FIXING UNDER ALL CONDITIONS AND VERIFYING THE
ACCURACY OF FIXED POSITIONS OBTAINED BY ANY TOOL/METHOD
a) Position fixing under all conditions by terrestrial observations, using correct charts and
publications and all explanations about pilot navigation
b) Explanation of all celestial navigation subjects for position fixing by celestial observations
under all conditions
c) Using modern electronic navigational aids and position fixing under all conditions with a
knowledge in operating principles, limitations, error sources of these equipment,
troubleshooting the errors,
3) COMPASSES, FINDING COMPASS ERRORS AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE
CORRECTION
a) Knowledge on the structure and operating principles of a magnetic compass, its errors and
corrections, implementation of the correction to the route
b) Knowledge on the structure and operating principles of a gyro compass, its errors and
corrections, implementation of the correction to the route
c) Types of gyro compass, systems connected to main gyro, operation and maintenance of main
gyro
4) TIDE CALCULATIONS
a) Tide and current calculations
b) Use of publication related to tide and currents
c) Using the harmonic method in tide calculation
d) Pole navigation
e) Navigation on ice
f) Navigation for the purpose of rescue and aid
g) Navigation in tropical storms
h) Great Circle Navigation with celestial navigation charts
i) Celestial navigation by the use of spherical triangle formula
j) Navigation errors (measurement, position, tools, etc.)
k) Using the harmonic method in tide calculation
l) Management of all steps of a navigation
ANNEX - 28
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
2
WATCHKEEPING STANDARDS 1) KEEPING A SAFE WATCH
a. Bridge organization
b. Responsibilities of the officers and distribution of duty
c. Conformity to the duty
d. Watchkeeping on deck
e. Watchkeeping at port
f. Watchkeeping at anchor
g. Watchkeeping at gangway
h. Navigational Watchkeeping
i. Navigational planning, preparation documents
j. Issues to be considered in navigational watchkeeping handing-over
k. System controls to be made during the navigation
l. Navigation under limited conditions
m. Navigation at coastal and narrow waters
n. Preparation of port entrance
2) SHIP REPORTING SYSTEMS
3) REPORTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE VESSEL TRAFFIC SERVICES
4) BRIDGE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
a) Principles of Bridge Resource Management
b) Allocation, assignment and prioritization of the resources
c) Providing an effective level of communication
d) Affirmation and leadership
e) Raising and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation, considering the team
experience
f) Preparing against any situation
5) REGULATIONS FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS AT SEA
6) MARINE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
SHIP STRUCTURE
1) SHIP STRUCTURE
a) Ship building tools
b) Welding, types of welding, welding errors and inspection methods on welding
c) Bulkheads
d) Waterproof and weather-resistant doors - skylights
e) Corrosion, galvanic corrosion and its prevention
2) SURVEYS
a) Propeller shaft survey
b) Dry-docking survey
c) Hull, machinery renewal surveys
3) SHIP STABILITY
a) Transversal initial stability
b) Static stability curve
c) Losing stability
d) Stability in dry-docking
e) Dynamic stability
4) EFFECT OF DAMAGE AND FLOODING ON TRIM AND STABILITY
a) Damaged ship stability
b) IMO rules on damaged ship stability
c) Effect of damage and flooding on trim and stability and measures to be taken
d) Theories of trim and stability
e) IMO guidelines regarding ship stability
f) Requirements and responsibilities regarding international conventions and codes
ANNEX - 28
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
3
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS
1) SUPERVISION AND CONTROL FOR CONFORMITY WITH LEGAL
REQUIREMENTS AND MEASURES IN ORDER TO PROVIDE LIFE SAFETY
AT SEA AND PROTECT THE MARINE ENVIRONMENT
a) Documents to be made available on board as per the International Conventions
b) Responsibilities as per International Convention of Load Lines (LOADLINES)
c) Responsibilities as per the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS)
d) Responsibilities as per the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution From
Ships (MARPOL)
e) Maritime declaration of health and requirements of International Health Rules (IHR)
f) Responsibilities as part of the international regulations affecting the security of ship,
passenger, crew and cargo
g) Methods and equipment for preventing maritime pollution
h) National requirements for the implementation of the international conventions
MARİNE ENGINES a) Operating drive systems and other engineering systems by the remote control system
b) Operating principles for marine power systems
c) Auxiliary machinery on the ship
d) Terms of marine engineering operations
e) Fuel consumption
MARITIME COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT
1) MARITIME MARKETS
2) LINER SERVICE
3) TRUMP MANAGEMENT
4) FREIGHT AND CHARTER
5) FREIGHT MARKETS
6) FREIGHT CONTRACTS
7) NAVIGATION-BASED FREIGHT CONTRACT ELEMENTS
8) TIME-BASED FREIGHT CONTRACT ELEMENTS
9) BAREBOAT CHARTER ELEMENTS
10) CHARTER NEGOTIATIONS, BID AND COUNTERBID METHODS
11) FREIGHT AND ABBREVIATIONS USED
12) BILL OF LADING
a) Accredited relations
b) Letter of Indemnity
13) AGENCIES AND AGENCY TYPES
14) NOTICE OF READINESS, SOF, TIME SHEET, MADE RECEIPT, MANIFESTS,
SHIPPING NOTE
15) INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL TERMINOLOGY
16) CARGO BROKERS
17) CONVENIENT FLAG COUNTRIES
18) FREIGHT CONFERENCES
19) INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATIONS
TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
1) TECHNICAL STATUS PROTECTION MANAGEMENT
a) Class status as to the types of ships
b) Change in class, cancellation of class
c) Follow-up on survey status; planning future actions and preparing the ship
d) Follow-up on rules and decisions, ensuring that the ships are compatible with the possible
ANNEX - 28
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
4
amendments
e) Follow-up on the ship documents and inspections
2) MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT
a) Maintenance planning
b) Maintenance on hull, deck and machinery
c) Records and correspondences regarding maintenance
d) Maintenance costs
e) Docking, maintenance in dock
3) PERSONNEL, TRAINING, SECURITY AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENT WITHIN
THE SCOPE OF TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT
a) Planning of training
b) Safe operating methods
c) Material follow-up, keeping records and planning the needs and the supply
SAFETY AT SEA
1) COLLISION, GROUNDING AND DAMAGE CONTROL
a) Measures to be taken while deliberately grounding a ship on a sandy beach
b) Required actions just before and after grounding
c) Refloating the grounded ship with or without aid
d) Required actions just before and after the collision or after the hull loses its integrity in terms
of water proof capacity for any reason
e) Damage control
2) EMERGENCY STEERING
3) EMERGENCY TUGGING ARRANGEMENTS AND TUGGING PROCEDURES
4) COORDINATION OF RESCUE AND AID OPERATIONS
5) MAINTAINING THE SECURITY AND SAFETY OF THE CREW AND
PASSENGERS OF THE SHIP AND OPERATING CONDITIONS OF THE LIFE
SAVING, FIRE FIGHTING AND OTHER SECURITY SYSTEMS
a) Rules related to the life saving appliances
b) Arranging muster drills for fire and abandoning the ship
c) Maintenance of working conditions of life saving, firefighting and other security systems
d) Required actions for protection and security of all people on board in case of emergencies
e) Required actions to save the ship and reduce damage after fire, explosion, collision or
grounding
6) DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMERGENCY CASE AND DAMAGE CONTROL
PLANS, MANAGEMENT OF EMERGENCY CASES
a) Preparation of possible contingency plans against emergency cases
b) Ship structure including the damage control
c) Fire protection, alarm and extinguishing methods and equipment
d) Functions and usage of life saving appliances
7) ARRANGEMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF PROVIDING MEDICAL CARE ON
BOARD
a) Medical publications
b) International medical guide for ships
c) International code of signals (medical part)
d) Medical first-aid to be used in accidents due to the dangerous cargoes
MARITIME ENGLISH
1) SHIP, STRUCTURE AND SECTIONS
a) Cargo gears of the ships
b) Windlass and rope winches, anchoring gear, lines and maneuvering commands
c) Ship crew, their duties, work organization on board
2) ENGLISH FOR NAVIGATION AND METEOROLOGY
ANNEX - 28
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
5
a) Planning and management of navigation
b) Ship reporting systems
c) Terms to be used on the meteorological reports
3) RECORDS, DOCUMENTS, CORRESPONDENCES
a) Board documentation
b) Port documentation
c) Cargo documentation
d) Ship log book and other recording books, English knowledge to understand log books
e) "Charter" convention, sailing order
f) Preparation letter
g) Record of cargo operations
h) Ship correspondences, notifications
4) ENGLISH USED IN SHIP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
a) Maintenance planning
b) Principles for Scheduled Maintenance System
c) Preparing the ship for dry-docking, dry-docking, ship plans
d) Correspondences on malfunctions, troubleshooting and repair works
5) SURVEY AND INSPECTION ENGLISH
a) SOLAS, MARPOL and other International Conventions
b) Types of surveys and inspections
c) Flag state and port state controls and inspections
d) Classification Society inspections
e) Check lists
f) English to be used in surveys and inspections
6) ENGLISH FOR COMMUNICATION
a) Using the International Code of Signals Handbook
b) Ship-to-ship, ship-to-shore and onboard communication in English
c) Using IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases
d) Sufficient English knowledge to transmit and receive emergency and security messages
7) ENGLISH FOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION
a) Human body
b) Diseases, medical drugs
c) Medical Emergency Communication
d) Medical pages of Code of Signals
e) Medical care on board
f) International Medical Guide and related sections of the other maritime medical publications
ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION
USE OF AUTOMATIC RADAR PLOTTING APPLIANCES (ARPA)
1) BASIC CONCEPT AND USE OF SEA RADAR SYSTEM
a) Basic principles of radar
b) Safe distances
c) Radiation risk and measures
d) Characteristics of radar settings and factors affecting performance
e) External factors in radar adjustment affecting radar detection
f) Factors that may lead to misinterpretation
g) Performance standards – Decision A.477(XII)
2) ADJUSTING AND USING THE RADAR AS TO THE MANUFACTURER'S
SUGGESTIONS
a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display
b) Measuring the range and the bearings
3) MANUAL RADAR PLOTTING APPLICATION
a) Establishing the relative movement triangle
b) Definition of the route, speed and visions of other ships
ANNEX - 28
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
6
c) Defining CPA and TCPA
d) Considering the effect of route and speed changes
e) Reporting radar plotting data
4) USE OF RADAR TO PROVIDE SAFE NAVIGATION
a) Fixing the position of ship by the use of radar
b) Definition of auxiliaries for radar navigation and security
c) Use of parallel lines for radar navigation
5) USE OF RADAR FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS OR NEAR MISSES
a) Implementation of Rules on Prevention of Collision in order to
b) avoid collisions or near misses
c) Use of modern electronic navigational aids (GPS etc.) and position fixing under all
conditions with knowledge in operating principles, limitations, error sources of these
equipment, troubleshooting the errors,
6) EXPLANATION OF AN ARPA SYSTEM
a) Visual characteristics of ARPA system
b) ARPA and IMO performance standards
c) Achieving the targets
d) Monitoring ability and limits
e) Process delays
7) USE OF AN ARPA SYSTEM
a) Adjusting and maintaining the radar display
b) Obtaining target information
c) Errors in interpretation of target data
d) Errors in definition and explanation of the displayed data
e) System utilization applications for data verification
f) Risks of over-reliance on ARPA
g) Obtaining data from ARPA displays
h) Implementation of rules on prevention of collision
8) ELECTRONIC CHART DISPLAY AND INFORMATION SYSTEM (ECDIS)
a) Management of system files and data, operating methods
b) Using ECDIS playback function to review route planning of navigation and system
functions
METEOROLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY
1) SYNOPTIC CHARTS AND WEATHER FORECAST
a) Pressure and wind systems of the World
b) Weather condition depending on the main air mass types
c) Synoptic and prognostic charts and forecasts
d) Classification of marine forecast codes and fax transmissions
e) Main types, sources and movements of floating ice
f) Guiding principles related to the safe navigation around ice
g) Conditions, dangers and solutions of ice accumulation on the upper side of the ship
2) CHARACTERISTICS OF DIFFERENT AIR SYSTEMS
a) Formation, structure and weather condition depending on the main weather fronts
b) Frontal and non-frontal pressure regions and related weather condition
c) Formation of non-frontal air systems and weather condition
d) Tropical cyclones
3) OCEAN CURRENT SYSTEMS
a) Circulation of surface water in the oceans and interconnecting seas
b) Voyage planning principles according to the wave heights and air conditions
c) Formation of sea waves and swells
ANNEX - 28
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
7
MARITIME LAW
1) INTRODUCTION TO MARITIME LAW
Definition, scope and branches of the maritime law
2) MARITIME PUBLIC LAW
Definition, scope and branches of the maritime public law
3) MARITIME PRIVATE LAW
Definition, scope and branches of the maritime private law
4) SHIP
a) Ship definitions
b) Registration of ships
c) Right of flag bearing
d) Ship's seaworthiness, suitability for voyage and cargo
e) Inspections on the ships and dimensions
f) Provisions for safety of life and property at sea
g) Number and competence of the seafarers
h) Legal aspects of pilotage
i) Board documentation (Documents, ship’s certificate, ship’s log book, tonnage certificate,
etc. which shall be kept available on board)
j) Bill of Lading
k) Sea report
5) MASTER
a) Definition of Master
b) Powers and responsibilities of Master as per the public law
c) Powers and responsibilities of Master as per the private law
d) Disciplinary power of the Master on board and his powers and duties in case of a legal
violation
6) SHIPOWNER
a) Definition of the shipowner
b) Shipowner, responsibilities and rights
7) FREIGHT CONVENTIONS
a) Types of freight conventions
b) Legal characteristics of freight conventions
c) Responsibilities
d) Layday - Demurrage
e) Bill of Lading
f) Termination of freight conventions
8) MARINE ACCIDENTS
a) Collision
b) Sea report
c) Particular and general averages
d) Rescue and aid
9) OUR NATIONAL MARITIME LEGISLATION IN GENERAL
a) Cabotage Law
b) Maritime Labor Act
c) Law of Arrest and Seizure at Sea
d) Provisions of penal and procedure laws related to maritime
e) Knowledge in customs and smuggling regulations
f) Ports law, port regulations
g) Regulation for Seafarers
h) Coastal Health Legislation
i) Related sections of Law on Fees
ANNEX - 28
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
8
j) Master instructions (taking over, keeping and using)
k) Law No 4922 on Smuggling
MARINE INSURANCES
1) INSURANCE AND INSURANCE LAW
a) Definition of insurance
b) Legal and economic requirements of insurance
c) Types of insurance
d) Marine insurances
e) Insurance policy
2) BOAT AND MACHINERY INSURANCES
a) Scope and conditions of insurance
b) Relations with the insurance company
3) CLUB INSURANCES
a) Scope and conditions of insurance
b) Relations with the insurance company
SHIP MANEUVERS 1) FACTORS AFFECTING THE SHIP MANEUVERS
a) Environmental Conditions
b) Competence in maneuvering
2) DRIVING POWER AND RESISTANCES IN MANEUVER
a) Resistances related to the air
i) Still-air resistance
ii) Wind resistance
b) Resistances related to the water
3) ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THE MAIN MACHINERY AS PER THEIR
FUNCTIONS IN MANEUVERING AND TYPES
4) PROPELLER
a) FIXED PITCH PROPELLER
b) Variable pitch propeller
c) Effects of right and left hand propellers ahead
d) Ships with double propeller
5) STEERING
a) Steering effects on ships with single propeller
b) Steering effects on ships with double propeller
6) BOW THRUSTER, AFT THRUSTER
a) Operating principles
b) Its effects while using with the steering
7) LINES
a) Effects of the lines during boarding/shore off
b) Other line maneuvers
8) TURNING CIRCLE
9) SHALLOW WATER
a) Definition of shallow water
b) Effects of shallow water, squad
c) Navigation at shallow waters, bank absorption
10) PROPER METHODS FOR ANCHORING AND KNOTTING
11) TUGBOAT
a) Tugboat line knotting methods
b) Using the tugboats in maneuvers
ANNEX - 28
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
9
CARGO OPERATIONS AND SHIP STABILITY
1) PLANNING AND EXECUTING SAFE LOADING, BULKING AND STORING
OPERATIONS AND MONITORING DURING THE VOYAGE AND THE
EVACUATION
a) International rules, codes and standards on safe handling, bulking, storing and transfer of the
cargo
b) Evaluating deficiencies and damages reported on cargo sections, hatch covers and ballast
tanks
c) Plans and activities in accordance with international rules
2) EFFECT OF CARGO AND LOADING OPERATIONS ON TRIM AND STABILITY
Draft, trim and stability
3) STABILITY AND TRIM DIAGRAMS AND EQUIPMENT FOR STRESS
CALCULATIONS
a) Shearing forces, bending moments, torsions
b) Compliance with minimum free board requirements of load-line rules
c) Use of vector diagrams for calculation of stresses on the cargo gears
d) Use of Automatic Data-Based (ADB) equipment
4) BULKING AND STORING CARGO ONBOARD; STORING BY THE USE OF
CARGO HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND MOORING EQUIPMENT
a) Timber deck cargoes
b) Procedures of receiving, tallying (scoring) and delivering cargo
c) Cargo care during carriage
d) Requirements applicable to the cargo handling gear
e) Maintenance of cargo gears
f) Maintenance of hatch covers
5) SAFE LOADING AND UNLOADING OPERATIONS
a) Loading and unloading operations especially related to carriage in the "Code of Safe
Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing"
b) Loading, stowing and unloading heavy cargoes
c) Supervision of cargo during carriage
d) Fumigation methods and safety measures for the holds
6) TANKERS AND TANKER OPERATIONS
a) Terms and definitions
b) Contents and implementation of ISGOTT
c) Petrol tanker operations and relevant rules on prevention of pollution
d) Chemical tankers
e) Tank cleaning and measures for pollution prevention on chemical tankers
f) Liquefied gas tankers
g) Cargo operations on liquefied gas tankers
7) DANGEROUS. RISKY AND DESTRUCTIVE CARGO CARRIAGE
a) International rules (IMDG and IMSB Code), standards, codes and guidelines for the carriage
of dangerous cargo
b) Dangerous cargoes in packages
c) Solid bulk cargoes
d) IMO Grain rules
8) OPERATIONAL AND DESİGN LIMITATIONS ON BULK CARGO SHIPS
a) Use of loading, maintenance and unloading documents on bulk cargo ships
b) Preparing a Safe Cargo Handling Method in accordance with IMSBC Code, IMDG Code,
MARPOL 73/78 Annex III and V and other related documents
c) Fulfilling basic requirements in order to establish an effective communication between Ship
and Port workers
ANNEX - 28
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
10
d) Interpreting bending and twisting limit values of important structural elements of a standard
bulk cargo ship
e) Methods for avoiding a possible damage on bulk cargo ships due to faulty loading, fatigue
and corrosion
LEADERSHIP AND TEAM WORK SKILLS
1. MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE PERSONNEL
Knowledge on crew management and training
2. LEGISLATION
National legislation knowledge with relevant international maritime legislation and
recommendations
3. SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT
a) Planning and cooperation
b) Personnel assignment
c) Limitations on time and resource
d) Prioritization
4. KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING EFFECTIVE RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
a) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources
b) Effective communication on board and on shore
c) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience
d) Motivation, pioneering and leadership
e) Obtaining and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation
5. KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PERFORMING THE DECISION MAKING
TECHNIQUES
a) Situation and risk assessment
b) Determining and considering the possible options
c) Choosing how to progress on an action
d) Assessing the effectiveness of the result
6. STANDARD OPERATING METHODS
Development, application and supervision of the standard operating methods
The above mentioned training shall not take less than 200 hours in total.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
The points specified in the minimum requirements for Deck Management Level shall
be considered.
2 OTHER CONDITIONS
The points specified in the minimum requirements for Deck Management Level shall
be considered.
ANNEX - 29
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL OFFICERS
1
1) CURRICULUM
NAVAL OFFICERS COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING AT ENGINE
MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COOLING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
a) Coolants
b) Cooling principles
c) Ship cooling systems
d) Components of cooling system
e) Types of compressors and operating principles
f) Operation and performance of ice pound systems
g) Ice Pounds
h) Malfunction in cooling systems and methods for troubleshooting
i) Cooling the units on the container ships
j) Air conditioning and ventilation
k) Ventilation of engine room
l) Air conditioning systems in accommodation areas
m) Specific humidity, relative humidity, condensation point
HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC
a) Basic hydraulic principles and symbols
b) Hydraulic Systems
c) Hydraulic pumps
d) Valves and connection parts used in hydraulic systems
e) Hydraulic motors
f) Hydraulic cylinders
g) Operation and maintenance of hydraulic systems
h) Malfunctions in hydraulic systems and methods for troubleshooting
i) Control principles for basic Pneumatic Principles and symbols
j) Controllers
k) Control diagrams
l) Air supply
m) Cylinders and valves
n) Piston speed control
o) Sequential control
p) Operation and maintenance of pneumatic systems
q) Malfunctions in pneumatic systems and methods for troubleshooting
r) Supervision systems
AUTOMATIC CONTROL
a) Fundamentals of Control Systems
b) Measuring and control.
c) Measuring systems.
d) Control components, sensors
e) Signal measuring, amplifiers and noise reduction methods.
f) Engine room control applications.
g) Main engine speed and load control
h) Auxiliary Machinery load control and synchronization
ANNEX - 29
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL OFFICERS
2
i) Boiler level, combustion and steam pressure measurements and controls
j) Coolant water, lubrication oil, temperature and pressure controls
k) Separator control systems
l) Ice pound control systems
m) Control system for pump and piping systems
n) Loading equipment and deck machinery control systems
o) Pollution and salt rate measurements and controls
p) Tank systems level controls
q) Scavenge air combustion controls
r) Propeller and steering machine control
s) Engine Room alarm systems
t) Control Systems Modelling
u) Open Cycle Control System
v) Closed Cycle Control System
w) PID Control System. Gain adjustments
x) Control System Inlet-Outlet Connections
y) Control Systems Diagrams, Transfer Functions
z) Stability.
aa) Monitoring Control Elements, Errors and Malfunctions
bb) Analogue and Digital Control Systems.
cc) Digital Control Systems, Data Functions and Calculations
dd) Controlling software version
SAFETY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT
1) SAFETY, MARINE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND QUALITY CONCEPTS
a) Security
b) Environmental Protection
c) Quality
2) LEGAL AND COMMERCIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY AND QUALITY
MANAGEMENT
a) ISM Code
b) Standards for Quality
3) PREPARATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY AND QUALITY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
a) Development and implementation of Safety Management System
b) Development and implementation of Quality Management System
c) Internal and external audits, auditing techniques and practicing
SURVEY OPERATIONS
a) Class institutions
b) Periodical surveys
c) Shipyard and dry-docking operations
d) Surveys conducted by Port Authorities
e) Survey preparations
f) Corrective actions for the nonconformities
g) Controls by the Port State
GAS TURBINES
a) Operating principles of gas turbines
b) Cycles of gas turbines
c) System components
d) Movable parts of gas turbines
e) Fixed parts of gas turbines
f) Combustion systems of gas turbines
g) Compressors and their operation
ANNEX - 29
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL OFFICERS
3
h) Lubrication in gas turbines and lubrication systems
i) Preparation of gas turbines for navigation
j) Principles for watchkeeping on a ship equipped with gas turbines
k) Malfunction in gas turbines and methods for troubleshooting
Above mentioned trainings shall not take less than 120 hours in total.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
The points specified in the minimum requirements for Engine Management Level
shall be considered.
3 OTHER CONDITIONS
The points specified in the minimum requirements for Engine Management Level
shall be considered.
ANNEX - 30
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
1
1) CURRICULUM
NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING
AT ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
THERMODYNAMICS
a) Ideal air cycle
b) Vapor
c) Evaporation
d) Thermodynamic characteristics of steams
e) Steam cycles
f) Gases and thermodynamic characteristics of gases
g) Gas-steam mixture
h) Gas turbine cycles
i) Cooling cycle
j) Heat transfer
COOLING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
a) Coolants
b) Cooling principles
c) Ship cooling systems
d) Components of cooling system
e) Types of compressors and operating principles
f) Operation and performance of ice pound systems
g) Ice Pounds
h) Malfunction in cooling systems and methods for troubleshooting
i) Cooling the units on the container ships
j) Air conditioning and ventilation
k) Ventilation of engine room
l) Air conditioning systems in accommodation areas
m) Specific humidity, relative humidity, condensation point
MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY
a) Cast iron and steel metallurgy
b) Characteristics of and tests on materials
c) Thermal operations on metals
d) Elements in steel and iron alloys
e) Non-ferrous metals
f) Non-metal materials
g) Welding
h) Tension and stress
i) Tension energy
j) Tension in pressured containers
k) Cutting and twisting
l) Shearing force and bending moment
m) Bending at beams
n) Direct tension and combined bending
ANNEX - 30
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
2
SHIP STRUCTURE
1) GENERAL
a) Movement of gravity center
b) Buoyancy
c) Transversal static stability
d) Effect of liquids on stability
e) Correcting the angle of heel
f) TPC and overflow curves
g) Block coefficients
h) Area and volumes of the ship forms
i) KB, BM and metacenter diagrams
j) Declination
k) Static stability moments
l) Inclination
m) Dry-docking and grounding
n) Damage survey
o) Ship movements
p) Vibrations at ships
q) Steering
r) Resistance, power and fuel consumption
s) Ship propulsion and propellers
t) Ship structures
2) BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR SHIP STRUCTURE, INCLINATION AND STABILITY
a) Ship building tools
b) Welding
c) Bulkheads
d) Waterproof and weather-resistant doors
e) Corrosion and preventing corrosion
f) Surveys and dry-docking operations
g) Stability
3) EFFECT OF DAMAGE AND FLOODING ON INCLINATION AND STABILITY
a) Effect of damage and flooding on inclination and stability
b) Theories of inclination and stability
4) IMO GUIDELINES REGARDING THE SHIP STABILITY
Requirements as per the International Conventions and Codes
MARITIME ENGLISH
a) Principles in English for correspondence and work application
b) Preparing and recording various Engine Room performance reports
c) Correspondences on engine malfunctions, troubleshooting and repair works
d) Correspondences on Spare Parts, Material Requisition and Ordering
e) Correspondence with Classification Society and port state control
f) Dry-docking preparation, records and relevant correspondences
g) Malfunction analysis, troubleshooting, maintenance, repair
h) Principles for Scheduled Maintenance System
i) Inspection principles for the Classification Society survey and port state controls for
different types of ships in accordance with the SOLAS Convention
j) Inspection principles for the Classification Society survey and port state controls for
different types of ships in accordance with the MARPOL Convention
k) Legal and Commercial Certificates of the Ships
ANNEX - 30
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
3
l) Survey and Inspection Principles of Legal Certificates
HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC
a) Basic hydraulic principles and symbols
b) Hydraulic Systems
c) Hydraulic pumps
d) Valves and connection parts used in hydraulic systems
e) Hydraulic motors
f) Hydraulic cylinders
g) Operation and maintenance of hydraulic systems
h) Malfunctions in hydraulic systems and methods for troubleshooting
i) Control principles for basic Pneumatic Principles and symbols
j) Controllers
k) Control diagrams
l) Air supply
m) Cylinders and valves
n) Piston speed control
o) Sequential control
p) Operation and maintenance of pneumatic systems
q) Malfunctions in pneumatic systems and methods for troubleshooting
r) Supervision systems
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME CONVENTIONS
1) INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME LAW
a) Documents to be made available on board as per the International Conventions
b) Requirements regarding International Convention on Load Lines
c) Requirements regarding International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea
d) Requirements related to MARPOL 73/78 Convention
e) Requirements for Maritime Declaration of Health and International Health Rules
f) Documents affecting safety of passengers, ships, seafarers and cargoes
g) Methods and equipment for preventing maritime pollution
h) National requirements for the implementation of the international conventions
SAFETY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT
1) SAFETY, MARINE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND QUALITY CONCEPTS
a) Security
b) Environmental Protection
c) Quality
2) LEGAL AND COMMERCIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SAFETY AND QUALITY
MANAGEMENT
a) ISM Code
b) Standards for Quality
3) PREPARATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF SAFETY AND QUALITY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
a) Development and implementation of Safety Management System
b) Development and implementation of Quality Management System
c) Internal and external audits, auditing techniques and practicing
SURVEY OPERATIONS
a) Class institutions
b) Periodical surveys
c) Shipyard and dry-docking operations
ANNEX - 30
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
4
d) Surveys conducted by Port Authorities
e) Survey preparations
f) Corrective actions for the nonconformities
g) Controls by the Port State
STEAM TURBINES
a) Wet steam, saturated steam, hot steam
b) H-S, T-S diagrams
c) Types of steam turbines
d) Action, reaction and compound turbines
e) Movable parts of steam turbines
f) Fixed parts of steam turbines
g) Steam turbine systems
h) Revolution reduction systems
i) Preparation of steam turbines for navigation
j) Principles for watchkeeping on a ship equipped with steam turbines
k) Malfunction in steam turbines and methods for troubleshooting
GAS TURBINES
a) Operating principles of gas turbines
b) Cycles of gas turbines
c) System components
d) Movable parts of gas turbines
e) Fixed parts of gas turbines
f) Combustion systems of gas turbines
g) Compressors and their operation
h) Lubrication in gas turbines and lubrication systems
i) Preparation of gas turbines for navigation
j) Principles for watchkeeping on a ship equipped with gas turbines
k) Malfunction in gas turbines and methods for troubleshooting
LEADERSHIP AND TEAM WORK SKILLS
1) MANAGEMENT AND TRAINING OF THE CREW
Knowledge on crew management and training
2) LEGISLATION
Knowledge on national legislation, relevant international maritime legislation and
recommendations
3) SKILLS IN PERFORMING DUTIES AND WORK LOAD MANAGEMENT
a) Planning and cooperation
b) Personnel assignment
c) Limitations on time and resource
d) Prioritization
4) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN EFFECTIVE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
a) Allocating, assigning and prioritizing resources
b) Effective communication on board and on shore
c) Decisions reflecting the importance of team experience
d) Motivation, pioneering and leadership
e) Obtaining and maintaining the awareness regarding a situation
5) KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN DECISION MAKING TECHNIQUES
a) Situation and risk assessment
b) Defining and creating options
ANNEX - 30
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
COMPLEMENTARY TRAINING FOR NAVAL PETTY OFFICERS
5
c) Choosing the course of action
d) Assessing the effectiveness of the result
6) STANDARD OPERATING METHODS
Development and implementation of standard operating methods
The above mentioned trainings shall not take less than 240 hours in total.
2 TOOLS - EQUIPMENT
The points specified in the minimum requirements for Engine Management Level
shall be considered.
3 OTHER CONDITIONS
The points specified in the minimum requirements for Engine Management Level
shall be considered.
ANNEX – 31
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF FIRE FIGHTING
TRAINING CENTRES
1
1) BASIC FIRE TRAINING
Pursuant to STCW 78 International Convention, trainees must attend indoor and outdoor fire
training during the practices within the scope of the basic fire trainings. During the outdoor
fire training sessions, participants must complete extinguishing drills of Class A, B and C.
Accordingly, the minimum required materials and equipment to be used in indoor and outdoor
fires are as follows:
a) One foam pan with a base area of 1.5 m2, depth of 400 mm and with a minimum height of
1 m, metal plate attached at the back,
b) One pan for fire suppression, with a height of 80cm, width of 40cm and a diameter of
60cm,
c) One pan for CO2 and dry chemical powder applications with the sizes stated in
subparagraph (a) without a back plate
d) There shell be a structure with vessel characteristics for the simulation of enclosed spaces
(Engine Room, Deck, Accommodation Areas, etc.), made preferably of steel or using two
containers with at least 20 TEU, equipped with operational cabins, light port and skylight
and with emergency exit doors on both sides (Figure 1). This structure should have
interconnecting spaces the stairway of the interconnecting spaces should be positioned 0.5
meters extended to the upper floor, structure of the manhole must be wide enough for a
person wearing fire equipment to pass safely, and the upper floor should have a security
bar of 40 cm long to surround the mouth of the manhole exit, and be equipped with cabin
structure including lighting, IMO signals, plans and an air suction system which exhausts
the smoke quickly in case of emergencies. Within the structure, there should be a smoke
generator and mechanical system which is able to generate smoke. It should be equipped
with audio and visual alarm systems. There should be a system which shall sound similar
to fire alarms on board. A smoke silo (for escape) is necessary for the fire training.
e) Other minimum required materials which may be used in basic fire training:
1. Suit, gloves, boots and helmet (For each trainee).
2. 3 fireproof suits with an external breathing apparatus support,
3. Breathing apparatus. (At least 5 pieces as 1 for 6 trainees).
4. Spare parts for breathing apparatus:
i. Masks (at least 2).
ii. Mask straps (at least 2 sets).
5. Spare pack-boards and equipment for breathing apparatus. (5)
6. Portable fire extinguishing tubes;
a. CO2 tubes (12).
b. Dry chemical powder tubes (12).
i. ABC tube
ii. BC tube
c. Foam tube (3).
7. Protein based foam (with 3% or 6% expansion) (2 tanks)
ANNEX – 31
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF FIRE FIGHTING
TRAINING CENTRES
2
8. 1 foam nozzle (Mixer).
9. 2 adjustable nozzles, 1 solid nozzle, 1 graded nozzle.
10. 5 rolls of fire hoses.
11. Couplings and connectors in order to connect hoses to valves (2 per each hose).
12. Blanket. (For fire suppression).
13. IMO emergency signals (It is not compulsory and can be standardized).
14. Emergency lighting gear (It is not compulsory but if the enclosed volume is
equipped with this gear, practices may be performed as real-life drills.)
15. Centrifugal pump, sprinkler system, (It may be used in enclosed volumes).
16. High-pressured CO2 system and its simple equipment (at least with 2 tubes).
a) To see the working principle of the fixed CO2 equipment of the fire training
center, completely isolated fire training container from outside, a pan at the
bottom of the cabin which allows the fire to be brought in from the outside or
inside and when the cabin is closed the insulation of the cabin is maintained
and for visual inspection of an extinguishing fire a rectangular and at least
30x50 cm in dimensions with heat and pressure resistant glass or similar
compartment will be positioned
b) In order to compensate for the internal pressure of the CO2 gas in this cabin,
from the upper part of the cabin in the Fire Center to the outside of the fire
container, Safety closures that are normally closed and can be opened by the
CO2 pressure in the cabin located outside the Fire Center will be positioned.
17. Smoke generator
2) ADVANCED FIRE TRAINING
In this training, the trainees or students shall be divided into different groups as
emergency response team, assistance team and first-aid team. The aim is for participants
to gain competency in firefighting in enclosed spaces by acting together. Accordingly, in
addition to the basic fire training materials, the following auxiliary equipment is
necessary:
1. 2 radios (VHF),
2. 3 rechargeable flash lamps,
3. 3 ram lines,
4. Safety belt.
5. 3 aluminized fireproof suits (with an external surface in a shiny chrome color)
suitable for wearing a breathing apparatus beneath.
6. 1 Foam maker with a capacity to produce high-expansion foam.
ANNEX – 31
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF FIRE FIGHTING
TRAINING CENTRES
3
Figure 1 Fire Training Center Platform
1-2 containers of 20 TEU 2-Skylights 3-Ladders 4-Manhole 5-Bulwarks
ANNEX – 32
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF LIFE SAVING
APPLIANCES PLATFORM (INCLUDING USE OF FAST RESCUE BOATS)
1
The following minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for the approval of the tools and
equipment to be used in Proficiency in Survival Craft and Fast Rescue Boats and life rafts.
1. PLATFORM
It is necessary that the platform must have lifesaving appliances with the launching and
recovering equipment.
Life-saving appliances must be set up near the water area (pool or sea) that can safely
perform maneuvering for abandon ship drill, going to the safe distance from the sinking
ship, rescue personnel from the sea.
- The platform should be in a physical structure and location that will enable to act of
lowering, heave up and shove off the life boat.
- The platform on which the davit equipment is located must have a physical area of at least
24 students.
- The platform must have a physical area for at least 24 student on which embarking and
disembarking to or from the survival craft can be realized similar to the commercial vessel
- It is necessary that the platform's upper and lower structure is made of strong steel material
with a carrying capacity of at least 30 people together with davit, boat and other equipment
and certified. The certificate to be given in the 5-year weight test of the boat, davit and
equipment will be valid.
2. DAVIT EQUIPMENT
In order to prevent the possible accidents which may occur during the training, to teach the
training regarding the equipment available in commercial ships and to simulate the muster
drills;
- They must be fully automatic, with a crane, equipped with a davit security system.
- They must be at least 3 meters above the water level and at most 8 meters above the
water level.
- It is necessary to equip the fully closed lifeboat
- One hand operational davit to demonstrate fast lifeboat and lifeboat use equipment.
(Necessary only for Rapid Life Rescue Boot Training)
- Equipped with a davit with a fixed foot width suitable for a fully closed life boat capacity
- It is necessary to have a ladder with a platform similar to those found on commercial
ships to get in where they are along sided
3. SURVIVAL CRAFTS
The training center has the following survival boat:
ANNEX – 32
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF LIFE SAVING
APPLIANCES PLATFORM (INCLUDING USE OF FAST RESCUE BOATS)
2
- At least 1 boat with the following characteristics, (Life boat)
- Capacity of minimum 16 people and maximum 30 people, air supported, water-cooled
motor and rigid structure fully closed.
- At least 1 life raft, ((A life raft is not required if it is present at the Personal Survival at sea
facilities provided the features specified in the Other Issues sections are provided)
- Fast Rescue boat. At least 6 and maximum 12 people capacity, rigid structure fast and
motorized. (Required only for Fast Rescue Boot Training)
OTHER ISSUES
- The above mentioned lifesaving appliances must comply with SOLAS and LSA Code,
and provided with all of the required equipment within the scope of SOLAS and LSA
Code.
- Davits and lifesaving appliances shall be subjected to certificate, maintenance and test
criteria similar to the ones binding for a ship engaged in voyages, flying a Turkish
Flag. As long as the education and training continue, the required maintenance shall be
carried out with caution and all required tests shall be conducted according to LSA
Code.
- The institution that provides maritime training after the date on which this Directive
entered into force; constructed Life-Saving Appliances Tools with the davit, the
lifeboat and all the similar vehicles and equipment will not be used for any purpose
including in ships and training purposes.
- When the boat is being lowered, it must be at least a maximum of five meters from the
water level of the platform when it reaches a position of 90 degrees to the head, in the
direction of the head-to-aft direction, to stabilize the davit arms.
- During the lowering and heaving up the life boat, the davit must be carefully oriented
from the point of embarkation platform for the safe roll-off the life boat.
- To fix the head and aft ropes of the life boat, fixing mechanisms, such as a bollard, an
eye or a cleat, will be placed in appropriate positions.
- Man overboard to the sea during the boat training, there will be a Jack ladder to save
the falling person from the sea for use in the scenario.
ANNEX - 33
1
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF PERSONAL SURVIVAL
AT SEA TRAINING CENTER’S POOL
The following minimum requirements shall be fulfilled by the training institutions for the
approval of the tools and equipment to be used in the Personal Survival At Sea Training
Center.
1. The training center must have a training pool or the water area specified in Article 5 of this
Annex and it must have a sufficient maneuvering water area at least to abandon the ship,
survival at sea, launch and recover the liferafts, rescue of survivors and persons in the sea.
2. The water area / pool may have two-depths. One must have such a depth allowing safely
jumping from the platform.
3. A platform of minimum 2 meters high from the pool surface should be available for enabling
Abandon Ship drills.
4. There must be an adequate place on the platform allocated to place liferaft and its skids so
that at least two people can launch the liferaft into the pool.
5. Facilities without having a training pool must have a sufficient maneuvering water area to
abandon the ship, survival at sea, launch and recover the liferafts, rescue of survivors and
persons in the sea.
6. The training in the water area outside the pool can be done in a private marine which is
surrounded and arranged for the purpose of training by taking the necessary permits for use
from the relevant authorities and by taking the necessary precautions regarding the safety
of life at sea and the environment and seasons that the climate conditions permit.
7. On the end of the jumping platform, a Jacobs ladder should be positioned to allow the man
to come from the sea to the platform..
ANNEX - 34
1
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE APPROVAL OF LABORATORIES
Regarding the training given by the training institutions within the scope of the Directive,
the following minimum requirements must be fulfilled for the approval of the laboratories.
1. Classes and laboratories must be located in different places.
2. Maximum 2 laboratories may be combined and used together.
3. All of the tools and equipment specified in the Directive shall be kept available in the
laboratories.
4. The list of the tools and equipment must be kept posted in the laboratories.
5. Log books including the records of the training shall be kept in the laboratories.
ANNEX-35
1) MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF
DECK OPERATIONAL LEVEL
CURRICULUM FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF DECK OPERATIONAL
LEVEL
1. Personnel Security and Social Responsibility Training STCW Convention
2010 Manila Amendments
a) Explanation of changes and developments in the organization of personnel at ships
during the years.
b) The role of the ISM system in enhancing staff safety.
c) Discussion of statistics on accidents and incidents on board.
d) Development of safety culture on board.
e) The rights and responsibilities of the seafarers.
f) Drug and alcohol control policies and the importance of the effective implementation of
these policies
g) Excessive fatigue and its role in the accidents.
h) Principles of fatigue management.
2. Other STCW Convention (2010 Manila Amendments) and Applications
a) Curriculum changes
b) New compulsory trainings
c) Documentation procedures during the transition period
3. Leadership and Teamwork Skills
a) Personnel management training on board, management of duties and workloads,
b) Planning and coordination, personnel selection, time and resource difficulties, ability to
assign tasks, including prioritization, and ability to manage workload.
c) The importance of crew management in ships, the effects of reduced number of crew, the
need for training on board, the effect of new training procedures both on board and on
land.
d) Work load management and assignment of duties, priority prioritization, safety of
personnel, safety of ship and cargo, cargo operations and commercial affairs, total
effectiveness, and so on priority ordering, such as ensuring that the workload does not
cause excessive stress and exhaustion, aware that resources are limited and need to be
used effectively.
e) Effective communication - The importance of effective communication in normal
activities, especially in emergencies.
f) Team work - The importance of team work on board
g) Leadership, explaining why good teams need good leadership, the role of a good leader
for effective organization on board, and the characteristics of a good leader, ways of
being a good team member.
h) The importanc of recognizing the situations of the ship operations, especially during the
ship maneuvering and major maintenance,
i) Knowing decision making techniques and application skills: Assessing situation and risk,
identifying and taking into account emerging situations, choosing how to behave, and
assessing how effective it will be in the end.
j) The relevant conventions and national legislation International Maritime Labor
Convention (MLC 2006) objectives and items.
ANNEX-35
k) Decision-making strategies to evaluate options, valuing and considering the views of
other team members, limited time and influence that affect decision making, feasibility,
safety level, cost, etc. to assess various forms of behavior based on such values.
4. Recent Changes to the MARPOL Convention, Measures for Protecting the
Marine Environment
a) Amendments to Annex I
i. Surveys and certification
ii. All vessels required for engine rooms
iii. Tanker requirements - construction, equipment, control of operation of the fuel
transfer,
iv. SOPEP
b) Amendments to Annex II
i. Categorizing toxic liquids,
ii. Surveys, certification, design construction and equipment,
iii. Operational transfer of SMPEP and NLS
c) Amendments to Annex III and Annex V
i. Wastewater treatment unit requirements.
d) Amendments to Annex VI
i. New fuel quality requirements starting from July 2010.
ii. Tier II and III, nitrogen oxides (NOx) emission standards for new engines.
iii. Low sulfur fuel, Volatile organic compounds, Green House Gases,
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), Carbon Footprint, Climate Change
e) Other Changes
5. Amendments to SOLAS:
An overview of the changes to SOLAS, including the followings, that are
expected to be made in the near future:
a) SOLAS chapter II-2 - Changes in fire protection, fire confinement
b) Amendments to SOLAS part III survival craft and equipment
c) SOLAS Part V - Changes to navigational safety (ECDIS and A Bridge Navigational
watch Alarm System, (BNWAS) mandatory, LRIT, Routing, Reporting and VTS
procedures. Blind Pilotage Techniques, the extreme the dangers of trustof positions
taken from GPS and satellites
d) Revised passenger ship safety standards, Accidents related to lifeboats protective
coatings.
e) Amendments to SOLAS Chapter XI -1 (Investigation of maritime accidents and
additional requirements for investigation).
f) Amendments to the SOLAS Convention and the 1988 Load Line Convention, protocol
to enforce International Code on Intact Stability 2008
g) Chapter VI and obligatory changes to the the International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes
Code (IMSBC Code) h) Changes to bring the Goal-based standards (GBS) standards for oil tankers and bulk
carriers.
6. Refreshmet Training for Medical First Aid in accordance with MLC 2006
requirements
a) Minimum requirements for seafarers to work on board - Medical Certificate in ILO
Format
b) Health protection, medical care, health and social security protection.
ANNEX-35
c) Medical care on board and on land, financial responsibility of shipowner, health and
safety protection and accident prevention, health insurance on land, social security,
maritime accidents.
7. Bridge Resource Management (BRM)
a) Assignment, placement, prioritization of resources,
b) Effective communication, leadership,
c) Knowledge of management of bridge resources, including insistence, to be able to
recognize and sustain the situation.
8. Piracy and Armed Robbery
a) Changes in the ship security officer course (SSO) - Piracy and armed robbery.
b) Gulf of Aden - Patrol of military ships.
9. IAMSAR (International Aeronautical and Maritime Search And Rescue)
a) This training is given in total 40 hours.
b) These trainings include deck-restricted operational and operation refreshment training.
2) MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF
DECK MANAGEMENT LEVEL
CURRICULUM FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF DECK MANAGEMENT
LEVEL
1. Personnel Security and Social Responsibility Training STCW Convention
2010 Manila Amendments
a) Explanation of changes and developments in the organization of personnel at ships
during the years.
b) The role of the ISM system in enhancing staff safety.
c) Discussion of statistics on accidents and incidents on board.
d) Development of safety culture on board.
e) The rights and responsibilities of the seafarers.
f) Drug and alcohol control policies and the importance of the effective implementation of
these policies
g) Excessive fatigue and its role in the accidents, Principles of fatigue management.
2. Other STCW Convention (2010 Manila Amendments) and Applications
a) Curriculum changes
b) New compulsory trainings
c) Documentation procedures during the transition period
3. Leadership and Teamwork Skills
a) Personnel management training on board, management of duties and workloads,
b) Planning and coordination, personnel selection, time and resource difficulties, ability to
assign tasks, including prioritization, and ability to manage workload.
c) The importance of crew management in ships, the effects of reduced number of crew, the
need for training on board, the effect of new training procedures both on board and on
land.
ANNEX-35
d) Work load management and assignment of duties, priority prioritization, safety of
personnel, safety of ship and cargo, cargo operations and commercial affairs, total
effectiveness, and so on priority ordering, such as ensuring that the workload does not
cause excessive stress and exhaustion, aware that resources are limited and need to be
used effectively.
e) Effective communication - The importance of effective communication in normal
activities, especially in emergencies.
f) Team work - The importance of team work on board
g) Leadership, explaining why good teams need good leadership, the role of a good leader
for effective organization on board, and the characteristics of a good leader, ways of
being a good team member.
h) The importanc of recognizing the situations of the ship operations, especially during the
ship maneuvering and major maintenance,
i) Knowing decision making techniques and application skills: Assessing situation and risk,
identifying and taking into account emerging situations, choosing how to behave, and
assessing how effective it will be in the end.
j) The relevant conventions and national legislation International Maritime Labor
Convention (MLC 2006) objectives and items.
k) Decision-making strategies to evaluate options, valuing and considering the views of
other team members, limited time and influence that affect decision making, feasibility,
safety level, cost, etc. to assess various forms of behavior based on such values.
4. Recent Changes to the MARPOL Convention, Measures for Protecting the
Marine Environment
a) Amendments to Annex I
i. Surveys and certification
ii. All vessels required for engine rooms
iii. Tanker requirements - construction, equipment, control of operation of the fuel
transfer,
iv. SOPEP
b) Amendments to Annex II
i. Categorizing toxic liquids,
ii. Surveys, certification, design construction and equipment,
iii. Operational transfer of SMPEP and NLS
c) Amendments to Annex III and Annex V
i. Wastewater treatment unit requirements.
d) Amendments to Annex VI
i. New fuel quality requirements starting from July 2010.
ii. Tier II and III, nitrogen oxides (NOx) emission standards for new engines.
iii. Low sulfur fuel, Volatile organic compounds, Green House Gases,
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), Carbon Footprint, Climate Change
e) Other Changes
5. Amendments to SOLAS:
a) SOLAS chapter II-2 - Changes in fire protection, fire confinement
b) Amendments to SOLAS part III survival craft and equipment
c) SOLAS Part V - Changes to navigational safety (ECDIS and A Bridge Navigational
Watch Alarm System, (BNWAS) mandatory, LRIT, Routing, Reporting and VTS
procedures. Blind Pilotage Techniques, the extreme the dangers of trustof positions
taken from GPS and satellites
d) Revised passenger ship safety standards, Accidents related to lifeboats protective
coatings.
ANNEX-35
e) Amendments to SOLAS Chapter XI -1 (Investigation of maritime accidents and
additional requirements for investigation).
f) Amendments to the SOLAS Convention and the 1988 Load Line Convention, protocol
to enforce International Code on Intact Stability 2008
g) SOLAS chapter VI and obligatory changes to the the International Maritime Solid Bulk
Cargoes Code (IMSBC Code) h) Changes to bring the Goal-based standards (GBS) standards for oil tankers and bulk
carriers.
6. Maritime Labor Convention (MLC) 2006:
a) General obligations, definitions and scope of application, main rights and principles,
recruitment and social rights of a seafarers, the application and imposition of
responsibilities.
(b) The minimum requirements that the seafarers must comply with in order to work on a
ship.
c) Minimum age, medical certificate, training and qualifications, recruitment and
placement.
d) Conditions of employment
e) Seafarers’ employment contracts, salaries, working hours and hours of rest,
vacation rights, returning to the country, the compensation of the seafarers’ rights in case of
loss or loss of the ship,
f) Employment levels, career and skill development and seafarer recruitment
opportunities
g) Living place, leisure facilities, food and nutrition
h) Protection of health care, medical care, health and social security
i) Medical care on board and on the land, Responsibility of the ship's owner, Health and
safety protection and accident prevention, access to health care facilities and social
insurance at home.
j) The responsibilities of the flag state, general principles, Empowerment of well-known
organizations
k) Maritime labor certificate and declaration of maritime labor compliance, inspection and
equipment, complaints procedures on board, sea accidents, port state responsibilities,
control at ports, how the seafarers' complaints will be handled onshore and the
responsibility for providing the work.
7. Refreshmet Training for Medical First Aid in accordance with MLC 2006
requirements
a) Minimum requirements for seafarers to work on board - Medical Certificate in ILO
Format
b) Health protection, medical care, health and social security protection.
c) Medical care on board and on land, financial responsibility of shipowner, health and
safety protection and accident prevention, health insurance on land, social security,
maritime accidents.
8. Bridge Resource Management (BRM)
a) Assignment, placement, prioritization of resources,
b) Effective communication, leadership,
c) Knowledge of management of bridge resources, including insistence, to be able to
recognize and sustain the situation.
9. Piracy and Armed Robbery
a) Changes in the ship security officer course (SSO) - Piracy and armed robbery.
ANNEX-35
b) Gulf of Aden - Patrol of military ships.
10. IAMSAR (International Aeronautical and Maritime Search And Rescue)
11. International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes Code (IMSBC)
12. International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG)
13. Cargo Securing Manual, Container Code, Usage of Trim and Stability Diagrams,
Stress Calculator Equipment
14. Emergency Backup Configuration
15. Intact Stability Code 2008
a) List criteria of the ship due to current and wind,
b) Synchronous and parametric rolling and countermeasures against it.
16. Submerged Ship Removal Agreement
17. Recycling Agreement
18. Carriage of goods by sea - Rotterdam agreement
a) This training is given in total 40 hours.
b) These trainings include deck-restricted management and management refreshment
training.
ANNEX-35
3) MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF
ENGINE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
CURRICULUM FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF ENGINE OPERATIONAL
LEVEL
1. Personnel Security and Social Responsibility Training STCW Convention
2010 Manila Amendments
a) Explanation of changes and developments in the organization of personnel at ships
during the years.
b) The role of the ISM system in enhancing staff safety.
c) Discussion of statistics on accidents and incidents on board.
d) Development of safety culture on board.
e) The rights and responsibilities of the seafarers.
f) Drug and alcohol control policies and the importance of the effective implementation of
these policies
g) Excessive fatigue and its role in the accidents, Principles of fatigue management.
2. Other STCW Convention (2010 Manila Amendments) and Applications
a) Curriculum changes
b) New compulsory trainings
c) Documentation procedures during the transition period
3. Leadership and Teamwork Skills
a) Personnel management training on board, management of duties and workloads,
b) Planning and coordination, personnel selection, time and resource difficulties, ability to
assign tasks, including prioritization, and ability to manage workload.
c) The importance of crew management in ships, the effects of reduced number of crew, the
need for training on board, the effect of new training procedures both on board and on
land.
d) Work load management and assignment of duties, priority prioritization, safety of
personnel, safety of ship and cargo, cargo operations and commercial affairs, total
effectiveness, and so on priority ordering, such as ensuring that the workload does not
cause excessive stress and exhaustion, aware that resources are limited and need to be
used effectively.
e) Effective communication - The importance of effective communication in normal
activities, especially in emergencies.
f) Team work - The importance of team work on board
g) Leadership, explaining why good teams need good leadership, the role of a good leader
for effective organization on board, and the characteristics of a good leader, ways of
being a good team member.
h) The importanc of recognizing the situations of the ship operations, especially during the
ship maneuvering and major maintenance,
i) Knowing decision making techniques and application skills: Assessing situation and risk,
identifying and taking into account emerging situations, choosing how to behave, and
assessing how effective it will be in the end.
j) The relevant conventions and national legislation International Maritime Labor
Convention (MLC 2006) objectives and items.
ANNEX-35
k) Decision-making strategies to evaluate options, valuing and considering the views of
other team members, limited time and influence that affect decision making, feasibility,
safety level, cost, etc. to assess various forms of behavior based on such values.
a) Recent Changes to the MARPOL Convention, Measures for Protecting the Marine
Environment
b) Amendments to Annex I
i. Surveys and certification
ii. All vessels required for engine rooms
iii. Tanker requirements - construction, equipment, control of operation of the fuel
transfer,
iv. SOPEP
c) Amendments to Annex II
i. Categorizing toxic liquids,
ii. Surveys, certification, design construction and equipment,
iii. Operational transfer of SMPEP and NLS
d) Amendments to Annex III and Annex V
i. Wastewater treatment unit requirements.
e) Amendments to Annex VI
i. New fuel quality requirements starting from July 2010.
ii. Tier II and III, nitrogen oxides (NOx) emission standards for new engines.
iii. Low sulfur fuel, Volatile organic compounds, Green House Gases,
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), Carbon Footprint, Climate Change
f) Other Changes
4. Amendments to SOLAS:
a) SOLAS chapter II-2 - Changes in fire protection, fire confinement
b) Amendments to SOLAS part III survival craft and equipment
c) Revised passenger ship safety standards, Accidents related to lifeboats protective
coatings.
d) Amendments to SOLAS Chapter XI -1 (Investigation of maritime accidents and
additional requirements for investigation).
e) Changes to bring the Goal-based standards (GBS) standards for oil tankers and bulk
carriers.
5. Refreshmet Training for Medical First Aid in accordance with MLC 2006
requirements
a) Minimum requirements for seafarers to work on board - Medical Certificate in ILO
Format
b) Health protection, medical care, health and social security protection.
c) Medical care on board and on land, financial responsibility of shipowner, health and
safety protection and accident prevention, health insurance on land, social security,
maritime accidents.
6. Propulsion System And Auxiliary Machines
a) Simple construction and working principles of machine systems, safety and
emergency procedures for operation, control systems, preparation, operation,
leakage and fault finding and necessary damage precautions to prevent.machine
parts and control systems
b) Recent developments - OWS requirements and operation.
c) Safety precautions before repair (safe emergency or temporary) on machinery or
equipment, insulating the repair work area securely before being allowed to start
personnel on machinery and equipment.
ANNEX-35
d) The usage / maintenance / repair of appropriate special tools, the use of benches and
measuring instruments.
e) Design characteristics of materials used for the manufacture of equipment and ship
repairs / material selection.
f) Discussion of machine malfunctions and emergency situations between participants
and methods of making emergency or temporary repairs safely.
g) Handbooks, engine diagrams, plans, pipe circuits, reading and understanding of
hydraulic and pneumatic diagrams.
7. Electrical, Electronic and Control Systems:
a) Main connection and operating principles of electrical, electronic and control
equipment: High voltage wiring, maintenance and repair of electrical systems and
equipment, short circuit location and measures to prevent damage.
b) Operation and maintenance of protective systems, automatic control devices and
protective devices; performance tests.
c) Understanding of electrical and simple electronic diagrams
d) Safety requirements necessary to work on ship electrical systems, including the safe
isolation of electrical equipment required prior to commencement of work.
8. Use of ship Internal Communication System
a) The use of all internal communication systems at the ship.
a) This training is given in total 40 hours.
b) These trainings include engine-restricted operation and operation refreshment training.
4) MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF
ENGINE MANAGEMENT LEVEL
CURRICULUM FOR THE REFRESHMENT TRAINING OF DECK MANAGEMENT
LEVEL
1. Personnel Security and Social Responsibility Training STCW Convention
2010 Manila Amendments
a) Explanation of changes and developments in the organization of personnel at ships
during the years.
b) The role of the ISM system in enhancing staff safety.
c) Discussion of statistics on accidents and incidents on board.
d) Development of safety culture on board.
e) The rights and responsibilities of the seafarers.
f) Drug and alcohol control policies and the importance of the effective implementation of
these policies
g) Excessive fatigue and its role in the accidents, Principles of fatigue management.
2. Other STCW Convention (2010 Manila Amendments) and Applications
a) Curriculum changes
b) New compulsory trainings
c) Documentation procedures during the transition period
3. Leadership and Teamwork Skills
a) Personnel management training on board, management of duties and workloads,
ANNEX-35
b) Planning and coordination, personnel selection, time and resource difficulties, ability to
assign tasks, including prioritization, and ability to manage workload.
c) The importance of crew management in ships, the effects of reduced number of crew, the
need for training on board, the effect of new training procedures both on board and on
land.
d) Work load management and assignment of duties, priority prioritization, safety of
personnel, safety of ship and cargo, cargo operations and commercial affairs, total
effectiveness, and so on priority ordering, such as ensuring that the workload does not
cause excessive stress and exhaustion, aware that resources are limited and need to be
used effectively.
e) Effective communication - The importance of effective communication in normal
activities, especially in emergencies.
f) Team work - The importance of team work on board
g) Leadership, explaining why good teams need good leadership, the role of a good leader
for effective organization on board, and the characteristics of a good leader, ways of
being a good team member.
h) The importanc of recognizing the situations of the ship operations, especially during the
ship maneuvering and major maintenance,
i) Knowing decision making techniques and application skills: Assessing situation and risk,
identifying and taking into account emerging situations, choosing how to behave, and
assessing how effective it will be in the end.
j) The relevant conventions and national legislation International Maritime Labor
Convention (MLC 2006) objectives and items.
k) Decision-making strategies to evaluate options, valuing and considering the views of
other team members, limited time and influence that affect decision making, feasibility,
safety level, cost, etc. to assess various forms of behavior based on such values.
4. Recent Changes to the MARPOL Convention, Measures for Protecting the
Marine Environment
a) Amendments to Annex I
i. Surveys and certification
ii. All vessels required for engine rooms
iii. Tanker requirements - construction, equipment, control of operation of the fuel
transfer,
iv. SOPEP
b) Amendments to Annex II
i. Categorizing toxic liquids,
ii. Surveys, certification, design construction and equipment,
iii. Operational transfer of SMPEP and NLS
c) Amendments to Annex III and Annex V
i. Wastewater treatment unit requirements.
d) Amendments to Annex VI
i. New fuel quality requirements starting from July 2010.
ii. Tier II and III, nitrogen oxides (NOx) emission standards for new engines.
iii. Low sulfur fuel, Volatile organic compounds, Green House Gases,
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), Carbon Footprint, Climate Change
e) Other Changes
5. Amendments to SOLAS:
An overview of the changes to SOLAS, including the followings, that are
expected to be made in the near future:
ANNEX-35
a) SOLAS chapter II-2 - Changes in fire protection, fire confinement
b) Amendments to SOLAS part III survival craft and equipment
c) Revised passenger ship safety standards, Accidents related to lifeboats protective
coatings.
d) Amendments to SOLAS Chapter XI -1 (Investigation of maritime accidents and
additional requirements for investigation).
e) Changes to bring the Goal-based standards (GBS) standards for oil tankers and bulk
carriers.
6. Maritime Labor Convention (MLC) 2006:
a) General obligations, definitions and scope of application, main rights and principles,
recruitment and social rights of a seafarers, the application and imposition of
responsibilities.
(b) The minimum requirements that the seafarers must comply with in order to work on a
ship.
c) Minimum age, medical certificate, training and qualifications, recruitment and
placement.
d) Conditions of employment
e) Seafarers’ employment contracts, salaries, working hours and hours of rest,
vacation rights, returning to the country, the compensation of the seafarers’ rights in case of
loss or loss of the ship, Employment levels, career and skill development and seafarer
recruitment opportunities
f) Living place, leisure facilities, food and nutrition
g) Protection of health care, medical care, health and social security
h) Medical care on board and on the land, Responsibility of the ship's owner, Health and
safety protection and accident prevention, access to health care facilities and social
insurance at home.
i) Ensure compliance and compliance
j) The responsibilities of the flag state, general principles, Empowerment of well-known
organizations, Maritime labor certificate and declaration of maritime labor compliance,
inspection and equipment, complaints procedures on board, sea accidents, port state
responsibilities, control at ports, how the seafarers' complaints will be handled onshore and
the responsibility for providing the work.
7. Propulsion System And Auxiliary Machines
a) Simple construction and working principles of machine systems, safety and emergency
procedures for operation, control systems, preparation, operation, leakage and fault
finding and necessary damage precautions to prevent.machine parts and control systems
b) Recent developments - OWS requirements and operation.
c) Safety precautions before repair (safe emergency or temporary) on machinery or
equipment, insulating the repair work area securely before being allowed to start
personnel on machinery and equipment.
d) The usage / maintenance / repair of appropriate special tools, the use of benches and
measuring instruments.
e) Design characteristics of materials used for the manufacture of equipment and ship
repairs / material selection.
f) Discussion of machine malfunctions and emergency situations between participants and
methods of making emergency or temporary repairs safely.
ANNEX-35
4. g) Handbooks, engine diagrams, plans, pipe circuits, reading and understanding of
hydraulic and pneumatic diagrams.
8. New / Present Situation of Fuel Technology
a) Low NOx setting, increased compression ratio, delayed injection timing, modified
exhaust valve timing and exhaust gas recirculation.
b) NOx reduction technology - direct water injection, humidification, emulsified
fuel.
c) Selective catalytic reduction - NOx and SOx reduction technologies for 2 and 4 strokes
engines.
d) Smoke reduction measures.
e) "Common rail" technology - advantages, injection pressure factor at smoke outlet,
Using "Common Rail" system to reduce smoke, steam injection.to reduce NOx
f) Operation principle of LNG reliquefaction plants, for LNG vessels diesel engine with
reliquefaction plant.
g) Overview of electronically controlled camless low speed diesel engines, RT flex and ME
machines.
h) The current version of ISO 8217 2010 fuel standards, Catfines, Sodium / Vanadium
limits in fuel (FO)
9. Electrical, Electronic and Control Systems:
a) Main connection and operating principles of electrical, electronic and control
equipment: High voltage wiring, maintenance and repair of electrical systems and
equipment, short circuit location and measures to prevent damage.
b) Operation and maintenance of protective systems, automatic control devices and
protective devices; performance tests.
c) Understanding of electrical and simple electronic diagrams
d) Safety requirements necessary to work on ship electrical systems, including the safe
isolation of electrical equipment required prior to commencement of work.
10. Advanced New Technology in Shipbuilding Materials, Ship Construction
Developments, Ship Repair, Shipyard Applications and Shipboard
Requirements
a) Locating machine faults, locations and failures of defects, monitoring and adjustment of
attachments, remote inspection, improvements in welding technique.
b) Shipyard applications - abrasive welding, plasma and laser cutting equipment.
c) Non-ferrous materials such as copper-nickel alloy and aluminum alloys coating.
d) Repairs with sandwich base coat system
e) Remote testing using digital radiography and alternating current potential drop method
test.
f) Precise maintenance using such as thermography (infra-red and laser techniques) and
vibration analyzer
g) The use of oxy-hydrogen gas instead of oxy-acetylene for gas cutting and gas supply.
h) Underwater repairs - stern tube seal replacement and underwater welding. Water jet
cutting tools.
i) Metallok and metal coating techniques.
j) Repairs with composite patches - the use of graphite rods.
11. Class Surveys
a) Classification required, International Association of Classification Societies (IACS).
b) Classification – scope, assignment, maintaining, suspension and withdrawal of class
c) Classification surveys.
d) Surveyors - Qualities and qualifications of Surveyors
ANNEX-35
e) Legal Ship Certificates - Structure of recognized organizations (RO).
f) Class Notations - Class symbol, construction mark, service notations, navigation and
operating area notations, Additional class notations.
g) Assignment, maintenance, suspension and withdrawal of class
h) Surveys – An overview of requirements and certification – Definitions and procedures
related to classification surveys, Class surveys periodicity and scope, Class certificate
i) Definitions and procedures related to statutory surveys and inspections, Statutory
certificates
a) This training is given in total 40 hours.
b) These trainings include engine-restricted management and management refreshment
training.